UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-9861

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

New York

16-0968385

(State of incorporation)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York

14203

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

716-635-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $.50 par value

New York Stock Exchange

6.375% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,

Series A, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

New York Stock Exchange

6.375% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,

Series C, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

New York Stock Exchange

Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock

(expiring December 23, 2018)

New York Stock Exchange

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes       No  

Aggregate market value of the Common Stock, $0.50 par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the close of business on June 30, 2016: $16,919,525,595.

Number of shares of the Common Stock, $0.50 par value, outstanding as of the close of business on February 17, 2017: 154,172,084 shares.

Documents Incorporated By Reference:

(1) Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of M&T Bank Corporation in Parts II and III.

 

 

 

 


M&T BANK CORPORATION

Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016

CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET

 

 

 

Form 10-K

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

 

4

Statistical disclosure pursuant to Guide 3

 

 

 

I.

Distribution of assets, liabilities, and shareholders’ equity; interest rates and interest differential

 

 

 

 

A.

Average balance sheets

 

55

 

 

B.

Interest income/expense and resulting yield or rate on average interest-earning assets (including non-accrual loans) and interest‑bearing liabilities

 

55

 

 

C.

Rate/volume variances

 

26

 

II.

Investment portfolio

 

 

 

 

A.

Year-end balances

 

24,127

 

 

B.

Maturity schedule and weighted average yield

 

92

 

 

C.

Aggregate carrying value of securities that exceed ten percent of shareholders’ equity

 

128

 

III.

Loan portfolio

 

 

 

 

A.

Year-end balances

 

24,131

 

 

B.

Maturities and sensitivities to changes in interest rates

 

90

 

 

C.

Risk elements

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual, past due and renegotiated loans

 

70,133-138

 

 

 

Actual and pro forma interest on certain loans

 

134,143

 

 

 

Nonaccrual policy

 

118-119

 

 

 

Loan concentrations

 

80

 

IV.

Summary of loan loss experience

 

 

 

 

A.

Analysis of the allowance for loan losses

 

67,139-146

 

 

 

Factors influencing management’s judgment concerning the adequacy of the allowance and provision

 

66-80,120,139-146

 

 

B.

Allocation of the allowance for loan losses

79,139-140,144-146

 

V.

Deposits

 

 

 

 

A.

Average balances and rates

 

55

 

 

B.

Maturity schedule of domestic time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more

 

93

 

VI.

Return on equity and assets

 

26,49,96-97,100

 

VII.

Short-term borrowings

 

150

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

27-38

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

39

Item 2.

Properties

 

39

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

39-41

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

41

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

41-43

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

44-46

 

A.

Principal market

 

44

 

 

Market prices

 

107

 

B.

Approximate number of holders at year-end

 

24

2


 

 

Form 10-K

Page

 

C.

Frequency and amount of dividends declared

 

25-26,107,116

 

D.

Restrictions on dividends

 

8-9

 

E.

Securities authorized for issuance under equity
compensation plans

 

44-45

 

F.

Performance graph

 

45

 

G.

Repurchases of common stock

 

46

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

46

 

A.

Selected consolidated year-end balances

 

24

 

B.

Consolidated earnings, etc.

 

25

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations

 

46-108

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

109

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

109

 

A.

Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

110

 

B.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

111

 

C.

Consolidated Balance Sheet — December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

112

 

D.

Consolidated Statement of Income — Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

113

 

E.

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income — Years
ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

114

 

F.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows — Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

115

 

G.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity — Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

116

 

H.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

117-201

 

I.

Quarterly Trends

 

107

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
and Financial Disclosure

 

202

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

202

 

A.

Conclusions of principal executive officer and principal financial officer regarding disclosure controls and procedures

 

202

 

B.

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

 

202

 

C.

Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

 

202

 

D.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

 

202

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

202

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

202

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

203

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

203

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

203

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

203

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

203

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

 

203

SIGNATURES

 

204-205

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

206-208

 

3


PAR T I

Item 1.

Business .

M&T Bank Corporation (“Registrant” or “M&T”) is a New York business corporation which is registered as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”) and as a bank holding company (“BHC”) under Article III-A of the New York Banking Law (“Banking Law”). The principal executive offices of M&T are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203. M&T was incorporated in November 1969. M&T and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” As of December 31, 2016 the Company had consolidated total assets of $123.4 billion, deposits of $95.5 billion and shareholders’ equity of $16.5 billion. The Company had 16,000 full-time and 973 part-time employees as of December 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2016, M&T had two wholly owned bank subsidiaries: Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (“M&T Bank”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Wilmington Trust, N.A.”). The banks collectively offer a wide range of retail and commercial banking, trust and wealth management, and investment services to their customers. At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank represented 99% of consolidated assets of the Company.

The Company from time to time considers acquiring banks, thrift institutions, branch offices of banks or thrift institutions, or other businesses within markets currently served by the Company or in other locations that would complement the Company’s business or its geographic reach. The Company has pursued acquisition opportunities in the past, continues to review different opportunities, including the possibility of major acquisitions, and intends to continue this practice.

Subsidiaries

M&T Bank is a banking corporation that is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York. M&T Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Home Loan Bank System, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to applicable limits. M&T acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of M&T Bank in December 1969. The stock of M&T Bank represents a major asset of M&T. M&T Bank operates under a charter granted by the State of New York in 1892, and the continuity of its banking business is traced to the organization of the Manufacturers and Traders Bank in 1856. The principal executive offices of M&T Bank are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had 799 domestic banking offices located in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia, and the District of Columbia, a full-service commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada, and an office in George Town, Cayman Islands. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had consolidated total assets of $122.6 billion, deposits of $97.3 billion and shareholder’s equity of $14.5 billion. The deposit liabilities of M&T Bank are insured by the FDIC through its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). As a commercial bank, M&T Bank offers a broad range of financial services to a diverse base of consumers, businesses, professional clients, governmental entities and financial institutions located in its markets. Lending is largely focused on consumers residing in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia, and Washington, D.C., and on small and medium-size businesses based in those areas, although loans are originated through offices in other states and in Ontario, Canada. In addition, the Company conducts lending activities in various states through other subsidiaries. Trust and other fiduciary services are offered by M&T Bank and through its wholly owned subsidiary, Wilmington Trust Company. M&T Bank and certain of its subsidiaries also offer commercial mortgage loans secured by income producing properties or properties used by borrowers in a trade or business. Additional financial services are provided through other operating subsidiaries of the Company.

4


Wilmington Trust, N.A., a national banking association and a member of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC, commenced operations on October 2, 1995. The deposit liabilities of Wilmington Trust, N.A. are insured by the FDIC through the DIF. The main office of Wilmington Trust, N.A. is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890. Wilmington Trust, N.A. offers various trust and wealth management services. Historically, Wilmington Trust, N.A. offered selected deposit and loan products on a nationwide basis, through direct mail, telephone marketing techniques and the Internet. As of December 31, 2016, Wilmington Trust, N.A. had total assets of $3.7 billion, deposits of $3.2 billion and shareholder’s equity of $496 million.

Wilmington Trust Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Delaware bank and trust company in March 1901 and amended its charter in July 2011 to become a nondepository trust company. Wilmington Trust Company provides a variety of Delaware based trust, fiduciary and custodial services to its clients. As of December 31, 2016, Wilmington Trust Company had total assets of $1.3 billion and shareholder’s equity of $554 million. Revenues of Wilmington Trust Company were $121 million in 2016. The headquarters of Wilmington Trust Company are located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

M&T Insurance Agency, Inc. (“M&T Insurance Agency”), a wholly owned insurance agency subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a New York corporation in March 1955. M&T Insurance Agency provides insurance agency services principally to the commercial market. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Insurance Agency had assets of $35 million and shareholder’s equity of $18 million. M&T Insurance Agency recorded revenues of $31 million during 2016. The headquarters of M&T Insurance Agency are located at 285 Delaware Avenue, Buffalo, New York 14202.

M&T Real Estate Trust (“M&T Real Estate”) is a Maryland Real Estate Investment Trust that traces its origin to the incorporation of M&T Real Estate, Inc. in July 1995. M&T Real Estate engages in commercial real estate lending and provides loan servicing to M&T Bank. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Real Estate had assets of $22.9 billion, common shareholder’s equity of $22.0 billion, and preferred shareholders’ equity, consisting of 9% fixed-rate preferred stock (par value $1,000), of $1 million. All of the outstanding common stock and 89% of the preferred stock of M&T Real Estate is owned by M&T Bank. The remaining 11% of M&T Real Estate’s outstanding preferred stock is owned by officers or former officers of the Company. M&T Real Estate recorded $852 million of revenue in 2016. The headquarters of M&T Real Estate are located at M&T Center, One Fountain Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203.

M&T Realty Capital Corporation (“M&T Realty Capital”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Maryland corporation in October 1973. M&T Realty Capital engages in multifamily commercial real estate lending and provides loan servicing to purchasers of the loans it originates. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Realty Capital serviced $11.8 billion of commercial mortgage loans for non-affiliates and had assets of $1.2 billion and shareholder’s equity of $119 million. M&T Realty Capital recorded revenues of $139 million in 2016. The headquarters of M&T Realty Capital are located at 25 South Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

M&T Securities, Inc. (“M&T Securities”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank that was incorporated as a New York business corporation in November 1985. M&T Securities is registered as a broker/dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisors Act”). M&T Securities is licensed as a life insurance agent in each state where M&T Bank operates branch offices and in a number of other states. It provides securities brokerage, investment advisory and insurance services. As of December 31, 2016, M&T Securities had assets of $51 million and shareholder’s equity of $41 million. M&T Securities recorded $99 million of revenue during 2016. The headquarters of M&T Securities are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203.

5


Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors, Inc. (“WT Investment Advisors”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 1995. WT Investment Advisors, a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act, serves as an investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds, a family of proprietary mutual funds, and institutional clients. As of December 31, 2016, WT Investment Advisors had assets of $47 million and shareholder’s equity of $40 million. WT Investment Advisors recorded revenues of $39 million in 2016. The headquarters of WT Investment Advisors are located at 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

Wilmington Funds Management Corporation (“Wilmington Funds Management”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T that was incorporated in September 1981 as a Delaware corporation. Wilmington Funds Management is registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act and serves as an investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds. Wilmington Funds Management had assets of $29 million and shareholder’s equity of $28 million as of December 31, 2016. Wilmington Funds Management recorded revenues of $27 million in 2016. The headquarters of Wilmington Funds Management are located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

Wilmington Trust Investment Management, LLC (“WTIM”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T and was incorporated in December 2001 as a Georgia limited liability company. WTIM is a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act and provides investment management services to clients, including certain private funds. As of December 31, 2016, WTIM has assets and shareholder’s equity of $26 million each. WTIM recorded revenues of $2 million in 2016. WTIM’s headquarters is located at Terminus 27 th Floor, 3280 Peachtree Road N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30305.

The Registrant and its banking subsidiaries have a number of other special-purpose or inactive subsidiaries. These other subsidiaries did not represent, individually and collectively, a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated assets, net income and shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016.

Segment Information, Principal Products/Services and Foreign Operations

Information about the Registrant’s business segments is included in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and is further discussed in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The Registrant’s reportable segments have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking. The Company’s international activities are discussed in note 17 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

The only activities that, as a class, contributed 10% or more of the sum of consolidated interest income and other income in any of the last three years were interest on loans and trust income. The amount of income from such sources during those years is set forth on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Supervision and Regulation of the Company

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject to the comprehensive regulatory framework applicable to bank and financial holding companies and their subsidiaries. Regulation of financial institutions such as M&T and its subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the FDIC’s Deposit

6


Insurance Fund and the banking and financial system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of shareholders, investors or creditors other than insured depositors.

Proposals to change the applicable regulatory framework may be introduced in the United States Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to M&T or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Significant changes in this regulatory scheme arising from the 2010 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) have affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies, and the system of regulatory oversight of the Company. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, various federal regulatory agencies have proposed or adopted a broad range of implementing rules and regulations and have prepared numerous studies and reports for Congress. However, given that many of these regulatory changes are highly complex and are not fully implemented, the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act regulatory reform will not be known until the rules are implemented and market practices develop under the final regulations. Furthermore, recent political developments, including the change in administration in the United States, have added uncertainty to the implementation, scope and timing of regulatory reforms, including those relating to the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act.  

Described below are material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to M&T and its subsidiaries. The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described.

Overview

M&T is registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) as a BHC under the BHCA. As such, M&T and its subsidiaries are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHCA and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. Its investment advisor subsidiaries are subject to SEC regulation.

In general, the BHCA limits the business of a BHC to banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. In addition, bank holding companies are to serve as a managerial and financial source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions, including committing resources to support its subsidiary banks. This support may be required at times when M&T may not be inclined or able to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by a BHC to a subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a BHC’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the BHC to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity, that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve, by regulation or order, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository

7


institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments. In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity or to acquire a company engaged in any activity pursuant to the financial holding company provisions of the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company also must have at least a “satisfactory” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”). See the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included elsewhere in this item.

M&T became a financial holding company on March 1, 2011. To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed.” The failure to meet such requirements could result in material restrictions on the activities of M&T and may also adversely affect the Company’s ability to enter into certain transactions or obtain necessary approvals in connection therewith, as well as loss of financial holding company status.

Current federal law also establishes a system of functional regulation under which, in addition to the broad supervisory authority that the Federal Reserve has over both the banking and non-banking activities of bank holding companies, the federal banking agencies regulate the banking activities of bank holding companies, banks and savings associations and subsidiaries of the foregoing, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulates their securities activities, and state insurance regulators regulate their insurance activities.

M&T Bank is a New York chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. As a result, it is subject to extensive regulation, examination and oversight by the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYSDFS”) and the Federal Reserve. New York laws and regulations govern many aspects of M&T Bank’s operations, including branching, dividends, subsidiary activities, fiduciary activities, lending, and deposit taking. M&T Bank is also subject to Federal Reserve regulations and guidance, including oversight of capital levels. Its deposits are insured by the FDIC to $250,000 per depositor, which also exercises regulatory oversight over certain aspects of M&T Bank’s operations. Certain subsidiaries of M&T Bank are subject to regulation by other federal and state regulators as well. For example, M&T Securities is regulated by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state securities regulators, and WT Investment Advisors is also subject to SEC regulation.

Wilmington Trust, N.A. is a national bank with operations that include fiduciary and related activities with some limited lending and deposit business. It is subject to extensive regulation, examination and oversight by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), which governs many aspects of the operations, including fiduciary activities, capital levels, office locations, dividends and subsidiary activities. Its deposits are insured by the FDIC to $250,000 per depositor, which also exercises regulatory oversight over certain aspects of the operations of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments which are based on average consolidated total assets less average Tier 1 capital and certain allowable deductions of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions.

Dividends

M&T is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. Historically, the majority of M&T’s revenue has been from dividends paid to M&T by its subsidiary banks. M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. are subject to laws and regulations imposing restrictions on the amount of dividends they may declare and pay. Future dividend payments to M&T by its subsidiary

8


banks will be dependent on a number of factors, including the earnings and financial condition of each such bank, and are subject to the limitations referred to in note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and to other statutory powers of bank regulatory agencies.

An insured depository institution is prohibited from making any capital distribution to its owner, including any dividend, if, after making such distribution, the depository institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure, including the risk-based capital adequacy and leverage standards discussed herein.

Dividend payments by M&T to its shareholders and stock repurchases by M&T are subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve. As described below in this section under “Stress Testing and Capital Plan Review,” dividends and stock repurchases (net of any new stock issuances as per a capital plan) generally may only be paid or made under a capital plan as to which the Federal Reserve has not objected.

Capital Requirements

M&T and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the federal banking agencies. Beginning on January 1, 2015, M&T and its subsidiary banks became subject to a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations that was issued by the federal banking agencies in July 2013 (the “New Capital Rules”), subject to phase-in periods for certain components and other provisions.

The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final capital framework referred to as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards. The New Capital Rules substantially revised the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including M&T, M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A., as compared to the U.S. general risk-based capital rules that were applicable to the Company through December 31, 2014. The New Capital Rules revised the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as addressed other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The New Capital Rules also addressed asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios.

Among other matters, the New Capital Rules: (i) introduced a capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to the previous regulations. Under the New Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, including M&T, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the New Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

9


Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

 

4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

 

6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

 

8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

 

4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).

In calculating regulatory capital ratios M&T must assign risk weights to the Company’s assets and off-balance sheet items. M&T has an ongoing process to review data elements associated with certain assets that from time to time may affect how specific assets are classified and could lead to increases or decreases of the regulatory risk weights assigned to such assets. In connection with this process, in February 2017 M&T revised the risk weights assigned to certain commercial real estate construction loans as of December 31, 2016 pending completion of a review to compare loan system data elements with underlying loan documentation. That revision increased risk-weighted assets as of December 31, 2016 by 2% and thereby lowered the corresponding CET1 ratio by 26 basis points to 10.70% from an estimate of that ratio which had been previously disclosed by M&T in January 2017.

The New Capital Rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity and other capital instrument repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the capital standards applicable to M&T will include an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%; (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5% and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets. In addition, M&T is also subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital plan rule and supervisory Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) process, pursuant to which its ability to make capital distributions and repurchase or redeem capital securities may be limited unless M&T is able to demonstrate its ability to meet applicable minimum capital ratios and currently a 5% minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio, as well as other requirements, over a nine quarter planning horizon under a “severely adverse” macroeconomic scenario generated yearly by the federal bank regulators. See “Stress Testing and Capital Plan Review” below.

The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1.

In addition, under the risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company through December 31, 2014, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) items included in shareholders’ equity (for example, unrealized gains and losses on securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio) under U.S. GAAP were reversed for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including M&T, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. M&T made such election in 2015. The New Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, from inclusion

10


in bank holding companies’ Tier 1 capital, subject to phase-out in the case of bank holding companies, such as M&T, that had $15 billion or more in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009. As a result, beginning in 2015, 25% of M&T’s trust preferred securities were includable in Tier 1 capital, and beginning in 2016, none of M&T’s trust preferred securities were includable in Tier 1 capital. Trust preferred securities no longer included in M&T’s Tier 1 capital may nonetheless be included as a component of Tier 2 capital on a permanent basis without phase-out and irrespective of whether such securities otherwise meet the revised definition of Tier 2 capital set forth in the New Capital Rules. Management believes that M&T is in compliance with the targeted capital ratios. M&T’s regulatory capital ratios are presented in note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Stress Testing and Capital Plan Review

As part of the enhanced prudential requirements applicable to systemically important financial institutions, the Federal Reserve conducts annual analyses of bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in assets, such as M&T, to determine whether the companies have sufficient capital on a consolidated basis necessary to absorb losses in three economic and financial scenarios generated by the Federal Reserve: baseline, adverse and severely adverse scenarios. M&T is also required to conduct its own semi-annual stress analysis (together with the Federal Reserve’s stress analysis, the “stress tests”) to assess the potential impact on M&T of the economic and financial conditions used as part of the Federal Reserve’s annual stress analysis. The Federal Reserve may also use, and require companies to use, additional components in the adverse and severely adverse scenarios or additional or more complex scenarios designed to capture salient risks to specific business groups. M&T Bank is also required to conduct annual stress testing using the same economic and financial scenarios as M&T and report the results to the Federal Reserve. A summary of results of the Federal Reserve’s analysis under the adverse and severely adverse stress scenarios are publicly disclosed, and bank holding companies subject to the rules, including M&T, must disclose a summary of the company-run severely adverse stress test results. M&T is required to include in its disclosure a summary of the severely adverse scenario stress test conducted by M&T Bank.

In addition, bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T, must submit annual capital plans for approval as part of the Federal Reserve’s CCAR process. Covered bank holding companies may execute capital actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing stock, only in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed and approved by the Federal Reserve (or any approved amendments to such plan). The comprehensive capital plans include a view of capital adequacy under four scenarios — a BHC-defined baseline scenario, a baseline scenario provided by the Federal Reserve, at least one BHC-defined stress scenario, and a stress scenario provided by the Federal Reserve. The CCAR process is intended to help ensure that these bank holding companies have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for each company’s unique risks and that permit continued operations during times of economic and financial stress. Each of the bank holding companies participating in the CCAR process is also required to collect and report certain related data to the Federal Reserve on a quarterly basis to allow the Federal Reserve to monitor progress against the approved capital plans. Each capital plan must include a view of capital adequacy under the stress test scenarios described above. The Federal Reserve may object to a capital plan if the plan does not show that the covered BHC will maintain a Tier 1 common equity ratio of at least 5% on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the nine-quarter planning horizon covered by the capital plan. Even if such quantitative thresholds are met, the Federal Reserve could object to a capital plan for qualitative reasons, including inadequate assumptions in the plan, other unresolved supervisory issues or an insufficiently robust capital adequacy process, or if the capital plan would otherwise constitute an

11


unsafe or unsound practice or violate law. The rules also provide that a covered BHC may not make a capital distribution unless after giving effect to the distribution it will meet all minimum regulatory capital ratios and have a ratio of Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of at least 5%. The CCAR rules, consistent with prior Federal Reserve guidance, also provide that capital plans contemplating dividend payout ratios exceeding 30% of net income will receive particularly close scrutiny. M&T’s annual CCAR capital plan is due in April each year and the Federal Reserve will publish the results of its supervisory CCAR review of M&T’s capital plan by June 30 of each year.

The Federal Reserve generally limits a BHC’s ability to make quarterly capital distributions – that is, dividends and share repurchases, if the amount of the BHC’s actual cumulative quarterly capital issuances of instruments that qualify as regulatory capital are less than the BHC had indicated in its submitted capital plan as to which it received a non-objection from the Federal Reserve. For example, if the BHC issued a smaller amount of additional common stock than it had stated in its capital plan, it would be required to reduce common dividends and/or the amount of common stock repurchases so that the dollar amount of capital distributions, net of the dollar amount of additional common stock issued (“net distributions”), is no greater than the dollar amount of net distributions relating to its common stock included in its capital plan, as measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the third quarter of the nine-quarter planning horizon through the end of the then current quarter. However, not raising sufficient amounts of common stock as planned would not affect distributions related to Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments and/ or Tier 2 Capital. These limitations also contain several important qualifications and exceptions, including that scheduled dividend payments on (as opposed to repurchases of) a BHC’s Additional Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital instruments are not restricted if the BHC fails to issue a sufficient amount of such instruments as planned, as well as provisions for certain de minimis excess distributions.

Liquidity

Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and BHC liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, both in the U.S. and internationally, without required formulaic measures. However, in January 2016 M&T became subject to final rules adopted by the Federal Reserve and other banking regulators (“Final LCR Rule”) implementing a U.S. version of the Basel Committee’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) requirement. The LCR requirement is intended to ensure that banks hold sufficient amounts of so-called “high quality liquid assets” (“HQLA”) to cover the anticipated net cash outflows during a hypothetical acute 30-day stress scenario. The LCR is the ratio of an institution’s amount of HQLA (the numerator) over projected net cash out-flows over the 30-day horizon (the denominator), in each case, as calculated pursuant to the Final LCR Rule. The Final LCR Rule requires a subject institution to maintain an LCR equal to at least 100% in order to satisfy this regulatory requirement. Only specific classes of assets, including U.S. Treasury securities, other U.S. government obligations and agency mortgaged-backed securities, qualify under the rule as HQLA, with classes of assets deemed relatively less liquid and/or subject to greater degree of credit risk subject to certain haircuts and caps for purposes of calculating the numerator under the Final LCR Rule. The total net cash outflows amount is determined under the rule by applying certain hypothetical outflow and inflow rates, which reflect certain standardized stressed assumptions, against the balances of the banking organization’s funding sources, obligations, transactions and assets over the 30-day stress period. Inflows that can be included to offset outflows are limited to 75% of outflows (which effectively means that banking organizations must hold high-quality liquid assets equal to 25% of outflows even if outflows perfectly match inflows over the stress period). The total net cash outflow amount for the modified LCR applicable to M&T was capped at 70% of the outflow rate that applies to the full LCR. As of January 1, 2017, the Final LCR Rule has been fully phased-in.

12


The Basel III framework also included a second standard, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), which is designed to promote more medium-and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon. In May 2016, the Federal Reserve and other federal banking regulators issued a proposed rule that would implement the NSFR for large U.S. banking organizations.  Under the proposed rule, the most stringent requirements would apply to bank holding companies with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in on-balance sheet foreign exposure, and would require such organizations to maintain a minimum NSFR of 1.0 on an ongoing basis, calculated by dividing the organization’s available stable funding (“ASF”) by its required stable funding (“RSF”).  Bank holding companies with less than $250 billion, but more than $50 billion, in total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion in on-balance sheet foreign exposure, such as M&T, would be subject to a modified NSFR requirement which would require such bank holding companies to maintain a minimum NSFR of 0.7 on an ongoing basis.  Under the proposed rule, a banking organization’s ASF would be calculated by applying specified standard weightings to its equity and liabilities based on their expected stability over a one-year time horizon and its RSF would be calculated by applying specified standardized weightings to its assets, derivative exposures and commitments based on their liquidity characteristics over the same one-year time horizon.  If implemented, the proposed rule would take effect on January 1, 2018.

Cross-Guarantee Provisions

Each insured depository institution “controlled” (as defined in the BHCA) by the same BHC can be held liable to the FDIC for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of any other insured depository institution controlled by that BHC and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to any of those banks that are in danger of default. The FDIC’s claim under the cross-guarantee provisions is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its BHC and to most claims arising out of obligations or liabilities owed to affiliates of the institution, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institution. The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF.

Enhanced Supervision and Prudential Standards

The Dodd-Frank Act directed the Federal Reserve to enact enhanced prudential standards applicable to foreign banking organizations and bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T. The Federal Reserve adopted amendments to Regulation YY to implement certain of the required enhanced prudential standards. Those amendments, which are intended to help increase the resiliency of the operations of these organizations, include liquidity requirements, requirements for overall risk management (including establishing a risk committee), and a 15-to-1 debt-to-equity limit for companies that the Financial Stability Oversight Council has determined pose a grave threat to financial stability. The liquidity requirements and risk management requirements became effective as to M&T on January 1, 2015. In March 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a revised proposal regarding single counterparty credit limits, which would impose a limit on credit exposure to any counterparty.

Volcker Rule

On December 10, 2013, the federal banking regulators and the SEC adopted the so-called Volcker Rule to implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act limiting proprietary trading and investing in

13


and sponsoring certain hedge funds and private equity funds (defined as covered funds in the Volcker Rule). The Company does not engage in any significant amount of proprietary trading as defined in the Volcker Rule and has implemented the required procedures for those areas in which trading does occur. The covered funds limits are imposed through a conformance period that is expected to end in July 2017. To comply with requirements of the Volcker Rule, during 2016, the Company sold the collateralized debt obligations that had been held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDIA”), establish general standards relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. Additionally, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Limits on Undercapitalized Depository Institutions

The FDIA establishes a system of regulatory remedies to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions, referred to as the prompt corrective action. The federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”) and must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions which are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. The severity of these mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The FDIC has specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each category. The Federal Reserve and the OCC have specified the same or similar levels for each category. Effective January 1, 2015, the New Capital Rules created new prompt corrective action requirements by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8%; and (iii) eliminating the provision that provided that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized.

An institution that is classified as well-capitalized based on its capital levels may be classified as adequately capitalized, and an institution that is adequately capitalized or undercapitalized based upon its capital levels may be treated as though it were undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized, respectively, if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment.

14


An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking regulator. Under the FDIA, in order for the capital restoration plan to be accepted by the appropriate federal banking agency, a BHC must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution will comply with its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The BHC must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The obligation of a controlling BHC under the FDIA to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with the approval of the FDIC. Institutions that are significantly undercapitalized or undercapitalized and either fail to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fail to implement an approved capital restoration plan may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions failing to submit or implement an acceptable capital restoration plan are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Transactions with Affiliates

There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which M&T and its non-bank subsidiaries may borrow or otherwise obtain funding from M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. In general, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W require that any “covered transaction” by M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. (or any of their respective subsidiaries) with an affiliate must in certain cases be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and must be limited as follows: (a) in the case of any single such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the insured depository institution and its subsidiaries may not exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of such insured depository institution, and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of an insured depository institution and its subsidiaries may not exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of such insured depository institution. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including for example, the requirement that the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions begin to apply to financial subsidiaries. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include, among other things, a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve) from the affiliate, certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. All covered transactions, including certain additional transactions (such as transactions with a third party in which an affiliate has a financial interest), must be conducted on market terms.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

Deposit Insurance Assessments . M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. pay deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on an assessment rate established by the FDIC. Deposit insurance assessments are based on average total assets minus average tangible equity. For larger institutions, such as M&T Bank, the FDIC uses a performance score and a loss-severity score that are used to calculate an initial assessment rate. In calculating these scores, the FDIC uses a bank’s capital level and supervisory ratings and certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress. The FDIC has the ability to make discretionary

15


adjustments to the total score based upon significant risk factors that are not adequately captured in the calculations.

In its DIF restoration plan, the FDIC designated that the DIF reserve ratio should be 1.35% by September 2020. In March 2016, the FDIC adopted a final rule that imposes a surcharge on the assessments of depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, including M&T Bank, beginning in the quarter following the quarter that the DIF surpasses 1.15% and continuing through the earlier of the quarter that the reserve ratio first reaches or exceeds 1.35% or December 31, 2018.

In August 2016, the FDIC announced that the DIF reserve ratio had surpassed 1.15% as of June 30, 2016.  As a result, beginning in the third quarter of 2016, the range of initial assessment ranges for all institutions were adjusted downward such that the initial base deposit insurance assessment rate ranges from 3 to 30 basis points on an annualized basis.  After the effect of potential base-rate adjustments, the total base assessment rate could range from 1.5 to 40 basis points on an annualized basis. Nevertheless, at the same time depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, including M&T Bank, became subject to the surcharge referred to in the preceding paragraph. Additionally, an institution must pay an additional premium equal to 50 basis points on every dollar (above 3% of an institution’s Tier 1 capital) of long-term, unsecured debt held that was issued by another insured depository institution.  M&T Bank recognized $98 million of expense related to its FDIC assessment and large bank surcharge and Wilmington Trust, N.A. recognized $417 thousand of FDIC insurance expense in 2016.

Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

FICO Assessments . In addition, the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 authorized the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose assessments on DIF applicable deposits in order to service the interest on FICO’s bond obligations from deposit insurance fund assessments. The amount assessed on individual institutions by FICO is in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance according to the FDIC’s risk-related assessment rate schedules. FICO assessment rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect a change in assessment base. M&T Bank recognized $6 million of expense related to its FICO assessments and Wilmington Trust, N.A. recognized $53 thousand of such expense in 2016.

Acquisitions

The BHCA requires every BHC to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (1) it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or savings and loan association, if after such acquisition, the BHC will directly or indirectly own or control 5% or more of the voting shares of the institution; (2) it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings and loan association; or (3) it may merge or consolidate with any other BHC. Since July 2011, financial holding companies and bank holding companies with consolidated assets exceeding $50 billion, such as M&T, have been required to (i) obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring certain nonbank financial companies with assets exceeding $10 billion and (ii) provide prior written notice to the Federal Reserve before acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any company having consolidated assets of $10 billion or more.

The BHCA further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the United States, or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in

16


meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and consideration of convenience and needs issues includes the parties’ performance under the CRA and compliance with consumer protection laws. The Federal Reserve must take into account the institutions’ effectiveness in combating money laundering. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the BHCA was amended to require the Federal Reserve, when evaluating a proposed transaction, to consider the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system.

Executive and Incentive Compensation

Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. The Federal Reserve has issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies (the “Incentive Compensation Guidance”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Incentive Compensation Guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. These three principles are incorporated into the proposed joint compensation regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act, discussed below. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The Incentive Compensation Guidance provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion in total assets, such as M&T and M&T Bank. The agencies proposed initial regulations in April 2011 and proposed revised regulations during the second quarter of 2016 that would establish general qualitative requirements applicable to all covered entities, additional specific requirements for entities with total consolidated assets of at least $50 billion, such as M&T, and further, more stringent requirements for those with total consolidated assets of at least $250 billion. The general qualitative requirements include (i) prohibiting incentive arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation; (ii) prohibiting incentive arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks that could lead to a material financial loss; (iii) establishing requirements for performance measures to appropriately balance risk and reward; (iv) requiring board of director oversight of incentive arrangements; and (v) mandating appropriate record-keeping. For larger financial institutions, including M&T, the proposed revised regulations would also introduce additional requirements applicable only to “senior executive officers” and “significant risk-takers” (as defined in the proposed regulations), including (i) limits on performance measures and leverage relating to performance targets; (ii) minimum deferral periods;

17


and (iii) subjecting incentive compensation to possible downward adjustment, forfeiture and clawback. If the final regulations are adopted in the form proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in which M&T may structure compensation for its executives.

In October 2016, the NYDFS issued guidance emphasizing that its regulated banking institutions, including M&T Bank, must ensure that any incentive compensation arrangements tied to employee performance indicators are subject to effective risk management, oversight and control.

The scope and content of the banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the future. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the ability of M&T and its subsidiaries to hire, retain and motivate their key employees.

Resolution Planning

Bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T, are required to report periodically to regulators a resolution plan for their rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. M&T’s resolution plan must, among other things, ensure that its depository institution subsidiaries are adequately protected from risks arising from its other subsidiaries. The regulation adopted by the Federal Reserve and FDIC sets specific standards for the resolution plans, including requiring a strategic analysis of the plan’s components, a description of the range of specific actions the company proposes to take in resolution, and a description of the company’s organizational structure, material entities, interconnections and interdependencies, and management information systems, among other elements. In addition, insured depository institutions with $50 billion or more in total assets, such as M&T Bank, are required to submit to the FDIC periodic plans for resolution in the event of the institution’s failure. M&T and M&T Bank most recently submitted resolution plans in December 2015, as required.  The next resolution plans that M&T and M&T Bank will be required to file must be submitted by December 31, 2017.

Insolvency of an Insured Depository Institution or a Bank Holding Company

If the FDIC is appointed as conservator or receiver for an insured depository institution such as M&T Bank or Wilmington Trust, N.A., upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power:

 

to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor, including a newly formed “bridge” bank without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors;

 

to enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms without regard to any provisions triggered by the appointment of the FDIC in that capacity; or

 

to repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution.

In addition, under federal law, the claims of holders of domestic deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any debt obligations of M&T Bank or Wilmington Trust, N.A., the debt holders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the bank. The Dodd-Frank Act created a

18


new resolution regime (known as “orderly liquidation authority”) for systemically important financial companies, including bank holding companies and their affiliates. Under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may be appointed as receiver for the systemically important institution, and its failed subsidiaries, for purposes of liquidating the entity if, among other conditions, it is determined at the time of the institution’s failure that it is in default or in danger of default and the failure poses a risk to the stability of the U.S. financial system.

If the FDIC is appointed as receiver under the orderly liquidation authority, then the powers of the receiver, and the rights and obligations of creditors and other parties who have dealt with the institution, would be determined under the Dodd-Frank Act provisions, and not under the insolvency law that would otherwise apply. The powers of the receiver under the orderly liquidation authority were based on the powers of the FDIC as receiver for depository institutions under the FDIA. However, the provisions governing the rights of creditors under the orderly liquidation authority were modified in certain respects to reduce disparities with the treatment of creditors’ claims under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code as compared to the treatment of those claims under the new authority. Nonetheless, substantial differences in the rights of creditors exist as between these two regimes, including the right of the FDIC to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims in some circumstances, the use of an administrative claims procedure to determine creditors’ claims (as opposed to the judicial procedure utilized in bankruptcy proceedings), and the right of the FDIC to transfer claims to a “bridge” entity.

An orderly liquidation fund will fund such liquidation proceedings through borrowings from the Treasury Department and risk-based assessments made, first, on entities that received more in the resolution than they would have received in liquidation to the extent of such excess, and second, if necessary, on bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T. If an orderly liquidation is triggered, M&T could face assessments for the orderly liquidation fund.

The FDIC has developed a strategy under the orderly liquidation authority referred to as the “single point of entry” strategy, under which the FDIC would resolve a failed financial holding company by transferring its assets (including shares of its operating subsidiaries) and, potentially, very limited liabilities to a “bridge” holding company; utilize the resources of the failed financial holding company to recapitalize the operating subsidiaries; and satisfy the claims of unsecured creditors of the failed financial holding company and other claimants in the receivership by delivering securities of one or more new financial companies that would emerge from the bridge holding company. Under this strategy, management of the failed financial holding company would be replaced and shareholders and creditors of the failed financial holding company would bear the losses resulting from the failure.

Depositor Preference

Under federal law, depositors and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only outside of the United States and the parent BHC, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity

The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow

19


consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services. Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.

In October 2016, the federal banking regulators jointly issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking on enhanced cyber risk management standards that are intended to increase the operational resilience of large and interconnected entities under their supervision. Once established, the enhanced cyber risk management standards would help to reduce the potential impact of a cyber-attack or other cyber-related failure on the financial system. The advance notice of proposed rulemaking addresses five categories of cyber standards: (1) cyber risk governance; (2) cyber risk management; (3) internal dependency management; (4) external dependency management; and (5) incident response, cyber resilience, and situational awareness. In December 2016, the NYSDFS re-proposed regulations that would require financial institutions regulated by the NYSDFS, including M&T Bank, to, among other things, (i) establish and maintain a cyber security program designed to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of their information systems; (ii) implement and maintain a written cyber security policy setting forth policies and procedures for the protection of their information systems and nonpublic information; and (iii) designate a Chief Information Security Officer.

Consumer Protection Laws and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Supervision

In connection with their respective lending and leasing activities, M&T Bank, Wilmington Trust, N.A. and certain of their subsidiaries, are each subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and various state law counterparts. They are also subject to consumer protection laws governing their deposit taking activities, as well securities and insurance laws governing certain aspects of their consolidated operations. Furthermore, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”) has issued integrated disclosure requirements under the Truth-in-Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act that relate to the provision of disclosures to borrowers.

The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB with broad powers to supervise and enforce most federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, including M&T Bank.

20


The CFPB has focused on:

 

risks to consumers and compliance with the federal consumer financial laws, when it evaluates the policies and practices of a financial institution;

 

the markets in which firms operate and risks to consumers posed by activities in those markets;

 

depository institutions that offer a wide variety of consumer financial products and services;

 

depository institutions with a more specialized focus; and

 

non-depository companies that offer one or more consumer financial products or services.

The Electronic Fund Transfer Act prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machines (“ATM”) and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those type of transactions. If a consumer does not opt in, any ATM transaction or debit that overdraws the consumer’s account will be denied. Overdrafts on the payment of checks and regular electronic bill payments are not covered by this rule. Before opting in, the consumer must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service, and the consumer’s choices. Financial institutions must provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account terms, conditions and features (including pricing) that they provide to consumers who do opt in.

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA is intended to encourage depository institutions to help meet the credit needs of the communities in which they operate, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operations. CRA examinations are conducted by the federal agencies that are responsible for supervising depository institutions: the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC. A financial institution's performance in helping to meet the credit needs of its community is evaluated in the context of information about the institution (capacity, constraints and business strategies), its community (demographic and economic data, lending, investment, and service opportunities), and its competitors and peers. Upon completion of a CRA examination, an overall CRA Rating is assigned using a four-tiered rating system. These ratings are: “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve” and “Substantial Noncompliance.” The CRA evaluation is used in evaluating applications for future approval of bank activities including mergers, acquisitions, charters, branch openings and deposit facilities. M&T Bank has a rating of “Outstanding.” M&T Bank is also subject to New York State CRA examination and is assessed using a 1 to 4 scoring system.  M&T Bank has an “Outstanding” rating from the NYSDFS. Wilmington Trust, N.A. was subject to the CRA until March 3, 2016 when the OCC changed its designation of Wilmington Trust, N.A. to a special purpose trust company, which exempts Wilmington Trust, N.A. from the requirements of the CRA.

Bank Secrecy and Anti-Money Laundering

Federal laws and regulations impose obligations on U.S. financial institutions, including banks and broker/dealer subsidiaries, to implement and maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls which are reasonably designed to prevent, detect and report instances of money laundering and the financing of terrorism and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, these provisions require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and BHC acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. As a result of an inspection by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, on June 17, 2013

21


M&T and M&T Bank entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York related to M&T Bank’s Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering Program pursuant to which M&T and M&T Bank have implemented a BSA/AML program with significantly expanded scale and scope.  M&T and M&T Bank are continuing to work towards the resolution of all outstanding issues in the written agreement.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g. property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Regulation of Insurers and Insurance Brokers

The Company’s operations in the areas of insurance brokerage and reinsurance of credit life insurance are subject to regulation and supervision by various state insurance regulatory authorities. Although the scope of regulation and form of supervision may vary from state to state, insurance laws generally grant broad discretion to regulatory authorities in adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. This supervision generally includes the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and the regulation of the handling of customer funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Certain of M&T’s insurance company subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulatory supervision and to insurance laws and regulations requiring, among other things, maintenance of capital, record keeping, reporting and examinations.

Federal Reserve Policies

The earnings of the Company are significantly affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of governmental authorities, including the Federal Reserve. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve are open-market operations in U.S. Government securities and federal funds, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These instruments of monetary policy are used in varying combinations to influence the overall level of bank loans, investments and deposits, and the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits. The Federal Reserve frequently uses these instruments of monetary policy, especially its open-market operations and the discount rate, to influence the level of interest rates and to affect the strength of the economy, the level of inflation or the price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of banking institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to predict the nature of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies or the effect which they may have on the Company’s business and earnings.

22


Competition

The Company competes in offering commercial and personal financial services with other banking institutions and with firms in a number of other industries, such as thrift institutions, credit unions, personal loan companies, sales finance companies, leasing companies, securities firms and insurance companies. Furthermore, diversified financial services companies are able to offer a combination of these services to their customers on a nationwide basis. The Company’s operations are significantly impacted by state and federal regulations applicable to the banking industry. Moreover, the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, the Interstate Banking Act and the Banking Law have allowed for increased competition among diversified financial services providers.

Other Information

Through a link on the Investor Relations section of M&T’s website at www.mtb.com, copies of M&T’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are made available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information are also available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to M&T Bank Corporation, Shareholder Relations Department, One M&T Plaza, 8th Floor, Buffalo, NY 14203-2399 (Telephone: (716) 842-5138). The public may read and copy any materials that M&T files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Corporate Governance

M&T’s Corporate Governance Standards and the following corporate governance documents are also available on M&T’s website at the Investor Relations link: Disclosure and Regulation FD Policy; Executive Committee Charter; Nomination, Compensation and Governance Committee Charter; Audit Committee Charter; Risk Committee Charter; Financial Reporting and Disclosure Controls and Procedures Policy; Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers; Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; Employee Complaint Procedures for Accounting and Auditing Matters; and Excessive or Luxury Expenditures Policy. Copies of such governance documents are also available, free of charge, to any person who requests them. Such requests may be directed to M&T Bank Corporation, Shareholder Relations Department, One M&T Plaza, 8th Floor, Buffalo, NY 14203-2399 (Telephone: (716) 842-5138).

Statistical Disclosure Pursuant to Guide 3

See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional information is included in the following tables.

23


Table 1

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED YEAR-END BALANCES

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

 

$

5,000,638

 

 

$

7,594,350

 

 

$

6,470,867

 

 

$

1,651,138

 

 

$

129,945

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,392

 

 

 

99,573

 

 

 

3,000

 

Trading account

 

 

323,867

 

 

 

273,783

 

 

 

308,175

 

 

 

376,131

 

 

 

488,966

 

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

15,090,578

 

 

 

14,540,237

 

 

 

12,042,390

 

 

 

7,770,767

 

 

 

4,007,725

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

64,499

 

 

 

124,459

 

 

 

157,159

 

 

 

180,495

 

 

 

203,004

 

Other

 

 

1,095,391

 

 

 

991,743

 

 

 

793,993

 

 

 

845,235

 

 

 

1,863,632

 

Total investment securities

 

 

16,250,468

 

 

 

15,656,439

 

 

 

12,993,542

 

 

 

8,796,497

 

 

 

6,074,361

 

Loans and leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

22,770,629

 

 

 

20,576,737

 

 

 

19,617,253

 

 

 

18,876,166

 

 

 

17,973,140

 

Real estate — construction

 

 

8,066,756

 

 

 

5,716,994

 

 

 

5,061,269

 

 

 

4,457,650

 

 

 

3,772,413

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

 

48,134,198

 

 

 

49,841,156

 

 

 

31,250,968

 

 

 

30,711,440

 

 

 

33,494,359

 

Consumer

 

 

12,130,094

 

 

 

11,584,347

 

 

 

10,969,879

 

 

 

10,280,527

 

 

 

11,550,274

 

Total loans and leases

 

 

91,101,677

 

 

 

87,719,234

 

 

 

66,899,369

 

 

 

64,325,783

 

 

 

66,790,186

 

Unearned discount

 

 

(248,261

)

 

 

(229,735

)

 

 

(230,413

)

 

 

(252,624

)

 

 

(219,229

)

Loans and leases, net of unearned

   discount

 

 

90,853,416

 

 

 

87,489,499

 

 

 

66,668,956

 

 

 

64,073,159

 

 

 

66,570,957

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(988,997

)

 

 

(955,992

)

 

 

(919,562

)

 

 

(916,676

)

 

 

(925,860

)

Loans and leases, net

 

 

89,864,419

 

 

 

86,533,507

 

 

 

65,749,394

 

 

 

63,156,483

 

 

 

65,645,097

 

Goodwill

 

 

4,593,112

 

 

 

4,593,112

 

 

 

3,524,625

 

 

 

3,524,625

 

 

 

3,524,625

 

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

97,655

 

 

 

140,268

 

 

 

35,027

 

 

 

68,851

 

 

 

115,763

 

Real estate and other assets owned

 

 

139,206

 

 

 

195,085

 

 

 

63,635

 

 

 

66,875

 

 

 

104,279

 

Total assets

 

 

123,449,206

 

 

 

122,787,884

 

 

 

96,685,535

 

 

 

85,162,391

 

 

 

83,008,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

 

32,813,896

 

 

 

29,110,635

 

 

 

26,947,880

 

 

 

24,661,007

 

 

 

24,240,802

 

Savings and interest-checking deposits

 

 

52,346,207

 

 

 

49,566,644

 

 

 

43,393,618

 

 

 

38,611,021

 

 

 

35,763,566

 

Time deposits

 

 

10,131,846

 

 

 

13,110,392

 

 

 

3,063,973

 

 

 

3,523,838

 

 

 

4,562,366

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

 

 

201,927

 

 

 

170,170

 

 

 

176,582

 

 

 

322,746

 

 

 

1,044,519

 

Total deposits

 

 

95,493,876

 

 

 

91,957,841

 

 

 

73,582,053

 

 

 

67,118,612

 

 

 

65,611,253

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

163,442

 

 

 

2,132,182

 

 

 

192,676

 

 

 

260,455

 

 

 

1,074,482

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

9,493,835

 

 

 

10,653,858

 

 

 

9,006,959

 

 

 

5,108,870

 

 

 

4,607,758

 

Total liabilities

 

 

106,962,584

 

 

 

106,614,595

 

 

 

84,349,639

 

 

 

73,856,859

 

 

 

72,806,210

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

16,486,622

 

 

 

16,173,289

 

 

 

12,335,896

 

 

 

11,305,532

 

 

 

10,202,593

 

 

Table 2

SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND OFFICES

 

Number at Year-End

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders

 

 

19,802

 

 

 

20,693

 

 

 

14,551

 

 

 

15,015

 

 

 

15,623

 

Employees

 

 

16,973

 

 

 

17,476

 

 

 

15,782

 

 

 

15,893

 

 

 

14,943

 

Offices

 

 

855

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

766

 

 

 

796

 

 

 

799

 

 

24


Table 3

CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases, including fees

 

$

3,485,050

 

 

$

2,778,151

 

 

$

2,596,586

 

 

$

2,734,708

 

 

$

2,704,156

 

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fully taxable

 

 

361,494

 

 

 

372,162

 

 

 

340,391

 

 

 

209,244

 

 

 

227,116

 

Exempt from federal taxes

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

4,263

 

 

 

5,356

 

 

 

6,802

 

 

 

8,045

 

Deposits at banks

 

 

45,516

 

 

 

15,252

 

 

 

13,361

 

 

 

5,201

 

 

 

1,221

 

Other

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

1,379

 

 

 

1,147

 

Total interest income

 

 

3,895,871

 

 

 

3,170,844

 

 

 

2,956,877

 

 

 

2,957,334

 

 

 

2,941,685

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and interest-checking deposits

 

 

87,704

 

 

 

46,140

 

 

 

46,869

 

 

 

56,235

 

 

 

69,354

 

Time deposits

 

 

102,841

 

 

 

27,059

 

 

 

15,515

 

 

 

26,439

 

 

 

46,102

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

 

 

797

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

1,018

 

 

 

1,130

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

3,625

 

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

1,286

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

231,017

 

 

 

252,766

 

 

 

217,247

 

 

 

199,983

 

 

 

225,297

 

Total interest expense

 

 

425,984

 

 

 

328,257

 

 

 

280,431

 

 

 

284,105

 

 

 

343,169

 

Net interest income

 

 

3,469,887

 

 

 

2,842,587

 

 

 

2,676,446

 

 

 

2,673,229

 

 

 

2,598,516

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

 

124,000

 

 

 

185,000

 

 

 

204,000

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

 

 

3,279,887

 

 

 

2,672,587

 

 

 

2,552,446

 

 

 

2,488,229

 

 

 

2,394,516

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage banking revenues

 

 

373,697

 

 

 

375,738

 

 

 

362,912

 

 

 

331,265

 

 

 

349,064

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

419,102

 

 

 

420,608

 

 

 

427,956

 

 

 

446,941

 

 

 

446,698

 

Trust income

 

 

472,184

 

 

 

470,640

 

 

 

508,258

 

 

 

496,008

 

 

 

471,852

 

Brokerage services income

 

 

63,423

 

 

 

64,770

 

 

 

67,212

 

 

 

65,647

 

 

 

59,059

 

Trading account and foreign exchange gains

 

 

41,126

 

 

 

30,577

 

 

 

29,874

 

 

 

40,828

 

 

 

35,634

 

Gain (loss) on bank investment securities

 

 

30,314

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

 

 

 

56,457

 

 

 

9

 

Total other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,884

)

 

 

(32,067

)

Portion of OTTI losses recognized in other

   comprehensive income (before taxes)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,916

)

 

 

(15,755

)

Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,800

)

 

 

(47,822

)

Other revenues from operations

 

 

426,150

 

 

 

462,834

 

 

 

383,061

 

 

 

437,859

 

 

 

352,776

 

Total other income

 

 

1,825,996

 

 

 

1,825,037

 

 

 

1,779,273

 

 

 

1,865,205

 

 

 

1,667,270

 

Other expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

1,623,600

 

 

 

1,549,530

 

 

 

1,404,950

 

 

 

1,355,178

 

 

 

1,314,540

 

Equipment and net occupancy

 

 

295,141

 

 

 

272,539

 

 

 

269,299

 

 

 

264,327

 

 

 

257,551

 

Outside data processing and software

 

 

172,389

 

 

 

164,133

 

 

 

151,568

 

 

 

134,011

 

 

 

125,252

 

FDIC assessments

 

 

105,045

 

 

 

52,113

 

 

 

55,531

 

 

 

69,584

 

 

 

101,110

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

87,137

 

 

 

59,227

 

 

 

47,111

 

 

 

56,597

 

 

 

52,388

 

Printing, postage and supplies

 

 

39,546

 

 

 

38,491

 

 

 

38,201

 

 

 

39,557

 

 

 

41,929

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

42,613

 

 

 

26,424

 

 

 

33,824

 

 

 

46,912

 

 

 

60,631

 

Other costs of operations

 

 

682,014

 

 

 

660,475

 

 

 

688,990

 

 

 

621,700

 

 

 

516,350

 

Total other expense

 

 

3,047,485

 

 

 

2,822,932

 

 

 

2,689,474

 

 

 

2,587,866

 

 

 

2,469,751

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

2,058,398

 

 

 

1,674,692

 

 

 

1,642,245

 

 

 

1,765,568

 

 

 

1,592,035

 

Income taxes

 

 

743,284

 

 

 

595,025

 

 

 

575,999

 

 

 

627,088

 

 

 

562,537

 

Net income

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

 

$

1,138,480

 

 

$

1,029,498

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

$

441,765

 

 

$

374,912

 

 

$

371,137

 

 

$

365,171

 

 

$

357,862

 

Preferred

 

 

81,270

 

 

 

81,270

 

 

 

75,878

 

 

 

53,450

 

 

 

53,450

 

 

25


Table 4

COMMON SHAREHOLDER DATA

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

7.80

 

 

$

7.22

 

 

$

7.47

 

 

$

8.26

 

 

$

7.57

 

Diluted

 

 

7.78

 

 

 

7.18

 

 

 

7.42

 

 

 

8.20

 

 

 

7.54

 

Cash dividends declared

 

 

2.80

 

 

 

2.80

 

 

 

2.80

 

 

 

2.80

 

 

 

2.80

 

Common shareholders’ equity at year-end

 

 

97.64

 

 

 

93.60

 

 

 

83.88

 

 

 

79.81

 

 

 

72.73

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity at

   year-end

 

 

67.85

 

 

 

64.28

 

 

 

57.06

 

 

 

52.45

 

 

 

44.61

 

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

35.81

%

 

 

37.56

%

 

 

37.49

%

 

 

33.94

%

 

 

36.98

%

 

Table 5

CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE(a)

 

 

 

2016 Compared with 2015

 

 

2015 Compared with 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Resulting from

Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Resulting from

Changes in:

 

 

 

Total

Change

 

 

Volume

 

 

Rate

 

 

Total

Change

 

 

Volume

 

 

Rate

 

 

 

(Increase (decrease) in thousands)

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases, including fees

 

$

710,191

 

 

 

703,099

 

 

 

7,092

 

 

$

182,975

 

 

 

248,119

 

 

 

(65,144

)

Deposits at banks

 

 

30,264

 

 

 

10,805

 

 

 

19,459

 

 

 

1,891

 

 

 

1,267

 

 

 

624

 

Federal funds sold and agreements to resell

   securities

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(65

)

 

 

33

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

19

 

Trading account

 

 

195

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

226

 

 

 

(134

)

 

 

169

 

 

 

(303

)

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

(3,947

)

 

 

12,524

 

 

 

(16,471

)

 

 

32,695

 

 

 

77,565

 

 

 

(44,870

)

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

(2,552

)

 

 

(2,251

)

 

 

(301

)

 

 

(1,724

)

 

 

(1,052

)

 

 

(672

)

Other

 

 

(6,593

)

 

 

3,890

 

 

 

(10,483

)

 

 

(886

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(866

)

Total interest income

 

$

727,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

214,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and interest-checking deposits

 

$

41,564

 

 

 

10,724

 

 

 

30,840

 

 

$

(729

)

 

 

3,031

 

 

 

(3,760

)

Time deposits

 

 

75,782

 

 

 

59,607

 

 

 

16,175

 

 

 

11,544

 

 

 

7,356

 

 

 

4,188

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

 

 

182

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

235

 

 

 

(84

)

 

 

(273

)

 

 

189

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

1,948

 

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

660

 

 

 

1,576

 

 

 

363

 

 

 

1,213

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

(21,749

)

 

 

857

 

 

 

(22,606

)

 

 

35,519

 

 

 

71,014

 

 

 

(35,495

)

Total interest expense

 

$

97,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

47,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Interest income data are on a taxable-equivalent basis. The apportionment of changes resulting from the combined effect of both volume and rate was based on the separately determined volume and rate changes.

 

 

26


Item 1A.

Ris k Factors .

M&T and its subsidiaries could be adversely impacted by a number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict.  As a financial institution certain risk elements are inherent in the ordinary course of the Company’s business activities and adverse experience with those risks could have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on the values of the Company’s financial instruments and M&T’s common stock.  The Company has developed a risk management process to identify, understand, mitigate and balance its exposure to significant risks. The following risk factors set forth some of the risks that could materially and adversely impact the Company.

Market Risk

Weakness in the economy has adversely affected the Company in the past and may adversely affect the Company in the future.

Poor business and economic conditions in general or specifically in markets served by the Company could have one or more of the following adverse effects on the Company’s business:

 

A decrease in the demand for loans and other products and services offered by the Company.

 

A decrease in net interest income derived from the Company’s lending and deposit gathering activities.

 

A decrease in the value of the Company’s investment securities, loans held for sale or other assets secured by residential or commercial real estate.

 

Other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities in the Company’s investment securities portfolio.

 

A decrease in fees from the Company’s brokerage and trust businesses associated with declines or lack of growth in stock market prices.

 

Potential higher FDIC assessments due to the DIF falling below minimum required levels.

 

An impairment of certain intangible assets, such as goodwill.

 

An increase in the number of customers and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to the Company. An increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults could result in higher levels of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, provision for credit losses and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale.

The Company’s business and financial performance is impacted significantly by market interest rates and movements in those rates. The monetary, tax and other policies of governmental agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance over which the Company has no control and which the Company may not be able to anticipate adequately.

As a result of the high percentage of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are in the form of interest-bearing or interest-related instruments, changes in interest rates, in the shape of the yield curve or in spreads between different market interest rates, can have a material effect on the Company’s business and profitability and the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities. For example:

 

Changes in interest rates or interest rate spreads can affect the difference between the interest that the Company earns on assets and the interest that the Company pays on

27


 

liabilities, which impacts the Company’s overall net interest income and profitability.

 

Such changes can affect the ability of borrowers to meet obligations under variable or adjustable rate loans and other debt instruments, and can, in turn, affect the Company’s loss rates on those assets.

 

Such changes may decrease the demand for interest rate based products and services, including loans and deposits.

 

Such changes can also affect the Company’s ability to hedge various forms of market and interest rate risk and may decrease the profitability or protection or increase the risk or cost associated with such hedges.

 

Movements in interest rates also affect mortgage prepayment speeds and could result in the impairment of capitalized mortgage servicing assets, reduce the value of loans held for sale and increase the volatility of mortgage banking revenues, potentially adversely affecting the Company’s results of operations.

The monetary, tax and other policies of the government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance. These governmental policies can thus affect the activities and results of operations of banking companies such as the Company. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the national supply of bank credit and certain interest rates. The actions of the Federal Reserve influence the rates of interest that the Company charges on loans and that the Company pays on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of the Company’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Also, due to the impact on rates for short-term funding, the Federal Reserve’s policies also influence, to a significant extent, the Company’s cost of such funding. In addition, the Company is routinely subject to examinations from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Should tax laws change or the tax authorities determine that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, the result and adjustments required could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. M&T cannot predict the nature or timing of future changes in monetary, tax and other policies or the effect that they may have on the Company’s business activities, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s business and performance is vulnerable to the impact of volatility in debt and equity markets.

As most of the Company’s assets and liabilities are financial in nature, the Company’s performance tends to be sensitive to the performance of the financial markets. Turmoil and volatility in U.S. and global financial markets can be a major contributory factor to overall weak economic conditions, leading to some of the risks discussed herein, including the impaired ability of borrowers and other counterparties to meet obligations to the Company. Financial market volatility also can have some of the following adverse effects on the Company and its business, including adversely affecting the Company’s financial condition and results of operations:

 

It can affect the value or liquidity of the Company’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments.

 

It can affect the value of capitalized servicing assets.

 

It can affect M&T’s ability to access capital markets to raise funds. Inability to access capital markets if needed, at cost effective rates, could adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and results of operations.

28


 

It can affect the value of the assets that the Company manages or otherwise administers or services for others. Although the Company is not directly impacted by changes in the value of such assets, decreases in the value of those assets would affect related fee income and could result in decreased demand for the Company’s services.

 

In general, it can impact the nature, profitability or risk profile of the financial transactions in which the Company engages.

Volatility in the markets for real estate and other assets commonly securing financial products has been and may continue to be a significant contributor to overall volatility in financial markets.

The Company’s regional concentrations expose it to adverse economic conditions in its primary retail banking office footprint.

The Company’s core banking business is largely concentrated within the Company’s retail banking office network footprint, located principally in New York, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia. Therefore, the Company is, or in the future may be, particularly vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions.

Risks Relating to Compliance and the Regulatory Environment

The Company is subject to extensive government regulation and supervision and this regulatory environment can be and has been significantly impacted by financial regulatory reform initiatives.

The Company is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the financial system as a whole, not stockholders. These regulations and supervisory guidance affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, amounts of capital, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result in civil or criminal penalties, including monetary penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, the revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by regulatory agencies, and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In this regard, government authorities, including the bank regulatory agencies, are pursuing aggressive enforcement actions with respect to compliance and other legal matters involving financial activities, which heightens the risks associated with actual and perceived compliance failures and may also adversely affect the Company’s ability to enter into certain transactions or engage in certain activities, or obtain necessary regulatory approvals in connection therewith.

The U.S. government and others have recently undertaken major reforms of the regulatory oversight structure of the financial services industry. M&T expects to face increased regulation of its industry as a result of current and possible future initiatives. M&T also expects more intense scrutiny in the examination process and more aggressive enforcement of regulations on both the federal and state levels. Compliance with these new regulations and supervisory initiatives will likely increase the Company’s costs, reduce its revenue and may limit its ability to pursue certain desirable business opportunities.

Not all of the rules required or expected to be implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act have been proposed or adopted, and certain of the rules that have been proposed or adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to phase-in or transitional periods. Reforms, both under the Dodd-Frank Act and otherwise, will have a significant effect on the entire financial services industry. Although it

29


is difficult to predict the magnitude and extent of these effects, M&T believes compliance with new regulations and other initiatives will likely negatively impact revenue and increase the cost of doing business, both in terms of transition expenses and on an ongoing basis, and may also limit M&T’s ability to pursue certain desirable business opportunities. Any new regulatory requirements or changes to existing requirements could require changes to the Company’s businesses, result in increased compliance costs and affect the profitability of such businesses. Additionally, reform could affect the behaviors of third parties that the Company deals with in the course of its business, such as rating agencies, insurance companies and investors. Heightened regulatory practices, requirements or expectations could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways, and, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. While the change in administration in the U.S. may ultimately lead to the modification of certain of the regulations adopted since the financial crisis, uncertainty about the timing and scope of any such changes as well as the cost of complying with a new regulatory regime may negatively impact the Company’s businesses, at least in the short term, even if the long-term impact of any such changes may be positive for the Company’s businesses.

Capital and liquidity standards adopted by the U.S. banking regulators have resulted in banks and bank holding companies needing to maintain more and higher quality capital and greater liquidity than has historically been the case.

New capital standards, both as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and the U.S. Basel III-based capital rules have had a significant effect on banks and bank holding companies, including M&T. The U.S. capital rules require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. For additional information, see “Capital Requirements” under Part I, Item 1 “Business.”

The need to maintain more and higher quality capital, as well as greater liquidity, going forward than historically has been required, and generally increased regulatory scrutiny with respect to capital and liquidity levels, could limit the Company’s business activities, including lending, and its ability to expand, either organically or through acquisitions. It could also result in M&T being required to take steps to increase its regulatory capital that may be dilutive to shareholders or limit its ability to pay dividends or otherwise return capital to shareholders, or sell or refrain from acquiring assets, the capital requirements for which are not justified by the assets’ underlying risks.

In addition, the U.S. Basel III-based liquidity coverage ratio requirement and the liquidity-related provisions of the Federal Reserve’s liquidity-related enhanced prudential supervision requirements adopted pursuant to Section 165 of Dodd-Frank require the Company to hold increased levels of unencumbered highly liquid investments, thereby reducing the Company’s ability to invest in other longer-term assets even if deemed more desirable from a balance sheet management perspective. Moreover, U.S. federal banking agencies have been taking into account expectations regarding the ability of banks to meet these requirements, including under stressed conditions, in approving actions that represent uses of capital, such as dividend increases, share repurchases and acquisitions.

M&T’s ability to return capital to shareholders and to pay dividends on common stock may be adversely affected by market and other factors outside of its control and will depend, in part, on a review of its capital plan by the Federal Reserve.

Any decision by M&T to return capital to shareholders, whether through an increase in its common stock dividend or through a share repurchase program, requires the approval of the M&T Board of Directors and depends in large part on receiving regulatory approval, including through the Federal

30


Reserve’s CCAR process and the supervisory stress tests required under the Dodd-Frank Act whereby M&T’s financial position is tested under assumed severely adverse economic conditions. Prior to the public disclosure of a bank holding company’s CCAR results, the Federal Reserve will provide the BHC with the results of its supervisory stress test and will offer a one-time opportunity for the BHC to reduce planned capital distributions through the submission of a revised capital plan. The Federal Reserve may object to any capital plan in which a bank holding company’s regulatory capital ratios inclusive of adjustments to planned capital distributions, if any, would not meet the minimum requirements throughout a nine-quarter period under severely adverse stress conditions. In June 2016, the Federal Reserve announced that it did not object to M&T’s revised CCAR capital plan. In the future, if the Federal Reserve objects to M&T’s CCAR capital plan or raises concerns regarding the qualitative aspects of M&T’s capital planning process through its supervisory oversight of M&T, it could impose restrictions on M&T’s ability to return capital to shareholders, which in turn could negatively impact market and investor perceptions of M&T.

In addition, Federal Reserve capital planning and stress testing rules generally limit a bank holding company’s ability to make quarterly capital distributions – that is, dividends and share repurchases – if the amount of actual cumulative quarterly capital issuances of instruments that qualify as regulatory capital are less than the BHC had indicated in its submitted capital plan as to which it received a non-objection from the Federal Reserve. Under these rules, for example, if a BHC issued a smaller amount of additional common stock than it had stated in its capital plan, it would be required to reduce common dividends and/or the amount of common stock repurchases so that the dollar amount of capital distributions, net of the dollar amount of additional common stock issued (“net distributions”), is no greater than the dollar amount of net distributions relating to its common stock included in its capital plan, as measured on an aggregate basis beginning in the third quarter of the nine-quarter planning horizon through the end of the then current quarter. As such, M&T’s ability to declare and pay dividends on its common stock, as well as the amount of such dividends, will depend, in part, on its ability to issue stock in accordance with its capital plan or to otherwise remain in compliance with its capital plan, which may be adversely affected by market and other factors outside of M&T’s control.

The effect of resolution plan requirements may have a material adverse impact on M&T.

Bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T, are required to report periodically to regulators a resolution plan for their rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. M&T’s resolution plan must, among other things, ensure that its depository institution subsidiaries are adequately protected from risks arising from its other subsidiaries. The regulation adopted by the Federal Reserve and FDIC sets specific standards for the resolution plans, including requiring a strategic analysis of the plan’s components, a description of the range of specific actions the Company proposes to take in resolution, and a description of the Company’s organizational structure, material entities, interconnections and interdependencies, and management information systems, among other elements. To address effectively any shortcomings in the Company’s resolution plan, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC could require the Company to change its business structure or dispose of businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and ability to pay dividends on its stock or interest and principal on its debt.

 

If an orderly liquidation of a systemically important BHC or non-bank financial company were triggered, M&T could face assessments for the Orderly Liquidation Fund (“OLF”).

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new mechanism, the OLF, for liquidation of systemically important bank holding companies and non-bank financial companies. The OLF is administered by the FDIC

31


and is based on the FDIC’s bank resolution model. The Secretary of the U.S. Treasury may trigger a liquidation under this authority only after consultation with the President of the U.S. and after receiving a recommendation from the boards of the FDIC and the Federal Reserve upon a two-thirds vote. Liquidation proceedings will be funded by the OLF, which will borrow from the U.S. Treasury and impose risk-based assessments on covered financial companies. Risk-based assessments would be made, first, on entities that received more in the resolution than they would have received in the liquidation to the extent of such excess, and second, if necessary, on, among others, bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T. Any such assessments may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Credit Risk

Deteriorating credit quality could adversely impact the Company.

As a lender, the Company is exposed to the risk that customers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with the terms of the agreements, and that any collateral securing the loans may be insufficient to assure full repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans.

Factors that influence the Company’s credit loss experience include overall economic conditions affecting businesses and consumers, generally, but also residential and commercial real estate valuations, in particular, given the size of the Company’s real estate loan portfolios. Factors that can influence the Company’s credit loss experience include: (i) the impact of residential real estate values on loans to residential real estate builders and developers and other loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) the concentrations of commercial real estate loans in the Company’s loan portfolio; (iii) the amount of commercial and industrial loans to businesses in areas of New York State outside of the New York City area and in central Pennsylvania that have historically experienced less economic growth and vitality than many other regions of the country; (iv) the repayment performance associated with first and second lien loans secured by residential real estate; and (v) the size of the Company’s portfolio of loans to individual consumers, which historically have experienced higher net charge-offs as a percentage of loans outstanding than loans to other types of borrowers.

Commercial real estate valuations can be highly subjective as they are based upon many assumptions. Such valuations can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions, interest rates and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Similarly, residential real estate valuations can be impacted by housing trends, the availability of financing at reasonable interest rates, governmental policy regarding housing and housing finance, and general economic conditions affecting consumers.

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses which represents, in management’s judgment, the amount of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is determined by management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio based on such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the current financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. The effects of probable decreases in expected principal cash flows on loans acquired at a discount are also considered in the establishment of the allowance for credit losses.

Management believes that the allowance for credit losses appropriately reflects credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. However, there is no assurance that the allowance will be sufficient to cover such credit losses, particularly if housing and employment conditions worsen or

32


the economy experiences a downturn. In those cases, the Company may be required to increase the allowance through an increase in the provision for credit losses, which would reduce net income.

 

The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships.  The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity Risk

The Company must maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity.

The Company must maintain adequate funding sources in the normal course of business to support its operations and fund outstanding liabilities, as well as meet regulatory expectations. The Company primarily relies on deposits to be a low cost and stable source of funding for the loans it makes and the operations of its business. Core customer deposits, which include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and time deposits of $250,000 or less, have historically provided the Company with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. In addition to customer deposits, sources of liquidity include borrowings from third party banks, securities dealers, various Federal Home Loan Banks and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

The Company’s liquidity and ability to fund and run the business could be materially adversely affected by a variety of conditions and factors, including financial and credit market disruptions and volatility or a lack of market or customer confidence in financial markets in general, which may result in a loss of customer deposits or outflows of cash or collateral and/or ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. Other conditions and factors that could materially adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and funding include a lack of market or customer confidence in, or negative news about, the Company or the financial services industry generally which also may result in a loss of deposits and/or negatively affect the ability to access the capital markets; the loss of customer deposits to alternative investments; inability to sell or securitize loans or other assets; and downgrades in one or more of the Company’s credit ratings. A downgrade in the Company’s credit ratings, which could result from general industry-wide or regulatory factors not solely related to the Company, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to borrow funds and raise the cost of borrowings substantially and could cause creditors and business counterparties to raise collateral requirements or take other actions that could adversely affect M&T’s ability to raise capital. Many of the above conditions and factors may be caused by events over which M&T has little or no control. There can be no assurance that significant disruption and volatility in the financial markets will not occur in the future.

Recent regulatory changes relating to liquidity and risk management have also impacted the Company’s results of operations and competitive position. These regulations address, among other matters, liquidity stress testing, minimum liquidity requirements and restrictions on short-term debt issued by top-tier holding companies.

33


If the Company is unable to continue to fund assets through customer bank deposits or access funding sources on favorable terms or if the Company suffers an increase in borrowing costs or otherwise fails to manage liquidity effectively, the Company’s liquidity, operating margins, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

M&T relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for its liquidity.

M&T is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. M&T typically receives substantially all of its revenue from subsidiary dividends. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on M&T stock and interest and principal on its debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations, as well as regulatory expectations, limit the amount of dividends that M&T’s banking subsidiaries and certain nonbank subsidiaries may pay. Regulatory scrutiny of capital levels at bank holding companies and insured depository institution subsidiaries has increased in recent years and has resulted in increased regulatory focus on all aspects of capital planning, including dividends and other distributions to shareholders of banks, such as parent bank holding companies. See “Item 1. Business — Dividends” for a discussion of regulatory and other restrictions on dividend declarations. Also, M&T’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors. Limitations on M&T’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and ability to pay dividends on its stock or interest and principal on its debt.

Strategic Risk

 

The financial services industry is highly competitive and creates competitive pressures that could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and profitability.

The financial services industry in which the Company operates is highly competitive. The Company competes not only with commercial and other banks and thrifts, but also with insurance companies, mutual funds, hedge funds, securities brokerage firms and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and over the Internet. Some of the Company’s non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations the Company and its subsidiaries are, and may have greater flexibility in competing for business. In particular, the activity and prominence of so-called marketplace lenders and other technological financial services companies have grown significantly in recent years and is expected to continue growing.  The Company competes on the basis of several factors, including capital, access to capital, revenue generation, products, services, transaction execution, innovation, reputation and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms. These developments could result in the Company’s competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. The Company may experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of its competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices or paying higher rates of interest on deposits. Finally, technological change is influencing how individuals and firms conduct their financial affairs and changing the delivery channels for financial services, with the result that the Company may have to contend with a broader range of competitors including many that are not located within the geographic footprint of its banking office network.

34


Operational Risk

 

The Company is subject to operational risk which could adversely affect the Company’s business and reputation and create material legal and financial exposure.

Like all businesses, the Company is subject to operational risk, which represents the risk of loss resulting from human error, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. Operational risk also encompasses reputational risk and compliance and legal risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices or ethical standards, as well as the risk of noncompliance with contractual and other obligations. The Company is also exposed to operational risk through outsourcing arrangements, and the effect that changes in circumstances or capabilities of its outsourcing vendors can have on the Company’s ability to continue to perform operational functions necessary to its business. In addition, along with other participants in the financial services industry, the Company frequently attempts to introduce new technology-driven products and services that are aimed at allowing the Company to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services that allows it to remain competitive or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Although the Company seeks to mitigate operational risk through a system of internal controls that are reviewed and updated, no system of controls, however well designed and maintained, is infallible. Control weaknesses or failures or other operational risks could result in charges, increased operational costs, harm to the Company’s reputation or foregone business opportunities.

Changes in accounting standards could impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, which would result in the restating of the Company’s prior period financial statements.

M&T’s accounting policies and processes are critical to the reporting of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain.

Accounting policies and processes are fundamental to the Company’s reported financial condition and results of operations. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets or liabilities and financial results. Several of M&T’s accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make certain assumptions and estimates in preparing the Company’s financial statements. If assumptions or estimates underlying the Company’s financial statements are incorrect, the Company may experience material losses.

Management has identified certain accounting policies as being critical because they require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuations of assets, liabilities, commitments and

35


contingencies. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset, valuing an asset or liability, or recognizing or reducing a liability. M&T has established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure these critical accounting estimates and judgments are well controlled and applied consistently. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. Because of the uncertainty surrounding judgments and the estimates pertaining to these matters, M&T could be required to adjust accounting policies or restate prior period financial statements if those judgments and estimates prove to be incorrect. For additional information, see Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates” and Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” of Notes to Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8.

Difficulties in combining the operations of acquired entities with the Company’s own operations may prevent M&T from achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions.

M&T has expanded its business through past acquisitions and may do so in the future. Inherent uncertainties exist when integrating the operations of an acquired entity. M&T may not be able to fully achieve its strategic objectives and planned operating efficiencies in an acquisition. In addition, the markets and industries in which the Company and its actual or potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. The Company may lose customers or fail to retain the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition. Acquisition and integration activities require M&T to devote substantial time and resources, and as a result M&T may not be able to pursue other business opportunities while integrating acquired entities with the Company.

After completing an acquisition, the Company may not realize the expected benefits of the acquisition due to lower financial results pertaining to the acquired entity. For example, the Company could experience higher credit losses, incur higher operating expenses or realize less revenue than originally anticipated related to an acquired entity.

M&T could suffer if it fails to attract and retain skilled personnel.

M&T’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key individuals. Competition for qualified candidates in the activities and markets that the Company serves is significant and the Company may not be able to hire candidates and retain them. Growth in the Company’s business, including through acquisitions, may increase its need for additional qualified personnel. If the Company is not able to hire or retain these key individuals, it may be unable to execute its business strategies and may suffer adverse consequences to its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The federal banking agencies have issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to help ensure that a banking organization’s incentive compensation policies do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act required those agencies, along with the SEC, to adopt rules to require reporting of incentive compensation and to prohibit certain compensation arrangements. If as a result of complying with such rules the Company is unable to attract and retain qualified employees, or do so at rates necessary to maintain its competitive position, or if the compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more significant, the Company’s performance, including its competitive position, could be materially adversely affected.

36


Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact the Company’s business.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of the Company’s deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause the Company to incur additional expenses. Although the Company has established disaster recovery plans and procedures, and monitors for significant environmental effects on its properties or its investments, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The Company’s information systems may experience interruptions or breaches in security.

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in disruptions to its accounting, deposit, loan and other systems, and adversely affect the Company’s customer relationships. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of these possible events, there can be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if any does occur, that it can be sufficiently or timely remediated.

Information security risks for large financial institutions such as M&T have increased significantly in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, such as Internet and mobile banking to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties.  There have been increasing efforts on the part of third parties, including through cyber attacks, to breach data security at financial institutions or with respect to financial transactions. There have been several instances involving financial services and consumer-based companies reporting unauthorized access to and disclosure of client or customer information or the destruction or theft of corporate data, including by executive impersonation and third party vendors. There have also been several highly publicized cases where hackers have requested “ransom” payments in exchange for not disclosing customer information.

As cyber threats continue to evolve, the Company may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance its layers of defense or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and can be initiated from a variety of sources, including terrorist organizations and hostile foreign governments. These actors may attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of the Company’s systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to data or the Company’s systems. These risks may increase as the use of mobile payment and other Internet-based applications expands.

The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of the Company’s systems, particularly if widespread or resulting in financial losses to customers, could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject it to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose it to civil litigation and financial liability.

The Company is or may become involved from time to time in suits, legal proceedings, information-gathering requests, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies that may lead to adverse consequences.

Many aspects of the Company’s business involve substantial risk of legal liability. M&T and/or its subsidiaries have been named or threatened to be named as defendants in various lawsuits arising from its or its subsidiaries’ business activities (and in some cases from the activities of companies

37


M&T has acquired). In addition, from time to time, M&T is, or may become, the subject of governmental and self-regulatory agency information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by bank and other regulatory agencies, the SEC and law enforcement authorities. The SEC has announced a policy of seeking admissions of liability in certain settled cases, which could adversely impact the defense of private litigation. M&T is also at risk when it has agreed to indemnify others for losses related to legal proceedings, including for litigation and governmental investigations and inquiries, such as in connection with the purchase or sale of a business or assets. The results of such proceedings could lead to significant civil or criminal penalties, including monetary penalties, damages, adverse judgments, settlements, fines, injunctions, restrictions on the way in which the Company conducts its business, or reputational harm.

Although the Company establishes accruals for legal proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company does not have accruals for all legal proceedings where it faces a risk of loss. In addition, due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of the outcome of legal proceedings, amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to the Company from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, the Company’s ultimate losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued for legal loss contingencies, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

M&T relies on other companies to provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure such as banking services, processing, and Internet connections and network access. Any disruption in such services provided by these third parties or any failure of these third parties to handle current or higher volumes of use could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to clients and otherwise to conduct business. Technological or financial difficulties of a third party service provider could adversely affect the Company’s business to the extent those difficulties result in the interruption or discontinuation of services provided by that party. The Company may not be insured against all types of losses as a result of third party failures and insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all losses resulting from system failures or other disruptions. Failures in the Company’s business infrastructure could interrupt the operations or increase the costs of doing business.

Detailed discussions of the specific risks outlined above and other risks facing the Company are included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Part I, Item 1 “Business,” and Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Furthermore, in Part II, Item 7 under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements” is included a description of certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions identified by management that are difficult to predict and that could materially affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as the value of the Company’s financial instruments in general, and M&T common stock, in particular.

In addition, the market price of M&T common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of other factors, including changes in securities analysts’ estimates of financial performance, volatility of stock market prices and volumes, rumors or erroneous information, changes in market valuations of similar companies and changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or other regulatory agencies.

38


Item 1B.

Unresolve d Staff Comments .

None.

Item 2.

Properties .

Both M&T and M&T Bank maintain their executive offices at One M&T Plaza in Buffalo, New York. This twenty-one story headquarters building, containing approximately 300,000 rentable square feet of space, is owned in fee by M&T Bank and was completed in 1967. M&T, M&T Bank and their subsidiaries occupy approximately 98% of the building and the remainder is leased to non-affiliated tenants. At December 31, 2016, the cost of this property (including improvements subsequent to the initial construction), net of accumulated depreciation, was $10.2 million.

M&T Bank owns and occupies an additional facility in Buffalo, New York (known as M&T Center) with approximately 395,000 rentable square feet of space.  At December 31, 2016, the cost of this building (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $11.2 million.

M&T Bank also owns and occupies three separate facilities in the Buffalo area which support certain back-office and operations functions of the Company. The total square footage of these facilities approximates 290,000 square feet and their combined cost (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $27.6 million at December 31, 2016.

M&T Bank owns a facility in Syracuse, New York with approximately 160,000 rentable square feet of space. Approximately 46% of that facility is occupied by M&T Bank. At December 31, 2016, the cost of that building (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $1.2 million.

M&T Bank owns facilities in Wilmington, Delaware, with approximately 340,000 (known as Wilmington Center) and 295,000 (known as Wilmington Plaza) rentable square feet of space, respectively. M&T Bank occupies approximately 97% of Wilmington Center. Wilmington Plaza is 100% occupied by a tenant. At December 31, 2016, the cost of these buildings (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $41.9 million and $12.6 million, respectively.

M&T Bank also owns facilities in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania and Millsboro, Delaware with approximately 220,000 and 325,000 rentable square feet of space, respectively. M&T Bank occupies approximately 29% and 89% of those facilities, respectively. At December 31, 2016, the cost of those buildings (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $10.1 million and $9.2 million, respectively.

No other properties owned by M&T Bank have more than 100,000 square feet of space. The cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, of the Company’s premises and equipment is detailed in note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Of the 801 domestic banking offices of M&T’s subsidiary banks at December 31, 2016, 316 are owned in fee and 485 are leased.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings .

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings and other matters in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. On an on-going basis management, after consultation with legal counsel, assesses the Company’s liabilities and contingencies in connection with such proceedings. For those matters where it is

39


probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. Although not considered probable, the range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, was between $0 and $40 million. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigations will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.

Wilmington Trust Corporation Investigative and Litigation Matters

M&T’s Wilmington Trust Corporation subsidiary is the subject of certain governmental investigations arising from actions undertaken by Wilmington Trust Corporation prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation and its subsidiaries, as set forth below.

DOJ Investigation (United States v. Wilmington Trust Corp., et al, District of Delaware, Crim.   No. 15-23-RGA): Prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) commenced an investigation of Wilmington Trust Corporation, relating to Wilmington Trust Corporation’s financial reporting and securities filings, as well as certain commercial real estate lending relationships involving its subsidiary bank, Wilmington Trust Company, all of which relate to filings and activities occurring prior to the acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation by M&T. On January 6, 2016, the U.S. Attorney for the District of Delaware obtained an indictment against Wilmington Trust Corporation relating to alleged conduct that occurred prior to M&T’s acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation in May 2011. M&T strongly believes that this unprecedented action is unjustified and Wilmington Trust Corporation will vigorously defend itself.  On August 26, 2016, the Court granted defendants joint motion for a continuance of the trial date.  Trial in this matter is now scheduled to begin on October 2, 2017.  Wilmington Trust Corporation and its counsel are currently involved in pretrial discovery, motion practice and trial preparation.

The indictment of Wilmington Trust Corporation could result in potential criminal remedies, or criminal or non-criminal resolutions or settlements, including, among other things, enforcement actions, potential statutory or regulatory restrictions on the ability to conduct certain businesses (for which waivers may or may not be available), fines, penalties, restitution, reputational damage or additional costs and expenses.

In Re Wilmington Trust Securities Litigation (U.S. District Court, District of Delaware, Case No. 10-CV-0990-SLR): Beginning on November 18, 2010, a series of parties, purporting to be class representatives, commenced a putative class action lawsuit against Wilmington Trust Corporation, alleging that Wilmington Trust Corporation’s financial reporting and securities filings were in violation of securities laws. The cases were consolidated and Wilmington Trust Corporation moved to dismiss. The Court issued an order denying Wilmington Trust Corporation’s motion to dismiss on March 20, 2014. Fact discovery commenced. On April 13, 2016, the Court issued an order staying fact discovery in the case pending completion of the trial in U.S. v. Wilmington Trust Corp., et al. On September 19, 2016, the plaintiffs filed a motion to modify the stay of discovery in this matter to allow for additional, limited discovery. On December 19, 2016, the Court issued an order lifting the existing stay in its entirety, subject to appropriate protective orders to be determined by the Court.  On January 24, 2017, the Court issued an order scheduling trial for June 18, 2018 and entering certain protective orders.

Due to their complex nature, it is difficult to estimate when litigation and investigatory matters such as these may be resolved. As set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Item 3 — Legal

40


Proceedings, losses from current litigation and regulatory matters which the Company is subject to that are not currently considered probable are within a range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, and are included in the range of reasonably possible losses set forth above.   

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures .

Not applicable.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Information concerning M&T’s executive officers is presented below as of February 22, 2017. The year the officer was first appointed to the indicated position with M&T or its subsidiaries is shown parenthetically. In the case of each entity noted below, officers’ terms run until the first meeting of the board of directors after such entity’s annual meeting, which in the case of M&T takes place immediately following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Robert G. Wilmers, age 82, is chief executive officer (2007), chairman of the board (2000) and a director (1982) of M&T. From April 1998 until July 2000, he served as president and chief executive officer of M&T and from July 2000 until June 2005 he served as chairman, president (1988) and chief executive officer (1983). He is chief executive officer (2007), chairman of the board (2005) and a director (1982) of M&T Bank, and previously served as chairman of the board of M&T Bank from March 1983 until July 2003 and as president of M&T Bank from March 1984 until June 1996.

Mark J. Czarnecki, age 61, is president (2007), chief operating officer (2014) and a director (2007) of M&T and M&T Bank. He has responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Company. Previously, he was an executive vice president of M&T (1999) and M&T Bank (1997) and was responsible for the M&T Investment Group and the Company’s Retail Banking network. Mr. Czarnecki is chairman of the board, president and chief executive officer (2007) and a director (2005) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Robert J. Bojdak, age 61, is an executive vice president and chief credit officer (2004) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for the Company’s Credit Risk Management Division. From April 2002 to April 2004, Mr. Bojdak served as senior vice president and credit deputy for M&T Bank. He is an executive vice president and a director (2004) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Janet M. Coletti, age 53, is an executive vice president (2015) of M&T and M&T Bank, overseeing the Company’s Human Resources Division. Ms. Coletti previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank, most recently responsible for the Business Banking Division, and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank since 1985.

William J. Farrell II, age 59, is an executive vice president (2011) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for managing administrative and business development functions of the Company’s Wealth and Institutional Services Division, which includes Institutional Client Services and M&T Insurance Agency. Mr. Farrell joined M&T through the Wilmington Trust Corporation acquisition. He joined Wilmington Trust Corporation in 1976, and held a number of senior management positions, most recently as executive vice president and head of the Corporate Client Services business. Mr. Farrell is president, chief executive officer and a director (2012) of Wilmington Trust Company, an executive vice president and a director (2011) of Wilmington Trust, N.A. and a director (2013) of M&T Securities.

Richard S. Gold, age 56, is an executive vice president (2006) and chief risk officer (2014) of M&T. He is a vice chairman and chief risk officer (2014) of M&T Bank. Mr. Gold is responsible for

41


overseeing the Company’s governance and strategy for risk management, as well as relationships with key regulators and supervisory agencies. Previously, Mr. Gold had management responsibilities for the Mortgage, Consumer Lending, Retail and Business Banking Divisions. He served as a senior vice president of M&T Bank from 2000 to 2006 and has held a number of management positions since he began his career with M&T Bank in 1989.  Mr. Gold is an executive vice president (2006) and chief risk officer (2014) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Brian E. Hickey, age 64, is an executive vice president of M&T (1997) and M&T Bank (1996). He is a member of the Directors Advisory Council (1994) of the Rochester Division of M&T Bank. Mr. Hickey is responsible for co-managing with Mr. Martocci M&T Bank’s commercial banking lines of business and all of the non-retail banking segments in Upstate New York, Western New York and in the Northern, Central and Western Pennsylvania and Connecticut regions. Mr. Hickey is also responsible for the Dealer Commercial Services line of business.

René F. Jones, age 52, is an executive vice president (2006) of M&T and a vice chairman (2014) of M&T Bank. Mr. Jones has overall responsibility for the Company’s Wealth and Institutional Services Division, Treasury Division, and Mortgage and Consumer Lending Divisions. Mr. Jones is an executive vice president (2005) and a director (2007) of Wilmington Trust, N.A., and he is chairman of the board, president (2009) and a trustee (2005) of M&T Real Estate. Mr. Jones is chairman of the board and a director (2014) of Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors, and is a director (2007) of M&T Insurance Agency. Mr. Jones is chairman of the board and a director (2014) of Wilmington Trust Company. Previously, Mr. Jones served as chief financial officer (2005) of M&T, M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank’s Finance Division since 1992.

Darren J. King, age 47, is an executive vice president (2010) and chief financial officer (2016) of M&T and executive vice president (2009) and chief financial officer (2016) of M&T Bank. Mr. King has responsibility for the overall financial management of the Company.  Prior to his current role, Mr. King was the Retail Banking executive with responsibility for overseeing Business Banking, Consumer Deposits, Consumer Lending and M&T Bank’s Marketing and Communications team. Mr. King previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank since 2000. Mr. King is an executive vice president (2009) and chief financial officer (2016) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Gino A. Martocci, age 51, is an executive vice president (2014) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for co-managing with Mr. Hickey M&T Bank’s commercial banking lines of business and all non-retail banking segments in the metropolitan New York City, New Jersey, Philadelphia, Delaware, Baltimore and Washington, D.C. markets.  He is also responsible for M&T Realty Capital. Mr. Martocci was a senior vice president of M&T Bank from 2002 to 2013, serving in a number of management positions. He is an executive vice president (2015) and a director (2009) of M&T Realty Capital, an executive vice president of M&T Real Estate, co-chairman of the Senior Loan Committee and a member of the New York City Mortgage Investment Committee. Mr. Martocci is also a member of the Directors Advisory Council of the New York City/Long Island (2013) and the New Jersey (2015) Divisions of M&T Bank.

Doris P. Meister, age 61, is an executive vice president (2016) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for overseeing the Company’s wealth management business, including Wealth Advisory Services, M&T Securities and Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors. Ms. Meister is an executive vice president and a director (2016) of Wilmington Trust, N.A. and a director (2016) of M&T Securities. Prior to joining M&T in 2016, Ms. Meister served as President of U.S. Markets for BNY Mellon Wealth Management and was a Managing Director of the New York office of Bernstein Global Wealth Management.

Kevin J. Pearson, age 55, is an executive vice president (2002) of M&T and is a vice chairman (2014) of M&T Bank. He is a member of the Directors Advisory Council (2006) of the New York

42


City/Long Island Division of M&T Bank. Mr. Pearson is responsible for M&T Bank’s Commercial Banking and Credit Divisions. Previously, Mr. Pearson served as senior vice president of M&T Bank from 2000 to 2002, and has held a number of management positions since he began his career with M&T Bank in 1989. He is an executive vice president (2003) and a trustee (2014) of M&T Real Estate, chairman of the board (2009) and a director (2003) of M&T Realty Capital, and an executive vice president and a director of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2014).

Michael J. Todaro, age 55, is an executive vice president (2015) of M&T and M&T Bank, and is responsible for the Mortgage, Consumer Lending and Customer Asset Management Divisions. Mr. Todaro previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank’s Mortgage Division since 1995. He is an executive vice president (2015) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Michele D. Trolli, age 55, is an executive vice president and chief information officer (2005) of M&T and M&T Bank. Ms. Trolli leads a wide range of the Company’s Technology and Banking Operations, which includes banking services, corporate services, digital and telephone banking, the enterprise data office, enterprise and cyber security, and enterprise technology.

D. Scott N. Warman, age 51, is an executive vice president (2009) and treasurer (2008) of M&T and M&T Bank. He is responsible for managing the Company’s Treasury Division. Mr. Warman previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank since 1995. He is an executive vice president and treasurer of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2008), a trustee of M&T Real Estate (2009), and is treasurer of Wilmington Trust Company (2012) .

  

43


PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

M&T’s common stock is traded under the symbol MTB on the New York Stock Exchange. See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for market prices of M&T’s common stock, approximate number of common shareholders at year-end, frequency and amounts of dividends on common stock and restrictions on the payment of dividends.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, M&T did not issue any shares of its common stock that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2016 with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under M&T’s existing equity compensation plans. M&T’s existing equity compensation plans include the M&T Bank Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan, which replaced the 2001 Stock Option Plan, and the 2009 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, each of which has been previously approved by shareholders, and the M&T Bank Corporation 2008 Directors’ Stock Plan and the M&T Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan, each of which did not require shareholder approval.

The table does not include information with respect to shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and rights assumed by M&T in connection with mergers and acquisitions of the companies that originally granted those options and rights. Footnote (1) to the table sets forth the total number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such assumed options and rights as of December 31, 2016, and their weighted-average exercise price.

 

Plan Category

 

Number of

Securities

to be Issued Upon

Exercise of

Outstanding

Options or Rights

 

 

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price of

Outstanding

Options or Rights

 

 

Number of Securities

Remaining Available

for Future Issuance

Under Equity

Compensation Plans

(Excluding Securities

Reflected in Column A)

 

 

 

(A)

 

 

(B)

 

 

(C)

 

Equity compensation plans approved

   by security holders

 

 

497,001

 

 

$

92.30

 

 

 

3,667,800

 

Equity compensation plans not approved

   by security holders

 

 

26,217

 

 

 

78.75

 

 

 

53,256

 

Total

 

 

523,218

 

 

$

91.62

 

 

 

3,721,056

 

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2016, a total of 1,106,805 shares of M&T common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or rights assumed by M&T in connection with merger and acquisition transactions. The weighted-average exercise price of those outstanding options or rights is $160.18 per common share.

Equity compensation plans adopted without the approval of shareholders are described below:

2008 Directors’ Stock Plan . M&T maintains a plan for non-employee members of the Board of Directors of M&T and the members of its Directors Advisory Council, and the non-employee members of the Board of Directors of M&T Bank and the members of its regional Directors Advisory Councils, which allows such directors, advisory directors and members of regional Directors Advisory Councils to receive all or a portion of their directorial compensation in shares of M&T common stock.

44


Deferred Bonus Plan . M&T maintains a deferred bonus plan which was frozen effective January 1, 2010 and did not allow any additional deferrals after that date. Prior to January 1, 2010, the plan allowed eligible officers of M&T and its subsidiaries to elect to defer all or a portion of their annual incentive compensation awards and allocate such awards to several investment options, including M&T common stock. At the time of the deferral election, participants also elected the timing of distributions from the plan. Such distributions are payable in cash, with the exception of balances allocated to M&T common stock which are distributable in the form of shares of common stock.

Performance Graph

The following graph contains a comparison of the cumulative shareholder return on M&T common stock against the cumulative total returns of the KBW Nasdaq Bank Index, compiled by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., and the S&P 500 Index, compiled by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, for the five-year period beginning on December 31, 2011 and ending on December 31, 2016. The KBW Nasdaq Bank Index is a market capitalization index consisting of 24 banking stocks representing leading large U.S. national money centers, regional banks and thrift institutions.

 

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Return*

Shareholder Value at Year End*

 

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

M&T Bank Corporation

$

100

 

 

133

 

 

162

 

 

178

 

 

176

 

 

233

 

KBW Nasdaq Bank Index

 

100

 

 

133

 

 

183

 

 

200

 

 

201

 

 

259

 

S&P 500 Index

 

100

 

 

116

 

 

154

 

 

175

 

 

177

 

 

198

 

 

* Assumes a $100 investment on December 31, 2011 and reinvestment of all dividends.

In accordance with and to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the information set forth above under the heading “Performance Graph” shall not be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the

45


Exchange Act and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On July 19, 2016, M&T announced that it had been authorized by its Board of Directors to purchase up to $1.15 billion of shares of its common stock through June 30, 2017. A repurchase program authorized in November 2015 by M&T’s Board of Directors was completed during 2016. In total, M&T repurchased 5,607,595 common shares for $641 million during 2016.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, M&T purchased shares of its common stock as follows:

 

 

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

 

(a)Total

Number

of Shares

(or Units)

Purchased   (1)

 

 

(b)Average

Price Paid

per Share

(or Unit)

 

 

(c)Total

Number of

Shares

(or Units)

Purchased

as Part of

Publicly

Announced

Plans or

Programs

 

 

(d)Maximum

Number (or

Approximate

Dollar Value)

of Shares

(or Units)

that may yet

be Purchased

Under the

Plans or

Programs (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 1 – October 31, 2016

 

 

7,400

 

 

$

122.03

 

 

 

 

 

$

800,000,000

 

November 1 – November 30, 2016

 

 

336,833

 

 

 

125.02

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

762,666,000

 

December 1 – December 31, 2016

 

 

11,439

 

 

 

153.81

 

 

 

 

 

 

762,666,000

 

Total

 

 

355,672

 

 

$

125.89

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The total number of shares purchased during the periods indicated includes shares purchased as part of publicly announced programs and shares deemed to have been received from employees who exercised stock options by attesting to previously acquired common shares in satisfaction of the exercise price or shares received from employees upon the vesting of restricted stock awards in satisfaction of applicable tax withholding obligations, as is permitted under M&T’s stock-based compensation plans.

(2)

On July 19, 2016, M&T announced a program to purchase up to $1.15 billion of its common stock through June 30, 2017.

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data .

See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Corporate Profile and Significant Developments

M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Buffalo, New York with consolidated assets of $123.4 billion at December 31, 2016. The consolidated financial information presented herein reflects M&T and all of its subsidiaries, which are referred to collectively as “the Company.” M&T’s wholly owned bank subsidiaries are M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Wilmington Trust, N.A.”).

M&T Bank, with total assets of $122.6 billion at December 31, 2016, is a New York-chartered commercial bank with 799 domestic banking offices in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia, and the District of Columbia, a full-

46


service commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada, and an office in the Cayman Islands. M&T Bank and its subsidiaries offer a broad range of financial services to a diverse base of consumers, businesses, professional clients, governmental entities and financial institutions located in their markets. Lending is largely focused on consumers residing in the states noted above and on small and medium size businesses based in those areas, although loans are originated through offices in other states and in Ontario, Canada. Certain lending activities are also conducted in other states through various subsidiaries. Trust and other fiduciary services are offered by M&T Bank and through its wholly owned subsidiary, Wilmington Trust Company. Other subsidiaries of M&T Bank include: M&T Real Estate Trust, a commercial mortgage lender; M&T Realty Capital Corporation, a multifamily commercial mortgage lender; M&T Securities, Inc., which provides brokerage, investment advisory and insurance services; Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors, Inc., which serves as an investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds, a family of proprietary mutual funds, and other funds and institutional clients; and M&T Insurance Agency, Inc., an insurance agency.

Wilmington Trust, N.A. is a national bank with total assets of $3.7 billion at December 31, 2016. Wilmington Trust, N.A. and its subsidiaries offer various trust and wealth management services.  Wilmington Trust, N.A. also offered selected deposit and loan products on a nationwide basis, largely through telephone, Internet and direct mail marketing techniques.

On November 1, 2015, M&T completed its acquisition of Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (“Hudson City”). Immediately following completion of the merger, Hudson City Savings Bank merged with and into M&T Bank. Pursuant to the merger agreement, M&T paid cash consideration of $2.1 billion and issued 25,953,950 shares of M&T common stock in exchange for Hudson City shares outstanding at the time of acquisition.  Assets acquired totaled approximately $36.7 billion, including $19.0 billion of loans (predominantly residential real estate loans) and $7.9 billion of investment securities. Liabilities assumed aggregated $31.5 billion, including $17.9 billion of deposits and $13.2 billion of borrowings. Immediately following the acquisition, the Company restructured its balance sheet by selling $5.8 billion of investment securities obtained in the acquisition and repaying $10.6 billion of borrowings assumed in the transaction. The common stock issued added $3.1 billion to M&T’s common shareholders’ equity. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $1.1 billion of goodwill and $132 million of core deposit intangible asset. The acquisition of Hudson City expanded the Company’s presence in New Jersey, Connecticut and New York.

Net acquisition and integration-related expenses (included herein as merger-related expenses) associated with the Hudson City acquisition totaled $22 million after tax-effect, or $.14 of diluted earnings per common share during 2016 and $61 million after tax-effect, or $.44 of diluted earnings per common share in 2015. There were no merger-related expenses in 2014.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Company’s significant accounting policies conform with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and are described in note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements. In applying those accounting policies, management of the Company is required to exercise judgment in determining many of the methodologies, assumptions and estimates to be utilized. Certain of the critical accounting estimates are more dependent on such judgment and in some cases may contribute to volatility in the Company’s reported financial performance should the assumptions and estimates used change over time due to changes in circumstances. Some of the more significant areas in which management of the Company applies critical assumptions and estimates include the following:

 

Accounting for credit losses — The allowance for credit losses represents the amount that in management’s judgment appropriately reflects credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. A provision for credit losses is recorded to adjust the level of the allowance as deemed necessary by management. In estimating losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio, assumptions and judgment are applied to measure amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, collateral values and other

47


 

factors used to determine the borrowers’ abilities to repay obligations. Historical loss trends are also considered, as are economic conditions, industry trends, portfolio trends and borrower-specific financial data. In accounting for loans acquired at a discount that is, in part, attributable to credit quality which are initially recorded at fair value with no carry-over of an acquired entity’s previously established allowance for credit losses, the cash flows expected at acquisition in excess of estimated fair value are recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Subsequent decreases in the expected principal cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for additions to the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Subsequent improvements in expected cash flows result first in the recovery of any applicable allowance for credit losses and then in the recognition of additional interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Changes in the circumstances considered when determining management’s estimates and assumptions could result in changes in those estimates and assumptions, which may result in adjustment of the allowance or, in the case of loans acquired at a discount, increases in interest income in future periods. A detailed discussion of facts and circumstances considered by management in determining the allowance for credit losses is included herein under the heading “Provision for Credit Losses” and in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Valuation methodologies — Management of the Company applies various valuation methodologies to assets and liabilities which often involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when liquid markets do not exist for the particular items being valued. Quoted market prices are referred to when estimating fair values for certain assets, such as trading assets, most investment securities, and residential real estate loans held for sale and related commitments. However, for those items for which an observable liquid market does not exist, management utilizes significant estimates and assumptions to value such items. Examples of these items include loans, deposits, borrowings, goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, other assets and liabilities obtained or assumed in business combinations, capitalized servicing assets, pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, estimated residual values of property associated with leases, and certain derivative and other financial instruments. These valuations require the use of various assumptions, including, among others, discount rates, rates of return on assets, repayment rates, cash flows, default rates, costs of servicing and liquidation values. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different results, which could have material positive or negative effects on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or disclosures of fair value information.

In addition to valuation, the Company must assess whether there are any declines in value below the carrying value of assets that should be considered other than temporary or otherwise require an adjustment in carrying value and recognition of a loss in the consolidated statement of income. Examples include investment securities, other investments, mortgage servicing rights, goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, among others. Specific assumptions and estimates utilized by management are discussed in detail herein in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and in notes 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 12, 18, 19 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Commitments, contingencies and off-balance sheet arrangements — Information regarding the Company’s commitments and contingencies, including guarantees and contingent liabilities arising from litigation, and their potential effects on the Company’s results of operations is included in note 21 of Notes to Financial Statements. In addition, the Company is routinely subject to examinations from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and

48


 

judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Should tax laws change or the tax authorities determine that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, the result and adjustments required could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. Information regarding the Company’s income taxes is presented in note 13 of Notes to Financial Statements. The recognition or de-recognition in the Company’s consolidated financial statements of assets and liabilities held by so-called variable interest entities is subject to the interpretation and application of complex accounting pronouncements or interpretations that require management to estimate and assess the relative significance of the Company’s financial interests in those entities and the degree to which the Company can influence the most important activities of the entities. Information relating to the Company’s involvement in such entities and the accounting treatment afforded each such involvement is included in note 19 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

 

Overview

The Company recorded net income during 2016 of $1.32 billion or $7.78 of diluted earnings per common share, up 22% and 8%, respectively, from $1.08 billion or $7.18 of diluted earnings per common share in 2015. Basic earnings per common share also increased 8% to $7.80 in 2016 from $7.22 in 2015. Net income in 2014 totaled $1.07 billion, while diluted and basic earnings per common share were $7.42 and $7.47, respectively. The after-tax impacts of merger-related expenses associated with the 2015 acquisition of Hudson City were $22 million ($36 million pre-tax) or $.14 of diluted earnings per common share and $61 million ($97 million pre-tax) or $.44 of diluted earnings per common share in 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no merger-related expenses in 2014. Expressed as a rate of return on average assets, net income in each of 2016 and 2015 was 1.06%, compared with 1.16% in 2014. The return on average common shareholders’ equity was 8.16% in 2016, 8.32% in 2015 and 9.08% in 2014.

The Hudson City transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations acquired in such transaction have been included in the Company’s financial results for the final two months of 2015 and all twelve months of 2016. The acquired operations added to the Company’s average earning assets, net interest income and non-interest expenses.

Taxable-equivalent net interest income aggregated $3.50 billion in 2016, $2.87 billion in 2015 and $2.70 billion in 2014. Average earning assets increased $21.4 billion, or 23%, in 2016 as compared with 2015 due predominantly to higher average balances of loans and leases of $17.8 billion, principally due to the full-year impact of the Hudson City acquisition, and interest-bearing deposits at banks of $3.1 billion. Loans associated with Hudson City totaled $19.0 billion on the acquisition date, consisting of approximately $234 million of commercial real estate loans, $18.6 billion of residential real estate loans and $162 million of consumer loans. Offsetting the impact of higher earning assets was a three basis point (hundredths of one percent) narrowing of the net interest margin, or taxable-equivalent net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets, from 3.14% in 2015 to 3.11% in 2016. Lower yields on investment securities and an increase in rates on interest-bearing deposits, reflecting the impact of time deposits in the former Hudson City markets, led to that narrowing. Average earning assets grew $9.5 billion, or 12%, in 2015 as compared with 2014 due to higher balances of loans and leases of $6.2 billion and investment securities of $2.9 billion. Loans and investment securities obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City added approximately $3.1 billion and $409 million, respectively, to average earning assets in 2015. Offsetting the impact of higher earning assets was a 17 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin from 3.31% in 2014. Lower yields on investment securities and loans and leases outstanding led to that narrowing.

49


The provision for credit losses increased 12% to $190 million in 2016 from $170 million in 2015. The provision in 2015 was 37% higher than $124 million in 2014. As of the acquisition date, the pre-merger Hudson City allowance for credit losses was eliminated in acquisition accounting and as provided for by GAAP, a $21 million provision for credit losses was recorded in 2015 for incurred credit losses in connection with the $18.3 billion of loans acquired at a premium that were not individually identifiable as impaired at the acquisition date. Net charge-offs were $157 million in 2016, compared with $134 million in 2015 and $121 million in 2014. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases were .18% in 2016 and .19% in each of 2015 and 2014.

Other income totaled $1.83 billion in each of 2016 and 2015, compared with $1.78 billion in 2014. Higher gains recognized on sales of investment securities and higher trading account and foreign exchange gains in 2016 were offset by a gain in 2015 on the sale of the Company’s trade processing business. During 2016, the Company sold all of its collateralized debt obligations with an amortized cost of $28 million held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio, resulting in a $30 million gain. Those securities, which had been obtained in previous acquisitions, were sold in response to the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” There were no significant gains or losses on investment securities during 2015 or 2014. In 2015, the Company sold its trade processing business within the retirement services division of its Institutional Client Services business and recognized a $45 million gain. The Hudson City transaction did not have a significant impact on other income. The increase in other income in 2015 as compared with 2014 was largely due to higher commercial mortgage banking revenues, loan syndication fees and the gain on the sale of the trade processing business, partially offset by lower trust income associated with the divested business, decreased residential mortgage banking revenues and a decline in service charges on deposit accounts.

Other expense increased 8% to $3.05 billion in 2016 from $2.82 billion in 2015. Other expense totaled $2.69 billion in 2014. Included in those amounts are expenses considered by M&T to be “nonoperating” in nature, consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $43 million, $26 million, and $34 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $36 million and $76 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses aggregated $2.97 billion in 2016, compared with $2.72 billion in 2015 and $2.66 billion in 2014. The increase in such expenses in 2016 as compared with 2015 reflects the full-year impact of the Hudson City acquisition and higher costs for salaries and employee benefits and FDIC assessments. In addition to the impact of Hudson City, the increase in salaries and employee benefits expense was largely attributable to higher medical benefit plan expenses and annual merit increases for employees. The rise in noninterest operating expenses from 2014 to 2015 was largely due to higher costs for salaries and employee benefits and charitable contributions, partially offset by lower professional services costs. In addition to the impact of Hudson City, the increase in salaries and employee benefits was largely attributable to annual merit increases for employees and higher pension expense. Following the realized gains on sales of investment securities, the Company made cash contributions to The M&T Charitable Foundation of $30 million in 2016, while in 2015 the Company made cash contributions to that foundation of $46 million following the realization of the gain on the sale of its trade processing business.  The Company also made cash contributions of $18 million to The M&T Charitable Foundation in 2014.

The efficiency ratio measures the relationship of operating expenses to revenues. The Company’s efficiency ratio, or noninterest operating expenses (as previously defined) divided by the sum of taxable-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income (exclusive of gains and losses from bank investment securities), was 56.1% in 2016, compared with 58.0% and 59.3% in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The calculations of the efficiency ratio are presented in table 2.

50


On June 29, 2016, M&T announced that the Federal Reserve did not object to M&T’s revised 2016 Capital Plan. That capital plan includes the repurchase of up to $1.15 billion of common shares during the four-quarter period starting on July 1, 2016 and an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend in the first quarter of 2017 of up to $.05 per share to $.75 per share. M&T may also continue to pay dividends and interest on other equity and debt instruments included in regulatory capital, including preferred stock, trust preferred securities and subordinated debt that were outstanding at December 31, 2015, consistent with the contractual terms of those instruments. Dividends are subject to declaration by M&T’s Board of Directors. Furthermore, on July 19, 2016, M&T’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $1.15 billion of shares of M&T’s common stock subject to all applicable regulatory limitations, including those set forth in M&T’s 2016 Capital Plan.

Table 1

EARNINGS SUMMARY

Dollars in millions

 

Increase (Decrease)(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compound

Growth Rate

 

2015 to 2016

 

 

2014 to 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 Years

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011 to 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

727.5

 

 

 

23

 

 

$

214.8

 

 

 

7

 

 

Interest income(b)

 

$

3,922.8

 

 

$

3,195.3

 

 

$

2,980.5

 

 

$

2,982.3

 

 

$

2,968.1

 

 

 

7

%

 

 

 

97.7

 

 

 

30

 

 

47.8

 

 

 

17

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

426.0

 

 

 

328.3

 

 

 

280.4

 

 

 

284.1

 

 

 

343.2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

629.8

 

 

 

22

 

 

167.0

 

 

 

6

 

 

Net interest income(b)

 

 

3,496.8

 

 

 

2,867.0

 

 

 

2,700.1

 

 

 

2,698.2

 

 

 

2,624.9

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

12

 

 

46.0

 

 

 

37

 

 

Less: provision for credit losses

 

 

190.0

 

 

 

170.0

 

 

 

124.0

 

 

 

185.0

 

 

 

204.0

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

30.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on bank investment

   securities(c)

 

 

30.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46.7

 

 

 

(47.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29.4

)

 

 

(2

)

 

45.8

 

 

 

3

 

 

Other income

 

 

1,795.7

 

 

 

1,825.1

 

 

 

1,779.3

 

 

 

1,818.5

 

 

 

1,715.1

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74.1

 

 

 

5

 

 

144.6

 

 

 

10

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

1,623.6

 

 

 

1,549.5

 

 

 

1,405.0

 

 

 

1,355.2

 

 

 

1,314.6

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

150.5

 

 

 

12

 

 

(11.1)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Other expense

 

 

1,423.8

 

 

 

1,273.4

 

 

 

1,284.5

 

 

 

1,232.7

 

 

 

1,155.2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

386.2

 

 

 

23

 

 

33.3

 

 

 

2

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

2,085.4

 

 

 

1,699.2

 

 

 

1,665.9

 

 

 

1,790.5

 

 

 

1,618.4

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

10

 

 

.9

 

 

 

3

 

 

Taxable - equivalent adjustment(b)

 

 

27.0

 

 

 

24.5

 

 

 

23.7

 

 

 

25.0

 

 

 

26.4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

148.3

 

 

 

25

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

3

 

 

Income taxes

 

 

743.3

 

 

 

595.0

 

 

 

576.0

 

 

 

627.0

 

 

 

562.5

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

$

235.4

 

 

 

22

 

 

$

13.4

 

 

 

1

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,315.1

 

 

$

1,079.7

 

 

$

1,066.2

 

 

$

1,138.5

 

 

$

1,029.5

 

 

 

9

%

 

 

 

(a)

Changes were calculated from unrounded amounts.

(b)

Interest income data are on a taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustment represents additional income taxes that would be due if all interest income were subject to income taxes. This adjustment, which is related to interest received on qualified municipal securities, industrial revenue financings and preferred equity securities, is based on a composite income tax rate of approximately 39%.

(c)

Includes other-than-temporary impairment losses, if any.

Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Results of Operations

As a result of business combinations and other acquisitions, the Company had intangible assets consisting of goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets totaling $4.7 billion at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and $3.6 billion at December 31, 2014. Included in such intangible assets was goodwill of $4.6 billion at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and $3.5 billion at December 31, 2014. Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets, after tax effect, totaled $26 million, $16 million and $21 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

M&T consistently provides supplemental reporting of its results on a “net operating” or “tangible” basis, from which M&T excludes the after-tax effect of amortization of core deposit and

51


other intangible assets (and the related goodwill, core deposit intangible and other intangible asset balances, net of applicable deferred tax amounts) and gains and expenses associated with merging acquired operations into the Company, since such items are considered by management to be “nonoperating” in nature. Those merger-related expenses generally consist of professional services and other temporary help fees associated with the actual or planned conversion of systems and/or integration of operations; costs related to branch and office consolidations; costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements to purchase various services; initial marketing and promotion expenses designed to introduce M&T Bank to its new customers; severance; incentive compensation costs; travel costs; and printing, supplies and other costs of completing the transactions and commencing operations in new markets and offices. Those expenses totaled $36 million ($22 million after-tax) in 2016 and $76 million ($48 million after-tax) in 2015. Also considered as a merger-related expense in 2015 was a provision for credit losses of $21 million. GAAP provides that an allowance for credit losses associated with probable incurred losses on loans acquired at a premium be recognized. Given the recognition of such losses above and beyond the impact of forecasted losses used in determining the fair value of acquired loans, the Company considered that provision to be a merger-related expense. There were no merger-related expenses in 2014. Although “net operating income” as defined by M&T is not a GAAP measure, M&T’s management believes that this information helps investors understand the effect of acquisition activity in reported results.

Net operating income was $1.36 billion in 2016, compared with $1.16 billion in 2015 and $1.09 billion in 2014. Diluted net operating earnings per common share were $8.08 in 2016, $7.74 in 2015 and $7.57 in 2014.

Net operating income expressed as a rate of return on average tangible assets was 1.14% in 2016, compared with 1.18% in 2015 and 1.23% in 2014. Net operating income represented a return on average tangible common equity of 12.25% in 2016, 13.00% in 2015 and 13.76% in 2014.

Reconciliations of GAAP amounts with corresponding non-GAAP amounts are presented in table 2.

52


Table 2

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Income statement data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollars in thousands, except per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets(a)

 

 

25,893

 

 

 

16,150

 

 

 

20,657

 

Merger-related expenses(a)

 

 

21,685

 

 

 

60,820

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

$

1,362,692

 

 

$

1,156,637

 

 

$

1,086,903

 

Earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

7.78

 

 

$

7.18

 

 

$

7.42

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets(a)

 

 

.16

 

 

 

.12

 

 

 

.15

 

Merger-related expenses(a)

 

 

.14

 

 

 

.44

 

 

 

 

Diluted net operating earnings per common share

 

$

8.08

 

 

$

7.74

 

 

$

7.57

 

Other expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense

 

$

3,047,485

 

 

$

2,822,932

 

 

$

2,689,474

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(42,613

)

 

 

(26,424

)

 

 

(33,824

)

Merger-related expenses

 

 

(35,755

)

 

 

(75,976

)

 

 

 

Noninterest operating expense

 

$

2,969,117

 

 

$

2,720,532

 

 

$

2,655,650

 

Merger-related expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

5,334

 

 

$

51,287

 

 

$

 

Equipment and net occupancy

 

 

1,278

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Outside data processing and software

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

785

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

10,522

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

Printing, postage and supplies

 

 

1,482

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

 

Other costs of operations

 

 

16,072

 

 

 

23,318

 

 

 

 

Other expense

 

 

35,755

 

 

 

75,976

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

 

 

21,000

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

35,755

 

 

$

96,976

 

 

$

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest operating expense (numerator)

 

$

2,969,117

 

 

$

2,720,532

 

 

$

2,655,650

 

Taxable-equivalent net interest income

 

 

3,496,849

 

 

 

2,867,050

 

 

 

2,700,088

 

Other income

 

 

1,825,996

 

 

 

1,825,037

 

 

 

1,779,273

 

Less: Gain (loss) on bank investment securities

 

 

30,314

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

 

Denominator

 

$

5,292,531

 

 

$

4,692,217

 

 

$

4,479,361

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

56.10

%

 

 

57.98

%

 

 

59.29

%

Balance sheet data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

$

124,340

 

 

$

101,780

 

 

$

92,143

 

Goodwill

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(3,694

)

 

 

(3,525

)

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(117

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(50

)

Deferred taxes

 

 

46

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

15

 

Average tangible assets

 

$

119,676

 

 

$

98,057

 

 

$

88,583

 

Average common equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total equity

 

$

16,419

 

 

$

13,228

 

 

$

12,097

 

Preferred stock

 

 

(1,297

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,192

)

Average common equity

 

 

15,122

 

 

 

11,996

 

 

 

10,905

 

Goodwill

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(3,694

)

 

 

(3,525

)

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(117

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(50

)

Deferred taxes

 

 

46

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

15

 

Average tangible common equity

 

$

10,458

 

 

$

8,273

 

 

$

7,345

 

At end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

123,449

 

 

$

122,788

 

 

$

96,686

 

Goodwill

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(3,525

)

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(35

)

Deferred taxes

 

 

39

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

11

 

Total tangible assets

 

$

118,797

 

 

$

118,109

 

 

$

93,137

 

Total common equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

$

16,487

 

 

$

16,173

 

 

$

12,336

 

Preferred stock

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,231

)

Undeclared dividends — cumulative preferred stock

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

Common equity, net of undeclared cumulative preferred dividends

 

 

15,252

 

 

 

14,939

 

 

 

11,102

 

Goodwill

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(3,525

)

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(35

)

Deferred taxes

 

 

39

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

11

 

Total tangible common equity

 

$

10,600

 

 

$

10,260

 

 

$

7,553

 

 

(a)

After any related tax effect.

 

53


 

Net Interest Income/Lending and Funding Activities

Taxable-equivalent net interest income aggregated $3.50 billion in 2016, up 22% from $2.87 billion in 2015.   That growth was predominantly attributable to higher average earning assets in 2016, partially offset by a three basis point narrowing of the net interest margin to 3.11% in 2016 from 3.14% in 2015. The higher level of average earning assets reflected the full-year impact of assets obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City on November 1, 2015. Average earning assets rose $21.4 billion or 23% to $112.6 billion in 2016 reflecting higher average loans and leases of $17.8 billion. The narrowing of the margin reflected higher rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, including the impact of time deposits in the former Hudson City markets.

Average loans and leases increased 25% to $88.6 billion in 2016 from $70.8 billion in 2015.  The most significant factors contributing to that increase were the residential real estate loans obtained in the Hudson City acquisition and growth in the commercial real estate loan and commercial loan and lease portfolios.  Reflecting average balances of loans obtained in the Hudson City transaction of $16.3 billion in 2016 and $3.1 billion in 2015, average residential real estate loans increased $13.0 billion to $24.5 billion in 2016 from $11.5 billion in the previous year.  Included in average residential real estate loans were loans held for sale of $354 million in 2016 and $415 million in 2015.  Average commercial loans and leases increased $1.5 billion or 8% to $21.4 billion in 2016 from $19.9 billion in 2015.  Commercial real estate loans averaged $30.9 billion in 2016, up 9% or $2.6 billion from $28.3 billion in 2015.  Average consumer loans rose $638 million or 6% to $11.8 billion in 2016 from $11.2 billion in the prior year, predominantly due to growth in average automobile loan balances.

Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased 6% to $2.87 billion in 2015 from $2.70 billion in 2014.  That improvement was the result of higher average earning assets in 2015, including $3.7 billion of average earning assets obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City.  Average earning assets rose 12% to $91.2 billion in 2015 from $81.7 billion in 2014.  That growth, however, was partially offset by a 17 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin to 3.14% in 2015 from 3.31% in 2014.  The narrowing reflected lower average yields on investment securities and loans and leases outstanding.

Average loans and leases rose $6.2 billion or 10% to $70.8 billion in 2015 from $64.7 billion in 2014, due in part to $3.1 billion of average loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. Including the impact of the acquired loan balances, average balances of residential real estate loans increased 31% or $2.7 billion to $11.5 billion in 2015 from $8.7 billion in 2014.  Included in that portfolio were loans held for sale, which averaged $415 million in 2015 and $403 million 2014.  Commercial loan and lease balances averaged $19.9 billion in 2015, $1.0 billion or 5% higher than $18.9 billion in 2014.  Average balances of commercial real estate loans increased 7% or $1.8 billion to $28.3 billion in 2015 from $26.5 billion in 2014.  Average consumer loans totaled $11.2 billion in 2015, up $584 million or 6% from $10.6 billion in 2014, reflecting growth in average balances of automobile loans.

 

 

 

54


55

 

 

Table 3

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT RATES

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Average

Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Average

Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Average

Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Average

Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Average

Rate

 

 

 

(Average balance in millions of dollars; interest in thousands of dollars)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, etc.

 

$

21,397

 

 

$

736,240

 

 

 

3.44

%

 

 

19,899

 

 

 

638,199

 

 

 

3.21

%

 

 

18,867

 

 

 

624,487

 

 

 

3.31

%

 

 

17,736

 

 

 

628,154

 

 

 

3.54

%

 

 

16,336

 

 

 

606,495

 

 

 

3.71

%

Real estate — commercial

 

 

30,915

 

 

 

1,277,196

 

 

 

4.06

 

 

 

28,276

 

 

 

1,193,271

 

 

 

4.16

 

 

 

26,461

 

 

 

1,142,939

 

 

 

4.26

 

 

 

26,083

 

 

 

1,198,400

 

 

 

4.53

 

 

 

24,907

 

 

 

1,138,723

 

 

 

4.50

 

Real estate — consumer

 

 

24,463

 

 

 

958,521

 

 

 

3.92

 

 

 

11,458

 

 

 

468,790

 

 

 

4.09

 

 

 

8,719

 

 

 

368,632

 

 

 

4.23

 

 

 

10,136

 

 

 

418,095

 

 

 

4.12

 

 

 

9,727

 

 

 

421,516

 

 

 

4.33

 

Consumer

 

 

11,841

 

 

 

538,144

 

 

 

4.54

 

 

 

11,203

 

 

 

499,650

 

 

 

4.46

 

 

 

10,618

 

 

 

480,877

 

 

 

4.53

 

 

 

11,098

 

 

 

510,962

 

 

 

4.60

 

 

 

11,732

 

 

 

559,253

 

 

 

4.77

 

Total loans and leases, net

 

 

88,616

 

 

 

3,510,101

 

 

 

3.96

 

 

 

70,836

 

 

 

2,799,910

 

 

 

3.95

 

 

 

64,665

 

 

 

2,616,935

 

 

 

4.05

 

 

 

65,053

 

 

 

2,755,611

 

 

 

4.24

 

 

 

62,702

 

 

 

2,725,987

 

 

 

4.35

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

 

 

8,846

 

 

 

45,516

 

 

 

.51

 

 

 

5,775

 

 

 

15,252

 

 

 

.26

 

 

 

5,342

 

 

 

13,361

 

 

 

.25

 

 

 

2,139

 

 

 

5,201

 

 

 

.24

 

 

 

528

 

 

 

1,221

 

 

 

.23

 

Federal funds sold and agreements to resell

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

.86

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

.10

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

.07

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

.09

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

.55

 

Trading account

 

 

85

 

 

 

1,442

 

 

 

1.71

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

1.44

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

1,381

 

 

 

1.81

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

1,482

 

 

 

1.91

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

1,394

 

 

 

1.45

 

Investment securities(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

14,025

 

 

 

332,926

 

 

 

2.37

 

 

 

13,514

 

 

 

336,873

 

 

 

2.49

 

 

 

10,543

 

 

 

304,178

 

 

 

2.88

 

 

 

5,123

 

 

 

165,879

 

 

 

3.24

 

 

 

4,538

 

 

 

150,500

 

 

 

3.32

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

90

 

 

 

3,839

 

 

 

4.24

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

6,391

 

 

 

4.46

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

8,115

 

 

 

4.89

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

9,999

 

 

 

5.15

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

11,638

 

 

 

5.29

 

Other

 

 

894

 

 

 

29,006

 

 

 

3.24

 

 

 

799

 

 

 

35,599

 

 

 

4.45

 

 

 

800

 

 

 

36,485

 

 

 

4.56

 

 

 

1,298

 

 

 

44,019

 

 

 

3.39

 

 

 

2,211

 

 

 

77,315

 

 

 

3.50

 

Total investment securities

 

 

15,009

 

 

 

365,771

 

 

 

2.44

 

 

 

14,456

 

 

 

378,863

 

 

 

2.62

 

 

 

11,509

 

 

 

348,778

 

 

 

3.03

 

 

 

6,615

 

 

 

219,897

 

 

 

3.32

 

 

 

6,969

 

 

 

239,453

 

 

 

3.44

 

Total earning assets

 

 

112,556

 

 

 

3,922,833

 

 

 

3.49

 

 

 

91,187

 

 

 

3,195,307

 

 

 

3.50

 

 

 

81,681

 

 

 

2,980,519

 

 

 

3.65

 

 

 

74,013

 

 

 

2,982,305

 

 

 

4.03

 

 

 

70,299

 

 

 

2,968,076

 

 

 

4.22

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(976

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(935

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(923

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(932

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(922

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

 

1,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

11,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

124,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and interest-checking deposits

 

$

52,194

 

 

 

87,704

 

 

 

.17

 

 

 

43,885

 

 

 

46,140

 

 

 

.11

 

 

 

41,508

 

 

 

46,869

 

 

 

.11

 

 

 

37,662

 

 

 

56,235

 

 

 

.15

 

 

 

34,254

 

 

 

69,354

 

 

 

.20

 

Time deposits

 

 

12,253

 

 

 

102,841

 

 

 

.84

 

 

 

4,641

 

 

 

27,059

 

 

 

.58

 

 

 

3,290

 

 

 

15,515

 

 

 

.47

 

 

 

4,045

 

 

 

26,439

 

 

 

.65

 

 

 

5,347

 

 

 

46,102

 

 

 

.86

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

 

 

199

 

 

 

797

 

 

 

.40

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

.28

 

 

 

327

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

.21

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

1,018

 

 

 

.21

 

 

 

605

 

 

 

1,130

 

 

 

.19

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

 

64,646

 

 

 

191,342

 

 

 

.30

 

 

 

48,742

 

 

 

73,814

 

 

 

.15

 

 

 

45,125

 

 

 

63,083

 

 

 

.14

 

 

 

42,203

 

 

 

83,692

 

 

 

.20

 

 

 

40,206

 

 

 

116,586

 

 

 

.29

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

894

 

 

 

3,625

 

 

 

.41

 

 

 

548

 

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

.31

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

.05

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

.11

 

 

 

839

 

 

 

1,286

 

 

 

.15

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

10,252

 

 

 

231,017

 

 

 

2.25

 

 

 

10,217

 

 

 

252,766

 

 

 

2.47

 

 

 

7,492

 

 

 

217,247

 

 

 

2.90

 

 

 

4,941

 

 

 

199,983

 

 

 

4.05

 

 

 

5,527

 

 

 

225,297

 

 

 

4.08

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

75,792

 

 

 

425,984

 

 

 

.56

 

 

 

59,507

 

 

 

328,257

 

 

 

.55

 

 

 

52,832

 

 

 

280,431

 

 

 

.53

 

 

 

47,534

 

 

 

284,105

 

 

 

.60

 

 

 

46,572

 

 

 

343,169

 

 

 

.74

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

 

30,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

1,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,685

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

107,921

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

16,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

124,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.48

 

Contribution of interest-free funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.25

 

Net interest income/margin on earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,496,849

 

 

 

3.11

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,867,050

 

 

 

3.14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,700,088

 

 

 

3.31

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,698,200

 

 

 

3.65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,624,907

 

 

 

3.73

%

 

(a)

Includes nonaccrual loans.

(b)

Includes available-for-sale investment securities at amortized cost.

 

 

 


 

Table 4 summarizes average loans and leases outstanding in 2016 and percentage changes in the major components of the portfolio over the past two years.

Table 4

AVERAGE LOANS AND LEASES

(Net of unearned discount)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease) from

 

 

2016

 

 

2015 to 2016

 

2014 to 2015

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, etc.

 

$

21,397

 

 

 

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

5

%

 

Real estate – commercial

 

 

30,915

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Real estate – consumer

 

 

24,463

 

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

 

2,740

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

5,788

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Other

 

 

3,313

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Total consumer

 

 

11,841

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

Total

 

$

88,616

 

 

 

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

10

%

 

 

Commercial loans and leases, excluding loans secured by real estate, totaled $22.6 billion at December 31, 2016, representing 25% of total loans and leases. Table 5 presents information on commercial loans and leases as of December 31, 2016 relating to geographic area, size, borrower industry and whether the loans are secured by collateral or unsecured. Of the $22.6 billion of commercial loans and leases outstanding at the end of 2016, approximately $20.0 billion, or 88%, were secured, while 40%, 25% and 23% were granted to businesses in New York State, Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area (which includes Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia), respectively. The Company provides financing for leases to commercial customers, primarily for equipment. Commercial leases included in total commercial loans and leases at December 31, 2016 aggregated $1.3 billion, of which 48% were secured by collateral located in New York State, 16% were secured by collateral in Pennsylvania and another 15% were secured by collateral in the Mid-Atlantic area.

56


 

Table 5

COMMERCIAL LOANS AND LEASES, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

(Excludes Loans Secured by Real Estate)

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mid-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

New York

 

Pennsylvania

 

Atlantic(a)

 

Other

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile dealerships

 

 

$

1,684

 

 

 

 

$

903

 

 

 

 

$

567

 

 

 

 

$

921

 

 

 

 

$

4,075

 

 

 

 

 

18

%

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

1,735

 

 

 

 

 

1,092

 

 

 

 

 

569

 

 

 

 

 

525

 

 

 

 

 

3,921

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

Services

 

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

 

 

871

 

 

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

 

 

3,660

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

Wholesale

 

 

 

964

 

 

 

 

 

538

 

 

 

 

 

494

 

 

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

2,160

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

Health services

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

 

 

290

 

 

 

 

 

644

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

1,570

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Financial and insurance

 

 

 

675

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

1,545

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Real estate investors

 

 

 

736

 

 

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

1,399

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

Transportation, communications,

   utilities

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

 

 

424

 

 

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

 

 

1,383

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

Retail

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

975

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

 

247

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

950

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Public administration

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing, etc.

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Other

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Total

 

 

$

8,980

 

 

 

 

$

5,680

 

 

 

 

$

5,186

 

 

 

 

$

2,764

 

 

 

 

$

22,610

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

Percent of total

 

 

 

40

%

 

 

 

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

23

%

 

 

 

 

12

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of dollars outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

83

%

 

 

 

 

80

%

 

 

 

 

86

%

 

 

 

 

78

%

 

 

 

 

82

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of dollars outstanding by

   size of loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than $1 million

 

 

 

23

%

 

 

 

 

18

%

 

 

 

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$1 million to $5 million

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$5 million to $10 million

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$10 million to $20 million

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$20 million to $30 million

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$30 million to $50 million

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater than $50 million

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Includes Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia.

International loans included in commercial loans and leases totaled $228 million and $191 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Included in such loans were $95 million and $64 million, respectively, of loans at M&T Bank’s commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada. The remaining international loans are predominantly to domestic companies with foreign operations.

Loans secured by real estate, including outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit which the Company classifies as consumer loans, represented approximately 69% of the loan

57


 

and lease portfolio during 2016, compared with 64% in 2015 and 2014. At December 31, 2016, the Company held approximately $33.5 billion of commercial real estate loans, $22.6 billion of consumer real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties (including $414 million of loans originated for sale) and $5.6 billion of outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit, compared with $29.2 billion, $26.3 billion and $6.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2015. The decrease in the residential real estate loans reflects pay downs of loans obtained in the Hudson City acquisition. Included in commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were construction loans of $8.0 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively, including amounts due from builders and developers of residential real estate aggregating $1.9 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Commercial real estate loans also included loans held for sale totaling $643 million and $39 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Commercial real estate loans originated by the Company include fixed-rate instruments with monthly payments and a balloon payment of the remaining unpaid principal at maturity, in many cases five years after origination. For borrowers in good standing, the terms of such loans may be extended by the customer for an additional five years at the then-current market rate of interest. The Company also originates fixed-rate commercial real estate loans with maturities of greater than five years, generally having original maturity terms of approximately seven to ten years, and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans. Adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans represented approximately 72% of the commercial real estate loan portfolio at the 2016 year-end. Table 6 presents commercial real estate loans by geographic area, type of collateral and size of the loans outstanding at December 31, 2016. New York City area commercial real estate loans totaled $9.4 billion at December 31, 2016. The $8.0 billion of investor-owned commercial real estate loans in the New York City area were largely secured by multifamily residential properties, retail space and office space. The Company’s experience has been that office, retail and service-related properties tend to demonstrate more volatile fluctuations in value through economic cycles and changing economic conditions than do multifamily residential properties. Approximately 33% of the aggregate dollar amount of New York City area loans were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less, while loans of more than $50 million made up approximately 17% of the total.

58


 

Table 6

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

New York State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Penn-

 

Mid-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

City

 

Other

 

sylvania

 

Atlantic(a)

 

Other

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

Investor-owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Permanent finance by property

   type

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office

 

 

$

1,406

 

 

 

 

$

906

 

 

 

 

$

568

 

 

 

 

$

1,297

 

 

 

 

$

438

 

 

 

 

$

4,615

 

 

 

 

 

14

%

 

Apartments/Multifamily

 

 

 

1,707

 

 

 

 

 

719

 

 

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

 

 

772

 

 

 

 

 

970

 

 

 

 

 

4,540

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

Retail/Service

 

 

 

1,514

 

 

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

 

 

448

 

 

 

 

 

1,059

 

 

 

 

 

468

 

 

 

 

 

4,039

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

Hotel

 

 

 

848

 

 

 

 

 

380

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

 

 

667

 

 

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

 

 

2,426

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Industrial/Warehouse

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

 

 

357

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

1,374

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Health facilities

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

257

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

Other

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

   Total permanent

 

 

 

5,954

 

 

 

 

 

2,919

 

 

 

 

 

2,032

 

 

 

 

 

4,142

 

 

 

 

 

2,497

 

 

 

 

 

17,544

 

 

 

 

 

52

%

 

Construction/Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

935

 

 

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

 

 

603

 

 

 

 

 

1,524

 

 

 

 

 

827

 

 

 

 

 

4,536

 

 

 

 

 

14

%

 

Land/Land development

 

 

 

461

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

833

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Residential builder and

   developer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

662

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

 

 

1,353

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

Land/Land development

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

262

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

 

569

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

   Total construction/

      development

 

 

 

2,067

 

 

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

 

 

809

 

 

 

 

 

2,169

 

 

 

 

 

1,552

 

 

 

 

 

7,291

 

 

 

 

 

22

%

 

Total investor-owned

 

 

 

8,021

 

 

 

 

 

3,613

 

 

 

 

 

2,841

 

 

 

 

 

6,311

 

 

 

 

 

4,049

 

 

 

 

 

24,835

 

 

 

 

 

74

%

 

Owner-occupied by industry(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Health services

 

 

 

483

 

 

 

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

 

486

 

 

 

 

 

787

 

 

 

 

 

327

 

 

 

 

 

2,612

 

 

 

 

 

8

%

 

Other services

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

 

795

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

1,788

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Retail

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Automobile dealerships

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

 

 

961

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Wholesale

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

 

292

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

632

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

629

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Real estate investors

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

920

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

   Total owner-occupied

 

 

 

1,337

 

 

 

 

 

1,847

 

 

 

 

 

1,760

 

 

 

 

 

2,962

 

 

 

 

 

765

 

 

 

 

 

8,671

 

 

 

 

 

26

%

 

Total commercial real estate

 

 

$

9,358

 

 

 

 

$

5,460

 

 

 

 

$

4,601

 

 

 

 

$

9,273

 

 

 

 

$

4,814

 

 

 

 

$

33,506

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

Percent of total

 

 

 

28

%

 

 

 

 

16

%

 

 

 

 

14

%

 

 

 

 

28

%

 

 

 

 

14

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of dollars outstanding by

   size of loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than $1 million

 

 

 

3

%

 

 

 

 

17

%

 

 

 

 

15

%

 

 

 

 

11

%

 

 

 

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$1 million to $5 million

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$5 million to $10 million

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$10 million to $30 million

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$30 million to $50 million

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$50 million to $100 million

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater than $100 million

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Includes Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia.

(b)

Includes $727 million of construction loans

59


 

Commercial real estate loans secured by properties located in other parts of New York State, Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area tend to have a greater diversity of collateral types and include a significant amount of lending to customers who use the mortgaged property in their trade or business (owner-occupied). Approximately 67% of the aggregate dollar amount of commercial real estate loans in New York State secured by properties located outside of the New York City area were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less. Of the outstanding balances of commercial real estate loans in Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area, approximately 61% and 48%, respectively, were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less.

Commercial real estate loans secured by properties located outside of Pennsylvania, the Mid-Atlantic area and New York State comprised 14% of total commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2016.

Commercial real estate construction and development loans made to investors presented in table 6 totaled $7.3 billion at December 31, 2016, or 8% of total loans and leases. Approximately 95% of those construction loans had adjustable interest rates. Included in such loans at the 2016 year-end were $1.9 billion of loans to builders and developers of residential real estate properties. Information about the credit performance of the Company’s loans to builders and developers of residential real estate properties is included herein under the heading “Provision For Credit Losses.” The remainder of the commercial real estate construction loan portfolio was comprised of loans made for various purposes, including the construction of office buildings, multifamily residential housing, retail space and other commercial development.

M&T Realty Capital Corporation, a commercial real estate lending subsidiary of M&T Bank, participates in the Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”) program of Fannie Mae, pursuant to which commercial real estate loans are originated in accordance with terms and conditions specified by Fannie Mae and sold. Under this program, loans are sold with partial credit recourse to M&T Realty Capital Corporation. The amount of recourse is generally limited to one-third of any credit loss incurred by the purchaser on an individual loan, although in some cases the recourse amount is less than one-third of the outstanding principal balance. The Company’s maximum credit risk for recourse associated with sold commercial real estate loans was approximately $2.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There have been no material losses incurred as a result of those recourse arrangements. Commercial real estate loans held for sale at December 31, 2016 and 2015 aggregated $643 million and $39 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, commercial real estate loans serviced by the Company for other investors were $11.8 billion and $11.0 billion, respectively. Those serviced loans are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. In January 2017, M&T Realty Capital Corporation purchased commercial mortgage banking servicing rights and other assets which increased commercial real estate loans serviced for others by $2.7 billion. The purchase price and assets acquired were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

Real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties were $22.6 billion at December 31, 2016, including approximately 34% secured by properties located in New York State, 7% secured by properties located in Pennsylvania, 29% secured by properties in New Jersey and 11% secured by properties located in other Mid-Atlantic areas. At December 31, 2016, $414 million of residential real estate loans had been originated for sale, compared with $353 million at December 31, 2015. The Company’s portfolio of alternative (“Alt-A”) residential real estate loans (referred to as “limited documentation loans”) held for investment decreased by $686 million to $3.6 billion at December 31, 2016 from $4.3 billion at December 31, 2015. A portfolio of limited documentation loans was acquired with the Hudson City transaction which totaled $3.3 billion and $4.0 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Alt-A loans represent loans that at origination typically included some form of limited borrower documentation requirements as compared with more traditional residential real estate loans. Hudson City loans that were eligible for limited documentation processing were available in amounts up to 65% of the lower of the appraised

60


 

value or purchase price of the property. Hudson City discontinued its limited documentation loan program in January 2014. Loans in the Company’s Alt-A portfolio prior to the Hudson City transaction were originated by the Company prior to 2008. Loans to individuals to finance the construction of one-to-four family residential properties totaled $21 million at December 31, 2016 and $34 million at December 31, 2015, or less than .1% of total loans and leases at each of those dates. Information about the credit performance of the Company’s residential real estate loans is included herein under the heading “Provision For Credit Losses.”

Consumer loans comprised approximately 13% of total loans and leases at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit represent the largest component of the consumer loan portfolio. Such balances represented approximately 6% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2016 and 7% at December 31, 2015. No other consumer loan product represented at least 4% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2016. Approximately 39% of home equity loans and lines of credit outstanding at December 31, 2016 were secured by properties in New York State, 26% in Maryland, 21% in Pennsylvania and 3% in New Jersey. Outstanding automobile loan balances rose to $2.9 billion at December 31, 2016 from $2.5 billion at December 31, 2015. That increase reflects continued consumer demand for motor vehicles.

Table 7 presents the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio at the end of 2016, including outstanding balances to businesses and consumers in New York State, Pennsylvania, the Mid-Atlantic area and other states. Approximately 39% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2016 were to New York State customers, while 16% and 30% were to Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area customers, respectively.

Table 7

LOANS AND LEASES, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of Dollars Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mid-Atlantic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

Penn-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstandings

 

 

York

 

sylvania

 

Maryland

 

Jersey

 

Other(a)

 

Other

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

22,591

 

 

 

 

34

%

 

 

 

 

7

%

 

 

 

 

6

%

 

 

 

 

29

%

 

 

 

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

19

%

 

Commercial

 

 

33,506

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

Total real estate

 

 

56,097

 

 

 

 

40

%

 

 

 

 

11

%

 

 

 

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

15

%

 

 

 

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

16

%

 

Commercial, financial, etc.

 

 

21,337

 

 

 

 

39

%

 

 

 

 

26

%

 

 

 

 

13

%

 

 

 

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

6

%

 

 

 

 

11

%

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

5,641

 

 

 

 

39

%

 

 

 

 

21

%

 

 

 

 

26

%

 

 

 

 

3

%

 

 

 

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

1

%

 

Automobile

 

 

2,944

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

Other secured or guaranteed

 

 

2,842

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

Other unsecured

 

 

719

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Total consumer

 

 

12,146

 

 

 

 

32

%

 

 

 

 

19

%

 

 

 

 

17

%

 

 

 

 

5

%

 

 

 

 

10

%

 

 

 

 

17

%

 

Total loans

 

 

89,580

 

 

 

 

39

%

 

 

 

 

16

%

 

 

 

 

11

%

 

 

 

 

11

%

 

 

 

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

15

%

 

Commercial leases

 

 

1,273

 

 

 

 

48

%

 

 

 

 

16

%

 

 

 

 

9

%

 

 

 

 

3

%

 

 

 

 

3

%

 

 

 

 

21

%

 

Total loans and leases

 

$

90,853

 

 

 

 

39

%

 

 

 

 

16

%

 

 

 

 

11

%

 

 

 

 

11

%

 

 

 

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

15

%

 

 

(a)

Includes Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia.

61


 

The investment securities portfolio averaged $15.0 billion in 2016, up from $14.5 billion and $11.5 billion in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The investment securities portfolio is largely comprised of residential mortgage-backed securities, debt securities issued by municipalities, trust preferred securities issued by certain financial institutions, and shorter-term U.S. Treasury and federal agency notes. When purchasing investment securities, the Company considers its liquidity position and its overall interest-rate risk profile as well as the adequacy of expected returns relative to risks assumed, including prepayments. The Company manages its investment securities portfolio, in part, to satisfy the requirements of the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) that became effective in January 2016. In September 2014, various federal banking regulators adopted final rules (“Final LCR Rule”) implementing a U.S. version of the Basel Committee’s LCR including the modified version applicable to bank holding companies, including M&T, with $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not “advanced approaches” institutions. The LCR is intended to ensure that banks hold a sufficient amount of “high quality liquid assets” to cover the anticipated net cash outflows during a hypothetical acute 30-day stress scenario. For additional information concerning the LCR rules, refer to Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the heading “Liquidity.”

In managing its investment securities portfolio, the Company occasionally sells investment securities as a result of changes in interest rates and spreads, actual or anticipated prepayments, credit risk associated with a particular security, or as a result of restructuring its investment securities portfolio in connection with a business combination.  The Hudson City acquisition added approximately $7.9 billion to the investment securities portfolio on the November 1, 2015 acquisition date. As noted earlier, immediately following the acquisition, the Company restructured its balance sheet by selling $5.8 billion of those securities.  During the third and fourth quarters of 2016, the Company sold the collateralized debt obligations that had been held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio for a gain of approximately $30 million. Purchases of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities totaled $1.8 billion in 2016, $3.5 billion in 2015 and $5.2 billion in 2014. Purchases of U.S. Treasury notes totaled $1.7 billion in 2016, while purchases in 2015 or 2014 were not significant. The amounts of investment securities held by the Company are influenced by such factors as demand for loans, which generally yield more than investment securities, ongoing repayments, the levels of deposits, and management of liquidity (including the LCR) and balance sheet size and resulting capital ratios.

The Company regularly reviews its investment securities for declines in value below amortized cost that might be characterized as “other than temporary.” There were no other-than-temporary impairment charges recognized in 2016, 2015 or 2014. Based on management’s assessment of future cash flows associated with individual investment securities as of December 31, 2016, the Company concluded that declines in value below amortized cost associated with the investment securities portfolio were temporary in nature. A further discussion of fair values of investment securities is included herein under the heading “Capital.” Additional information about the investment securities portfolio is included in notes 3 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Other earning assets include interest-bearing deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and other banks, trading account assets and federal funds sold. Those other earning assets in the aggregate averaged $8.9 billion in 2016, $5.9 billion in 2015 and $5.5 billion in 2014. Interest-bearing deposits at banks averaged $8.8 billion in 2016, compared with $5.8 billion and $5.3 billion in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The higher levels of average interest-bearing deposits at banks in 2016 when compared with 2015 and 2014 resulted largely from the Company’s decision to maintain higher balances at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York rather than reinvesting in other highly liquid assets due to the interest rate environment.

The most significant source of funding for the Company is core deposits. The Company considers noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and time deposits of $250,000 or less as core deposits. The Company’s branch network is its principal source of core deposits, which generally carry lower interest rates than wholesale funds of

62


 

comparable maturities. Average core deposits totaled $92.2 billion in 2016, up from $74.2 billion in 2015 and $69.1 billion in 2014. The Hudson City acquisition added approximately $17.0 billion of core deposits on November 1, 2015, including $9.7 billion of time deposits, $6.6 billion of savings deposits and $691 million of noninterest-bearing deposits. The higher average core deposits in 2016 as compared with 2015 and in 2015 as compared with 2014 were predominantly reflective of the impact of the merger with Hudson City. Funding provided by core deposits represented 82% of average earning assets in 2016, compared with 81% and 85% in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Table 8 summarizes average core deposits in 2016 and percentage changes in the components of such deposits over the past two years. Core deposits totaled $93.1 billion and $89.3 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Table 8

AVERAGE CORE DEPOSITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Increase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease) from

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

2015 to 2016

 

2014 to 2015

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and interest-checking deposits

 

 

$

51,093

 

 

 

 

 

19

%

 

 

 

 

6

%

 

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

10,969

 

 

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

30,160

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

92,222

 

 

 

 

 

24

%

 

 

 

 

7

%

 

 

 

The Company also receives funding from other deposit sources, including branch-related time deposits over $250,000, deposits associated with the Company’s Cayman Islands office, and brokered deposits. Time deposits over $250,000, excluding brokered deposits, averaged $1.2 billion in 2016, $501 million in 2015 and $366 million in 2014. The higher level of such deposits in 2016 was due to the full-year impact of deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. Cayman Islands office deposits averaged $199 million in 2016, $216 million in 2015 and $327 million in 2014. Brokered time deposits averaged $59 million in 2016, compared with $37 million in 2015 and $4 million in 2014. The Company also had brokered savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts that averaged $1.1 billion in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. Additional amounts of Cayman Islands office deposits or brokered deposits may be added in the future depending on market conditions, including demand by customers and other investors for those deposits, and the cost of funds available from alternative sources at the time.

The Company also uses borrowings from banks, securities dealers, various Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and others as sources of funding. Short-term borrowings represent borrowing arrangements that at the time they were entered into had a contractual maturity of less than one year. Average short-term borrowings were $894 million in 2016, $548 million in 2015 and $215 million in 2014. The higher levels of such borrowings in 2016 and 2015 were predominantly due to short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of New York assumed in the Hudson City acquisition. Those short-term fixed-rate borrowings matured throughout 2016. There were no short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Banks in 2014. Also included in short-term borrowings were unsecured federal funds borrowings, which generally mature on the next business day, that averaged $151 million, $138 million and $156 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Overnight federal funds borrowings totaled $112 million at December 31, 2016 and $99 million at December 31, 2015.

63


 

Long-term borrowings averaged $10.3 billion in 2016, $10.2 billion in 2015 and $7.5 billion in 2014. M&T Bank has a Bank Note Program whereby M&T Bank may offer unsecured senior and subordinated notes. Only unsecured senior notes have been issued under that program, of which $5.2 billion and $5.5 billion were outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Average balances of outstanding notes issued under that program were $5.3 billion in each of 2016 and 2015, compared with $2.9 billion in 2014. During 2014, M&T Bank issued $550 million of three-year floating rate, $1.25 billion of three-year fixed rate and $1.4 billion of five-year fixed rate notes. During 2015, M&T Bank issued $1.5 billion of fixed rate notes of which $750 million mature in 2020 and $750 million mature in 2025. During 2016, a $300 million floating rate note issued in 2013 matured. There were no issuances of borrowings under the Bank Note Program in 2016. The proceeds from the issuances of borrowings under the Bank Note Program have been predominantly utilized to purchase high quality liquid assets that meet the requirements of the LCR. Also included in average long-term borrowings were amounts borrowed from the Federal Home Loan Banks of New York, Atlanta and Pittsburgh of $1.2 billion in each of 2016 and 2015 and $692 million in 2014, and subordinated capital notes of $1.5 billion in each of 2016 and 2015 and $1.6 billion in 2014. During 2014, M&T Bank borrowed approximately $1.1 billion from the FHLB of New York. Junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities that were included in average long-term borrowings were $515 million in 2016, $605 million in 2015 and $889 million in 2014. In accordance with its 2015 capital plan, on April 15, 2015 M&T redeemed the junior subordinated debentures associated with the $310 million of trust preferred securities of M&T Capital Trusts I, II and III. Those borrowings had a weighted-average interest rate of 8.24%. Additional information regarding junior subordinated debentures, as well as information regarding contractual maturities of long-term borrowings, is provided in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements. Also included in long-term borrowings were agreements to repurchase securities, which averaged $1.8 billion in 2016, $1.5 billion in 2015 and $1.4 billion during 2014.  Agreements to repurchase securities assumed in connection with the Hudson City acquisition totaled $6.9 billion at November 1, 2015. Immediately following the November 1, 2015 Hudson City acquisition date the balance sheet was restructured and $6.4 billion of the assumed repurchase agreements were repaid. During 2016, $800 million of repurchase agreements matured. The agreements held at December 31, 2016 totaled $1.1 billion and have various repurchase dates through 2020, however, the contractual maturities of the underlying securities extend beyond such repurchase dates. The Company has utilized interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain components of long-term debt. As of December 31, 2016, interest rate swap agreements were used to hedge approximately $900 million of outstanding fixed rate long-term borrowings. Further information on interest rate swap agreements is provided in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Changes in the composition of the Company’s earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as discussed herein, as well as changes in interest rates and spreads, can impact net interest income. Net interest spread, or the difference between the taxable-equivalent yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 2.93% in 2016, compared with 2.95% in 2015 and 3.12% in 2014. The yield on the Company’s earning assets declined one basis point to 3.49% in 2016 from 3.50% in 2015, while the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased one basis point to .56% in 2016 from .55% in 2015. As compared with 2015, the narrowing of the net interest spread reflects the ongoing impact of the low interest rate environment on the yields earned on investment securities, higher rates paid on interest-bearing deposits (largely associated with time deposits obtained in the Hudson City acquisition) and higher amounts of relatively low yielding balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The yield on earning assets declined 15 basis points in 2015 from 3.65% in 2014, while the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased two basis points in 2015 from .53% in 2014. The narrowing of the net interest spread in 2015 as compared with 2014 also reflected the impact of the low interest rate environment on the yields earned on investment

64


 

securities and loans, higher average balances of investment securities and long-term borrowings, and the higher level of deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

Net interest-free funds consist largely of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, partially offset by bank owned life insurance and non-earning assets, including goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets. Net interest-free funds averaged $36.8 billion in 2016, compared with $31.7 billion in 2015 and $28.8 billion in 2014. The increases in average net interest-free funds in 2016 and 2015 reflect higher balances of noninterest-bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity. Noninterest-bearing deposits averaged $30.2 billion in 2016, $27.3 billion in 2015 and $25.7 billion in 2014. In connection with the acquisition of Hudson City, the Company added noninterest-bearing deposits of $691 million at the acquisition date. In addition to the impact of the Hudson City acquisition, growth in noninterest-bearing deposits in 2016 reflects an increase in commercial and trust customer deposits. The growth from 2014 to 2015 reflected an increase in commercial customer deposits. Shareholders’ equity averaged $16.4 billion, $13.2 billion and $12.1 billion in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The rise in shareholders’ equity from 2014 to 2016 reflected $3.1 billion of common equity issued in connection with the acquisition of Hudson City, as well as net retained earnings. Goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets averaged $4.7 billion in 2016, $3.7 billion in 2015 and $3.6 billion in 2014. Goodwill of $1.1 billion and core deposit intangible of $132 million resulted from the Hudson City acquisition. The cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance averaged $1.7 billion in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. Increases in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance are not included in interest income, but rather are recorded in “other revenues from operations.” The contribution of net interest-free funds to net interest margin was .18% in 2016 and .19% in each of 2015 and 2014.

Reflecting the changes to the net interest spread and the contribution of net interest-free funds as described herein, the Company’s net interest margin was 3.11% in 2016, 3.14% in 2015 and 3.31% in 2014. Future changes in market interest rates or spreads, as well as changes in the composition of the Company’s portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that result in reductions in spreads, could adversely impact the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin.

Management assesses the potential impact of future changes in interest rates and spreads by projecting net interest income under several interest rate scenarios. In managing interest rate risk, the Company has utilized interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its interest-bearing liabilities. Periodic settlement amounts arising from these agreements are reflected in the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes was $900 million and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Under the terms of those interest rate swap agreements, the Company received payments based on the outstanding notional amount at fixed rates and made payments at variable rates. Those interest rate swap agreements were designated as fair value hedges of certain fixed rate long-term borrowings. The $500 million decline in the notional amount reflects the expiration of a hedge transaction upon conversion of $500 million of fixed rate long-term borrowings to a floating rate. There were no interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges at those respective dates.

65


 

In a fair value hedge, the fair value of the derivative (the interest rate swap agreement) and changes in the fair value of the hedged item are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in current earnings. The difference between changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items represents hedge ineffectiveness and is recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. The amounts of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations. The estimated aggregate fair value of interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges represented gains of approximately $12 million at December 31, 2016 and $44 million at December 31, 2015. The fair values of such interest rate swap agreements were substantially offset by changes in the fair values of the hedged items. The changes in the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items primarily result from the effects of changing interest rates and spreads. The Company’s credit exposure as of December 31, 2016 with respect to the estimated fair value of interest rate swap agreements used for managing interest rate risk has been substantially mitigated through master netting arrangements with trading account interest rate contracts with the same counterparty as well as counterparty postings of $5 million of collateral with the Company. Additional information about interest rate swap agreements and the items being hedged is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements. The average notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes, the related effect on net interest income and margin, and the weighted-average interest rates paid or received on those swap agreements are presented in table 9.

Table 9

INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Rate(a)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Rate(a)

 

 

Amount

 

 

Rate(a)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Increase (decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

%

Interest expense

 

 

(36,866

)

 

 

(.05

)

 

 

(44,219

)

 

 

(.07

)

 

 

(44,996

)

 

 

(.09

)

Net interest

   income/margin

 

$

36,866

 

 

 

.04

%

 

$

44,219

 

 

 

.04

%

 

$

44,996

 

 

 

.06

%

Average notional amount

 

$

1,357,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,412,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,400,000

 

 

 

 

 

Rate received(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.39

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.42

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.42

%

Rate paid(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.64

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.28

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.19

%

 

(a)

Computed as a percentage of average earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities.

(b)

Weighted-average rate paid or received on interest rate swap agreements in effect during year.

 

 

Provision for Credit Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses that in management’s judgment appropriately reflects losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. A provision for credit losses is recorded to adjust the level of the allowance as deemed necessary by management. The provision for credit losses was $190 million in 2016, compared with $170 million in 2015 and $124 million in 2014. Net charge-offs of loans were $157 million in 2016, $134 million in 2015 and $121 million in 2014. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding were .18% in 2016, compared

66


 

with .19% in each of 2015 and 2014. A summary of the Company’s loan charge-offs, provision and allowance for credit losses is presented in table 10 and in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Table 10

LOAN CHARGE-OFFS, PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Allowance for credit losses beginning

   balance

 

$

955,992

 

 

$

919,562

 

 

$

916,676

 

 

$

925,860

 

 

$

908,290

 

Charge-offs during year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

59,244

 

 

 

60,983

 

 

 

58,943

 

 

 

109,329

 

 

 

41,148

 

Real estate — construction

 

 

137

 

 

 

3,221

 

 

 

1,882

 

 

 

9,137

 

 

 

27,687

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

 

30,801

 

 

 

26,382

 

 

 

33,527

 

 

 

49,079

 

 

 

58,572

 

Consumer

 

 

141,073

 

 

 

107,787

 

 

 

84,390

 

 

 

85,965

 

 

 

103,348

 

Total charge-offs

 

 

231,255

 

 

 

198,373

 

 

 

178,742

 

 

 

253,510

 

 

 

230,755

 

Recoveries during year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

30,167

 

 

 

30,284

 

 

 

22,188

 

 

 

11,773

 

 

 

11,375

 

Real estate — construction

 

 

4,062

 

 

 

6,308

 

 

 

4,725

 

 

 

18,800

 

 

 

3,693

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

 

11,124

 

 

 

7,626

 

 

 

14,640

 

 

 

13,718

 

 

 

8,847

 

Consumer

 

 

28,907

 

 

 

20,585

 

 

 

16,075

 

 

 

26,035

 

 

 

20,410

 

Total recoveries

 

 

74,260

 

 

 

64,803

 

 

 

57,628

 

 

 

70,326

 

 

 

44,325

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

156,995

 

 

 

133,570

 

 

 

121,114

 

 

 

183,184

 

 

 

186,430

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

 

124,000

 

 

 

185,000

 

 

 

204,000

 

Allowance related to loans sold or

   securitized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,000

)

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses ending

   balance

 

$

988,997

 

 

$

955,992

 

 

$

919,562

 

 

$

916,676

 

 

$

925,860

 

Net charge-offs as a percent of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

82.63

%

 

 

78.57

%

 

 

97.67

%

 

 

99.02

%

 

 

91.39

%

Average loans and leases, net of

   unearned discount

 

 

.18

%

 

 

.19

%

 

 

.19

%

 

 

.28

%

 

 

.30

%

Allowance for credit losses as a percent

   of loans and leases, net of unearned

   discount, at year-end

 

 

1.09

%

 

 

1.09

%

 

 

1.38

%

 

 

1.43

%

 

 

1.39

%

 

Loans acquired in connection with acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 were recorded at fair value with no carry-over of any previously recorded allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the acquired loans required estimating cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at then-current interest rates. For acquired loans where fair value was less than outstanding principal as of the acquisition date and the resulting discount was due, at least in part, to credit deterioration, the excess of expected cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is recognized as interest income over the lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the nonaccretable balance and is not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. The nonaccretable balance reflects estimated future credit losses and other contractually required payments that the

67


 

Company does not expect to collect. The Company regularly evaluates the reasonableness of its cash flow projections associated with such loans, including its estimates of lifetime principal losses. Any decreases to the expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for credit losses and could lead to charge-offs of loan balances. Any significant increases in expected cash flows result in additional interest income to be recognized over the then-remaining lives of the loans. The carrying amount of loans acquired at a discount subsequent to 2008 and accounted for based on expected cash flows was $1.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease in such loans was largely attributable to payments received. The nonaccretable balance related to remaining principal losses associated with loans acquired at a discount as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is presented in table 11. During each of the last three years, based largely on improving economic conditions and borrower repayment performance, the Company’s estimates of cash flows expected to be generated by loans acquired at a discount and accounted for based on expected cash flows improved, resulting in increases in the accretable yield. In 2016, estimated cash flows expected to be generated by acquired loans increased by $50 million, or approximately 2%. That improvement reflected a lowering of estimated principal losses by approximately $33 million, primarily due to a $19 million decrease in expected principal losses in the commercial real estate loan portfolios, as well as interest and other recoveries. In 2015, excluding expected cash flows on the purchased impaired loans acquired from Hudson City, estimated cash flows expected to be generated increased by $77 million, or approximately 3%. That improvement reflected a lowering of estimated principal losses by approximately $58 million, primarily due to a $42 million decrease in expected principal losses in the commercial real estate loan portfolios, as well as interest and other recoveries.  Similarly, in 2014 the estimates of cash flows expected to be generated increased by approximately 2%, or $98 million.  That improvement also reflected a lowering of estimated principal losses, largely driven by a $47 million decrease in expected principal losses that was predominantly in the acquired commercial real estate loan portfolios.

Table 11

NONACCRETABLE BALANCE — PRINCIPAL

 

 

 

Remaining Balance

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

$

4,794

 

 

$

10,806

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

39,867

 

 

 

48,173

 

Residential real estate

 

 

59,657

 

 

 

113,478

 

Consumer

 

 

11,275

 

 

 

17,952

 

Total

 

$

115,593

 

 

$

190,409

 

 

For acquired loans where the fair value exceeded the outstanding principal balance, the resulting premium is recognized as a reduction of interest income over the lives of the loans. Immediately following the acquisition date and thereafter, an allowance for credit losses is recorded for incurred losses inherent in the portfolio, consistent with the accounting for originated loans and leases. The carrying amount of Hudson City loans acquired at a premium totaled $14.2 billion and $17.8 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. In addition to the impact of estimated credit losses included in the determination of fair value of those loans at the acquisition date, a $21 million provision for credit losses was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015 for incurred

68


 

losses inherent in those loans at that time. GAAP does not allow the credit loss component of the net premium associated with those loans to be bifurcated and accounted for as a nonaccreting balance as is the case with purchased impaired loans and other loans acquired at a discount. Despite the fact that the determination of aggregate fair value reflects the impact of expected credit losses, GAAP provides that incurred losses in a portfolio of loans acquired at a premium be recognized even though in a relatively homogenous portfolio of residential mortgage loans the specific loans to which the losses relate cannot be individually identified at the acquisition date.  Subsequent to the acquisition date, incurred losses associated with those loans are evaluated using methods consistent with those applied to originated loans and such losses are considered by management in evaluating the Company’s allowance for credit losses.

Nonaccrual loans aggregated $920 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $799 million at each of December 31, 2015 and 2014. As a percentage of total loans and leases outstanding, nonaccrual loans represented 1.01%, .91% and 1.20% at the end of 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in nonaccrual loans since the 2015 year-end reflected the normal migration of previously performing residential real estate loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that subsequently became over 90 days past due in 2016 and, as such, were not identifiable as purchased impaired as of the acquisition date.  Those nonaccrual loans totaled $190 million at December 31, 2016. Following the acquisition accounting provisions of GAAP, Hudson City-related loans classified as nonaccrual were not significant at December 31, 2015.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (excluding loans acquired at a discount) totaled $301 million or .33% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2016, compared with $317 million or .36% at December 31, 2015 and $245 million or .37% at December 31, 2014. Those amounts included loans guaranteed by government-related entities of $283 million, $276 million and $218 million at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Such guaranteed loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City aggregated $49 million and $44 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Guaranteed loans also included one-to-four family residential mortgage loans serviced by the Company that were repurchased to reduce associated servicing costs, including a requirement to advance principal and interest payments that had not been received from individual mortgagors. Despite the loans being purchased by the Company, the insurance or guarantee by the applicable government-related entity remains in force. The outstanding principal balances of the repurchased loans that are guaranteed by government-related entities totaled $224 million at December 31, 2016, $221 million at December 31, 2015 and $196 million at December 31, 2014. The remaining accruing loans past due 90 days or more not guaranteed by government-related entities were loans considered to be with creditworthy borrowers that were in the process of collection or renewal. A summary of nonperforming assets and certain past due, renegotiated and impaired loan data and credit quality ratios is presented in table 12.

69


 

Table 12

NONPERFORMING ASSET AND PAST DUE, RENEGOTIATED AND IMPAIRED LOAN DATA

 

December 31

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

920,015

 

 

$

799,409

 

 

$

799,151

 

 

$

874,156

 

 

$

1,013,176

 

Real estate and other foreclosed assets

 

 

139,206

 

 

 

195,085

 

 

 

63,635

 

 

 

66,875

 

 

 

104,279

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

1,059,221

 

 

$

994,494

 

 

$

862,786

 

 

$

941,031

 

 

$

1,117,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more(a)

 

$

300,659

 

 

$

317,441

 

 

$

245,020

 

 

$

368,510

 

 

$

358,397

 

Government guaranteed loans included

   in totals above:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

40,610

 

 

$

47,052

 

 

$

69,095

 

 

$

63,647

 

 

$

57,420

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

282,659

 

 

 

276,285

 

 

 

217,822

 

 

 

297,918

 

 

 

316,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Renegotiated loans

 

$

190,374

 

 

$

182,865

 

 

$

202,633

 

 

$

257,092

 

 

$

271,971

 

Accruing loans acquired at a discount past

   due 90 days or more(b)

 

$

61,144

 

 

$

68,473

 

 

$

110,367

 

 

$

130,162

 

 

$

166,554

 

Purchased impaired loans(c):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding customer balance

 

$

927,446

 

 

$

1,204,004

 

 

$

369,080

 

 

$

579,975

 

 

$

828,571

 

Carrying amount

 

 

578,032

 

 

 

768,329

 

 

 

197,737

 

 

 

330,792

 

 

 

447,114

 

Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases,

   net of unearned discount

 

 

1.01

%

 

 

.91

%

 

 

1.20

%

 

 

1.36

%

 

 

1.52

%

Nonperforming assets to total net loans and

   leases and real estate and other foreclosed

   assets

 

 

1.16

%

 

 

1.13

%

 

 

1.29

%

 

 

1.47

%

 

 

1.68

%

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more(a) to

   total loans and leases, net of unearned

   discount

 

 

.33

%

 

 

.36

%

 

 

.37

%

 

 

.58

%

 

 

.54

%

 

(a)

Excludes loans acquired at a discount. Predominantly residential real estate loans.

(b)

Loans acquired at a discount that were recorded at fair value at acquisition date. This category does not include purchased impaired loans that are presented separately.

(c)

Accruing loans acquired at a discount that were impaired at acquisition date and recorded at fair value.

Purchased impaired loans are loans obtained in acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 that as of the acquisition date were specifically identified as displaying signs of credit deterioration and for which the Company did not expect to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Those loans were impaired at the date of acquisition, were recorded at estimated fair value and were generally delinquent in payments, but, in accordance with GAAP, the Company continues to accrue interest income on such loans based on the estimated expected cash flows associated with the loans. The carrying amount of such loans aggregated $578 million at December 31, 2016, or .6% of total loans. Of that amount, $512 million related to the Hudson City acquisition. Purchased impaired loans totaled $768 million at December 31, 2015, of which $658 million related to the acquisition of Hudson City.

Accruing loans acquired at a discount past due 90 days or more are loans that could not be specifically identified as impaired as of the acquisition date, but were recorded at estimated fair value as of such date. Such loans aggregated $61 million at December 31, 2016 and $68 million at December 31, 2015.

70


 

The Company modified the terms of select loans in an effort to assist borrowers. If the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty and a concession was granted, the Company considered such modifications as troubled debt restructurings. Loan modifications included such actions as the extension of loan maturity dates and the lowering of interest rates and monthly payments. The objective of the modifications was to increase loan repayments by customers and thereby reduce net charge-offs. In accordance with GAAP, the modified loans are included in impaired loans for purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses. Information about modifications of loans that are considered troubled debt restructurings is included in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Residential real estate loans modified under specified loss mitigation programs prescribed by government guarantors have not been included in renegotiated loans because the loan guarantee remains in full force and, accordingly, the Company has not granted a concession with respect to the ultimate collection of the original loan balance. Such loans totaled $171 million and $147 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Charge-offs of commercial loans and leases, net of recoveries, aggregated $29 million in 2016, $31 million in 2015 and $37 million in 2014.  Included in net charge-offs of commercial loans and leases in 2016 were $12 million of loans to a commercial maintenance services provider with operations in New Jersey and Pennsylvania, $12 million of loans to a multi-regional manufacturer of refractory brick and other castable products and recoveries of $7 million of a previously charged-off loan to an audio visual service provider.  In 2015, the Company recovered $10 million relating to a relationship with a motor vehicle-related parts wholesaler. Commercial loans and leases in nonaccrual status were $261 million at December 31, 2016, $242 million at December 31, 2015 and $177 million at December 31, 2014. The December 31, 2016 balances for the largest individual commercial loans placed in nonaccrual status during 2016 were $41 million with a provider of building facility services and other specialty services to clients located throughout the United States and $26 million with the manufacturer of refractory brick and other castable products noted above. The balances for the largest individual commercial loans placed in nonaccrual status during 2015 were $22 million with the commercial maintenance service provider noted above and $15 million with a multi-regional automobile rental agency.

Net recoveries of previously charged-off commercial real estate loans during 2016 were $2 million, compared with net charge-offs of commercial real estate loans during 2015 and 2014 of $7 million and $3 million, respectively. Reflected in those amounts were net recoveries of $4 million in 2016 and $2 million in each of 2015 and 2014 of loans to residential real estate builders and developers. Commercial real estate loans classified as nonaccrual aggregated $211 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $224 million at December 31, 2015 and $239 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease in such nonaccrual loans since December 31, 2014 was due, in part, to improving economic conditions. Nonaccrual commercial real estate loans included construction-related loans of $35 million, $45 million and $97 million at the end of 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Those nonaccrual construction loans included loans to residential builders and developers of $17 million at December 31, 2016, $28 million at December 31, 2015 and $72 million at December 31, 2014. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off loans to residential real estate builders and developers as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 is presented in table 13.

71


 

Table 13

RESIDENTIAL BUILDER AND DEVELOPER LOANS, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

Net Charge-offs (Recoveries)

 

 

 

Outstanding

Balances(b)

 

 

Balances

 

 

Percent of

Outstanding

Balances

 

Balances

 

 

Percent of Average

Outstanding

Balances

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

$

691,558

 

 

$

1,557

 

 

 

 

.23

 

%

 

$

640

 

 

 

 

.09

 

%

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

141,675

 

 

 

13,456

 

 

 

 

9.50

 

 

 

 

(256

)

 

 

 

(.19

)

 

 

Mid-Atlantic(a)

 

 

465,340

 

 

 

2,139

 

 

 

 

.46

 

 

 

 

(3,956

)

 

 

 

(.86

)

 

 

Other

 

 

636,973

 

 

 

1,197

 

 

 

 

.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,935,546

 

 

$

18,349

 

 

 

 

.95

 

%

 

$

(3,572

)

 

 

 

(.19

)

%

 

 

(a)

Includes Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia.

(b)

Includes approximately $13 million of loans not secured by real estate, of which approximately $2 million are in nonaccrual status.

Residential real estate loan net charge-offs totaled $18 million in 2016, $9 million in 2015 and $13 million in 2014. Residential real estate loans in nonaccrual status at December 31, 2016 were $336 million, compared with $215 million and $258 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual in 2016 as compared with 2015 reflects the normal migration of previously performing loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that subsequently became more than 90 days delinquent in 2016.  Such nonaccrual residential real estate loans aggregated $190 million at December 31, 2016. Those loans could not be identified as purchased impaired loans at the acquisition date because the borrowers were making loan payments at the time and the loans were not recorded at a discount. Following the acquisition accounting provisions of GAAP, Hudson City-related nonaccrual residential real estate loans were not significant at December 31, 2015. The decline in residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual in 2015 as compared to 2014 reflected improved repayment performance by customers. Net charge-offs of limited documentation first mortgage loans aggregated $4 million in 2016, $1 million in 2015 and $4 million in 2014. Nonaccrual limited documentation first mortgage loans were $107 million at December 31, 2016 (including $70 million obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City), compared with $62 million and $78 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Residential real estate loans past due 90 days or more and accruing interest (excluding loans acquired at a discount) totaled $281 million (including $49 million obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City) at December 31, 2016, $284 million (including $44 million obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City) at December 31, 2015 and $216 million at December 31, 2014. A substantial portion of such amounts related to guaranteed loans repurchased from government-related entities. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off residential real estate loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 is presented in table 14.

72


 

Table 14

SELECTED RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE-RELATED LOAN DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

Net Charge-offs (Recoveries)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Balances

 

Balances

 

Balances

 

Balances

 

Balances

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Residential mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

$

6,217,663

 

 

 

 

$

68,044

 

 

 

 

 

1.09

%

 

 

 

$

4,027

 

 

 

 

 

.06

%

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

 

1,607,986

 

 

 

 

 

16,454

 

 

 

 

 

1.02

 

 

 

 

 

1,999

 

 

 

 

 

.11

 

 

Maryland

 

 

 

1,255,781

 

 

 

 

 

17,573

 

 

 

 

 

1.40

 

 

 

 

 

2,069

 

 

 

 

 

.16

 

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

5,148,844

 

 

 

 

 

50,376

 

 

 

 

 

.98

 

 

 

 

 

3,008

 

 

 

 

 

.05

 

 

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

 

 

 

1,070,176

 

 

 

 

 

14,227

 

 

 

 

 

1.33

 

 

 

 

 

652

 

 

 

 

 

.06

 

 

Other

 

 

 

3,695,680

 

 

 

 

 

61,687

 

 

 

 

 

1.67

 

 

 

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

 

 

.05

 

 

Total

 

 

$

18,996,130

 

 

 

 

$

228,361

 

 

 

 

 

1.20

%

 

 

 

$

13,863

 

 

 

 

 

.07

%

 

Residential construction loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

$

6,041

 

 

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

 

 

.22

%

 

 

 

$

4

 

 

 

 

 

.06

%

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

 

1,809

 

 

 

 

 

376

 

 

 

 

 

20.79

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

.96

 

 

Maryland

 

 

 

1,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

1,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

 

 

 

3,226

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

3.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

6,921

 

 

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

 

 

5.38

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

.14

 

 

Total

 

 

$

21,341

 

 

 

 

$

881

 

 

 

 

 

4.13

%

 

 

 

$

49

 

 

 

 

 

.18

%

 

Limited documentation first mortgages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

$

1,519,579

 

 

 

 

$

36,048

 

 

 

 

 

2.37

%

 

 

 

$

1,426

 

 

 

 

 

.09

%

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

 

76,104

 

 

 

 

 

7,656

 

 

 

 

 

10.06

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

.14

 

 

Maryland

 

 

 

45,010

 

 

 

 

 

2,942

 

 

 

 

 

6.54

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

.26

 

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

1,387,841

 

 

 

 

 

31,938

 

 

 

 

 

2.30

 

 

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

 

 

.02

 

 

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

 

 

 

39,131

 

 

 

 

 

2,567

 

 

 

 

 

6.56

 

 

 

 

 

(221

)

 

 

 

 

(.52

)

 

Other

 

 

 

505,776

 

 

 

 

 

25,422

 

 

 

 

 

5.03

 

 

 

 

 

2,358

 

 

 

 

 

.42

 

 

Total

 

 

$

3,573,441

 

 

 

 

$

106,573

 

 

 

 

 

2.98

%

 

 

 

$

4,101

 

 

 

 

 

.10

%

 

First lien home equity loans and lines of credit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

$

1,290,237

 

 

 

 

$

16,060

 

 

 

 

 

1.24

%

 

 

 

$

2,109

 

 

 

 

 

.16

%

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

 

828,004

 

 

 

 

 

9,714

 

 

 

 

 

1.17

 

 

 

 

 

1,263

 

 

 

 

 

.15

 

 

Maryland

 

 

 

682,629

 

 

 

 

 

6,776

 

 

 

 

 

.99

 

 

 

 

 

429

 

 

 

 

 

.06

 

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

45,460

 

 

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

 

 

1.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

 

 

 

208,765

 

 

 

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

 

 

.79

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

.01

 

 

Other

 

 

 

20,808

 

 

 

 

 

1,401

 

 

 

 

 

6.73

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

.01

 

 

Total

 

 

$

3,075,903

 

 

 

 

$

36,177

 

 

 

 

 

1.18

%

 

 

 

$

3,807

 

 

 

 

 

.12

%

 

Junior lien home equity loans and lines of credit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

$

909,908

 

 

 

 

$

25,022

 

 

 

 

 

2.75

%

 

 

 

$

5,399

 

 

 

 

 

.57

%

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

 

364,548

 

 

 

 

 

4,769

 

 

 

 

 

1.31

 

 

 

 

 

2,302

 

 

 

 

 

.60

 

 

Maryland

 

 

 

797,779

 

 

 

 

 

9,435

 

 

 

 

 

1.18

 

 

 

 

 

4,146

 

 

 

 

 

.48

 

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

128,782

 

 

 

 

 

1,242

 

 

 

 

 

.96

 

 

 

 

 

718

 

 

 

 

 

.58

 

 

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

 

 

 

314,046

 

 

 

 

 

3,054

 

 

 

 

 

.97

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

 

 

.07

 

 

Other

 

 

 

41,864

 

 

 

 

 

1,791

 

 

 

 

 

4.28

 

 

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

 

 

1.37

 

 

Total

 

 

$

2,556,927

 

 

 

 

$

45,313

 

 

 

 

 

1.77

%

 

 

 

$

13,361

 

 

 

 

 

.50

%

 

Limited documentation junior lien:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

$

826

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

$

1

 

 

 

 

 

.15

%

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maryland

 

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

3.96

 

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(.32

)

 

Other Mid-Atlantic(a)

 

 

 

651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

4,735

 

 

 

 

 

325

 

 

 

 

 

6.86

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

1.70

 

 

Total

 

 

$

8,319

 

 

 

 

$

325

 

 

 

 

 

3.91

%

 

 

 

$

147

 

 

 

 

 

1.66

%

 

 

(a)

Includes Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia.

73


 

Net charge-offs of consumer loans during 2016 aggregated $112 million, compared with $87 million in 2015 and $68 million in 2014. During 2016, the Company accelerated the charge off of consumer loans associated with customers who were either deceased or had filed for bankruptcy that, in accordance with GAAP, had previously been considered when determining the level of the allowance for credit losses and were charged-off following the Company’s normal charge-off procedures to the extent the loans subsequently became delinquent. Charge-offs of such loans totaled $32 million in 2016 and included $22 million of loan balances with a current payment status at the time of charge-off. The increase from 2014 to 2015 reflected a $20 million charge-off of a single personal usage loan obtained in a previous acquisition. Included in net charge-offs of consumer loans were: automobile loans of $32 million in 2016, $12 million in 2015 and $14 million in 2014; recreational vehicle loans of $24 million, $12 million and $13 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively; and home equity loans and lines of credit secured by one-to-four family residential properties of $17 million in 2016, $15 million in 2015 and $19 million in 2014. Nonaccrual consumer loans were $112 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $118 million and $125 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Included in nonaccrual consumer loans at the 2016, 2015 and 2014 year-ends were: automobile loans of $19 million, $17 million and $18 million, respectively; recreational vehicle loans of $7 million, $9 million and $11 million, respectively; and outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit of $82 million, $84 million and $89 million, respectively. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off home equity loans and lines of credit as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 is presented in table 14.

Information about past due and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is also included in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Real estate and other foreclosed assets totaled $139 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $195 million at December 31, 2015 and $64 million at December 31, 2014. The higher levels of real estate and other foreclosed assets in 2016 and 2015 as compared with 2014 reflect residential real estate properties associated with the Hudson City acquisition, which aggregated $84 million and $126 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Gains or losses resulting from sales of real estate and other foreclosed assets were not material in 2016, 2015 or 2014. At December 31, 2016, the Company’s holding of residential real estate-related properties comprised approximately 93% of foreclosed assets.

Management determined the allowance for credit losses by performing ongoing evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio, including such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. Management evaluated the impact of changes in interest rates and overall economic conditions on the ability of borrowers to meet repayment obligations when quantifying the Company’s exposure to credit losses and the allowance for such losses as of each reporting date. Factors also considered by management when performing its assessment, in addition to general economic conditions and the other factors described above, included, but were not limited to: (i) the impact of residential real estate values on the Company’s portfolio of loans to residential real estate builders and developers and other loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) the concentrations of commercial real estate loans in the Company’s loan portfolio; (iii) the amount of commercial and industrial loans to businesses in areas of New York State outside of the New York City metropolitan area and in central Pennsylvania that have historically experienced less economic growth and vitality than the vast majority of other regions of the country; (iv) the expected repayment performance associated with the Company’s first and second lien loans secured by residential real estate, including loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that were not classified as purchased impaired; and (v) the size of the Company’s portfolio of loans to individual consumers, which historically have experienced higher net charge-offs as a percentage of loans outstanding than other loan types. The level of the allowance is adjusted based on the results of management’s analysis.

74


 

Management cautiously and conservatively evaluated the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2016 in light of: (i) residential real estate values and the level of delinquencies of loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) economic conditions in the markets served by the Company; (iii) slower growth in private sector employment in upstate New York and central Pennsylvania than in other regions served by the Company and nationally; (iv) the significant subjectivity involved in commercial real estate valuations; and (v) the amount of loan growth experienced by the Company. While there has been general improvement in economic conditions, concerns continue to exist about the strength and sustainability of such improvements; the volatile nature of global commodity and export markets, including the impact international economic conditions could have on the U.S. economy; Federal Reserve positioning of monetary policy; and continued stagnant population growth in the upstate New York and central Pennsylvania regions (approximately 55% of the Company’s loans and leases are to customers in New York State and Pennsylvania).

The Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. Loan grades are utilized to differentiate risk within the portfolio and consider the expectations of default for each loan. Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a lower expectation of default are assigned one of ten possible “pass” loan grades and are generally ascribed lower loss factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Loans with an elevated level of credit risk are classified as “criticized” and are ascribed a higher loss factor when determining the allowance for credit losses. Criticized loans may be classified as “nonaccrual” if the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more. Criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans totaled $2.4 billion at December 31, 2016 and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2015. Largely reflecting loans to manufacturers and vehicle dealers, increases in criticized loan balances since December 31, 2015 included approximately $66 million of commercial real estate loans and $231 million of commercial loans. Approximately 98% of loan balances added to the criticized category during 2016 were less than 90 days past due and 97% had a current payment status. Given payment performance, amount of supporting collateral, and, in certain instances, the existence of loan guarantees, the Company still expects to collect the full outstanding principal balance on most of these loans.

Loan officers in different geographic locations with the support of the Company’s credit department personnel are responsible to continuously review and reassign loan grades to pass and criticized loans based on their detailed knowledge of individual borrowers and their judgment of the impact on such borrowers resulting from changing conditions in their respective regions. At least annually, updated financial information is obtained from commercial borrowers associated with pass grade loans and additional analysis is performed. On a quarterly basis, the Company’s centralized credit department reviews all criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans greater than $1 million to determine the appropriateness of the assigned loan grade, including whether the loan should be reported as accruing or nonaccruing. For criticized nonaccrual loans, additional meetings are held with loan officers and their managers, workout specialists and senior management to discuss each of the relationships. In analyzing criticized loans, borrower-specific information is reviewed, including operating results, future cash flows, recent developments and the borrower’s outlook, and other pertinent data. The timing and extent of potential losses, considering collateral valuation and other factors, and the Company’s potential courses of action are reviewed. To the extent that these loans are collateral-dependent, they are evaluated based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral as estimated at or near the financial statement date. As the quality of a loan deteriorates to the point of classifying the loan as “criticized,” the process of obtaining updated collateral valuation information is usually initiated, unless it is not considered warranted given factors such as the relative size of the loan, the characteristics of the collateral or the age of the last valuation. In those cases where current appraisals may not yet be available, prior appraisals are

75


 

utilized with adjustments, as deemed necessary, for estimates of subsequent declines in value as determined by line of business and/or loan workout personnel in the respective geographic regions. Those adjustments are reviewed and assessed for reasonableness by the Company’s credit department. Accordingly, for real estate collateral securing larger commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, estimated collateral values are based on current appraisals and estimates of value. For non-real estate loans, collateral is assigned a discounted estimated liquidation value and, depending on the nature of the collateral, is verified through field exams or other procedures. In assessing collateral, real estate and non-real estate values are reduced by an estimate of selling costs. With regard to residential real estate loans, the Company’s loss identification and estimation techniques make reference to loan performance and house price data in specific areas of the country where collateral securing the Company’s residential real estate loans is located. For residential real estate-related loans, including home equity loans and lines of credit, the excess of the loan balance over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off when the loan becomes 150 days delinquent. That charge-off is based on recent indications of value from external parties that are generally obtained shortly after a loan becomes nonaccrual. Loans to consumers that file for bankruptcy are generally charged off to estimated net collateral value shortly after the Company is notified of such filings.  At December 31, 2016, approximately 55% of the Company’s home equity portfolio consisted of first lien loans and lines of credit. Of the remaining junior lien loans in the portfolio, approximately 70% (or approximately 32% of the aggregate home equity portfolio) consisted of junior lien loans that were behind a first lien mortgage loan that was not owned or serviced by the Company. To the extent known by the Company, if a senior lien loan would be on nonaccrual status because of payment delinquency, even if such senior lien loan was not owned by the Company, the junior lien loan or line that is owned by the Company is placed on nonaccrual status. At December 31, 2016, the balance of junior lien loans and lines that were in nonaccrual status solely as a result of first lien loan performance was $12 million, compared with $22 million at December 31, 2015. In monitoring the credit quality of its home equity portfolio for purposes of determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company reviews delinquency and nonaccrual information and considers recent charge-off experience. When evaluating individual home equity loans and lines of credit for charge off, if the Company does not know the amount of the remaining first lien mortgage loan (typically because the Company does not own or service the first lien loan), the Company assumes that the first lien mortgage loan has had no principal amortization since the origination of the junior lien loan. Similarly, data used in estimating incurred losses for purposes of determining the allowance for credit losses also assumes no reductions in outstanding principal of first lien loans since the origination of the junior lien loan. Home equity line of credit terms vary but such lines are generally originated with an open draw period of ten years followed by an amortization period of up to twenty years. At December 31, 2016, approximately 84% of all outstanding balances of home equity lines of credit related to lines that were still in the draw period, the weighted-average remaining draw periods were approximately five years, and approximately 19% were making contractually allowed payments that do not include any repayment of principal.

Factors that influence the Company’s credit loss experience include overall economic conditions affecting businesses and consumers, generally, but also residential and commercial real estate valuations, in particular, given the size of the Company’s real estate loan portfolios. Commercial real estate valuations can be highly subjective, as they are based upon many assumptions. Such valuations can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions, interest rates, and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Similarly, residential real estate valuations can be impacted by housing trends, the availability of financing at reasonable interest rates, and general economic conditions affecting consumers.

76


 

In determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company estimates losses attributable to specific troubled credits identified through both normal and detailed or intensified credit review processes and also estimates losses inherent in other loans and leases. In quantifying incurred losses, the Company considers the factors and uses the techniques described herein and in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements. For purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, the Company segments its loan and lease portfolio by loan type. The amount of specific loss components in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios is determined through a loan-by-loan analysis of commercial loans and commercial real estate loans in nonaccrual status. Measurement of the specific loss components is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values or other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. Losses associated with residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors including near-term forecasted loss estimates developed by the Company’s credit department. These forecasts give consideration to overall borrower repayment performance and current geographic region changes in collateral values using third party published historical price indices or automated valuation methodologies. With regard to collateral values, the realizability of such values by the Company contemplates repayment of any first lien position prior to recovering amounts on a junior lien position. Approximately 45% of the Company’s home equity portfolio consists of junior lien loans and lines of credit. Except for consumer loans and residential real estate loans that are considered smaller balance homogeneous loans and are evaluated collectively and loans obtained at a discount in acquisition transactions, the Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more and has been placed in nonaccrual status. Those impaired loans are evaluated for specific loss components. Modified loans, including smaller balance homogenous loans, that are considered to be troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows. Loans less than 90 days delinquent are deemed to have a minimal delay in payment and are generally not considered to be impaired. Loans acquired in connection with acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 were recorded at fair value with no carry-over of any previously recorded allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the acquired loans required estimating cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at then-current interest rates. For loans acquired at a discount, the impact of estimated future credit losses represents the predominant difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected. Subsequent decreases to those expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for credit losses and could lead to charge-offs of acquired loan balances.

The inherent base level loss components of the Company’s allowance for credit losses are generally determined by applying loss factors to specific loan balances based on loan type and management’s classification of such loans under the Company’s loan grading system. The Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. As previously described, loan officers are responsible for continually assigning grades to these loans based on standards outlined in the Company’s Credit Policy. Internal loan grades are also extensively monitored by the Company’s credit department to ensure consistency and strict adherence to the prescribed standards. Loan balances utilized in the inherent base level loss component computations exclude loans and leases for which specific allocations are maintained. Loan grades are assigned loss component factors that reflect the Company’s loss estimate for each group of loans and leases. Factors considered in assigning loan grades and loss component factors include borrower-specific information related to expected future cash flows and operating results, collateral values, financial condition, payment status, and other information; levels of and trends in

77


 

portfolio charge-offs and recoveries; levels of and trends in portfolio delinquencies and impaired loans; changes in the risk profile of specific portfolios; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in credit concentrations; and observed trends and practices in the banking industry. In determining the allowance for credit losses, management also gives consideration to such factors as customer, industry and geographic concentrations, as well as national and local economic conditions, including: (i) the comparatively poorer economic conditions and unfavorable business climate in many market regions served by the Company, including upstate New York and central Pennsylvania, that result in such regions generally experiencing significantly poorer economic growth and vitality as compared with much of the rest of the country; (ii) portfolio concentrations regarding loan type, collateral type and geographic location, in particular the large concentrations of commercial real estate loans secured by properties in the New York City area and other areas of New York State; and (iii) risk associated with the Company’s portfolio of consumer loans, in particular automobile loans, which generally have higher rates of loss than other types of collateralized loans.

The inherent base level loss components related to residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally determined by applying loss factors to portfolio balances after consideration of payment performance and recent loss experience and trends, which are mainly driven by current collateral values in the market place as well as the amount of loan defaults. Loss rates for loans secured by residential real estate, including home equity loans and lines of credit, are determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors as previously described.

In evaluating collateral, the Company relies on internally and externally prepared valuations. Residential real estate valuations are usually based on sales of comparable properties in the respective location. Commercial real estate valuations also refer to sales of comparable properties but oftentimes are based on calculations that utilize many assumptions and, as a result, can be highly subjective. Specifically, commercial real estate values can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions and interest rates, and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Additionally, management is aware that there is oftentimes a delay in the recognition of credit quality changes in loans and, as a result, in changes to assigned loan grades due to time delays in the manifestation and reporting of underlying events that impact credit quality. Accordingly, loss estimates derived from the inherent base level loss component computation are adjusted for current national and local economic conditions and trends. The Federal Reserve stated in December 2016 that the U.S. economic recovery had continued and activity is expected to expand at a moderate pace, with further improvement in labor market conditions. Economic indicators in the most significant market regions served by the Company also showed improvement in 2016. For example, in 2016, average private sector employment in areas served by the Company was 1.7% above year-ago levels, but trailed the 2.0% U.S. average growth rate. Private sector employment increased 0.4% in upstate New York, 1.0% in areas of Pennsylvania served by the Company, 1.7% in New Jersey, 2.1% in Maryland, 2.6% in Greater Washington D.C. and 3.0% in the State of Delaware. In New York City, private sector employment increased by 2.4% in 2016. Nevertheless, the U.S. economy remains susceptible to slow global economic growth, a strong U.S. dollar and its impact on trade, and international market turbulence.

The specific loss components and the inherent base level loss components together comprise the total base level or “allocated” allowance for credit losses. Such allocated portion of the allowance represents management’s assessment of losses existing in specific larger balance loans that are reviewed in detail by management and pools of other loans that are not individually analyzed. In addition, the Company has always provided an inherent unallocated portion of the allowance that is intended to recognize probable losses that are not otherwise identifiable. The inherent unallocated allowance includes management’s subjective determination of amounts necessary for such things as

78


 

the possible use of imprecise estimates in determining the allocated portion of the allowance and other risks associated with the Company’s loan portfolio which may not be specifically allocable.

A comparative allocation of the allowance for credit losses for each of the past five year-ends is presented in table 15. Amounts were allocated to specific loan categories based on information available to management at the time of each year-end assessment and using the methodology described herein. Variations in the allocation of the allowance by loan category as a percentage of those loans reflect changes in management’s estimate of specific loss components and inherent base level loss components, including the impact of delinquencies and nonaccrual loans. As described in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements, loans considered impaired aggregated $761 million and $781 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans totaled $83 million at December 31, 2016 and $90 million at December 31, 2015. The unallocated portion of the allowance for credit losses was equal to .09% of gross loans outstanding at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Considering the inherent imprecision in the many estimates used in the determination of the allocated portion of the allowance, management deliberately remained cautious and conservative in establishing the overall allowance for credit losses. Given the Company’s high concentration of real estate loans and considering the other factors already discussed herein, management considers the allocated and unallocated portions of the allowance for credit losses to be prudent and reasonable. Furthermore, the Company’s allowance is general in nature and is available to absorb losses from any loan or lease category. Additional information about the allowance for credit losses is included in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Table 15

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES TO LOAN CATEGORIES

 

December 31

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

$

330,833

 

 

$

300,404

 

 

$

288,038

 

 

$

273,383

 

 

$

246,759

 

Real estate

 

 

423,846

 

 

 

399,069

 

 

 

369,837

 

 

 

403,634

 

 

 

425,908

 

Consumer

 

 

156,288

 

 

 

178,320

 

 

 

186,033

 

 

 

164,644

 

 

 

179,418

 

Unallocated

 

 

78,030

 

 

 

78,199

 

 

 

75,654

 

 

 

75,015

 

 

 

73,775

 

Total

 

$

988,997

 

 

$

955,992

 

 

$

919,562

 

 

$

916,676

 

 

$

925,860

 

As a Percentage of Gross Loans

and Leases Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

1.45

%

 

 

1.46

%

 

 

1.47

%

 

 

1.45

%

 

 

1.37

%

Real estate

 

 

.75

 

 

 

.72

 

 

 

1.02

 

 

 

1.15

 

 

 

1.14

 

Consumer

 

 

1.29

 

 

 

1.54

 

 

 

1.70

 

 

 

1.60

 

 

 

1.55

 

 

Management believes that the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2016 appropriately reflected credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of that date. The allowance for credit losses was $989 million or 1.09% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2016, compared with $956 million or 1.09% at December 31, 2015 and $920 million or 1.38% at December 31, 2014. The ratio of the allowance to total loans and leases at each respective year-end reflects the impact of loans obtained in acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 that have been recorded at estimated fair value. As noted earlier, GAAP prohibits any carry-over of an allowance for credit losses for acquired loans recorded at fair value. However, for loans acquired at a premium, GAAP provides that an allowance

79


 

for credit losses be recognized for incurred losses inherent in the portfolio. The decline in the ratio of the allowance to total loans and leases at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 as compared with December 31, 2014 reflects the impact of loans (predominantly residential real estate loans) obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio using the methodology and considering the factors as described herein. Should the various credit factors considered by management in establishing the allowance for credit losses change and should management’s assessment of losses inherent in the loan portfolios also change, the level of the allowance as a percentage of loans could increase or decrease in future periods. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans at the end of 2016, 2015 and 2014 was 107%, 120% and 115%, respectively. Given the Company’s general position as a secured lender and its practice of charging-off loan balances when collection is deemed doubtful, that ratio and changes in that ratio are generally not an indicative measure of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for credit losses, nor does management rely upon that ratio in assessing the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for credit losses. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio as of each respective date.

In establishing the allowance for credit losses, management follows the methodology described herein, including taking a conservative view of borrowers’ abilities to repay loans. The establishment of the allowance is extremely subjective and requires management to make many judgments about borrower, industry, regional and national economic health and performance. In order to present examples of the possible impact on the allowance from certain changes in credit quality factors, the Company assumed the following scenarios for possible deterioration of credit quality:

 

For consumer loans and leases considered smaller balance homogenous loans and evaluated collectively, a 50 basis point increase in loss factors;

 

For residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit, also considered small balance homogenous loans and evaluated collectively, a 15% increase in estimated inherent losses; and

 

For commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, a migration of loans to lower-ranked risk grades resulting in a 30% increase in the balance of classified credits in each risk grade.

 

For possible improvement in credit quality factors, the scenarios assumed were:

 

For consumer loans and leases, a 20 basis point decrease in loss factors;

 

For residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit, a 10% decrease in estimated inherent losses; and

 

For commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, a migration of loans to higher-ranked risk grades resulting in a 5% decrease in the balance of classified credits in each risk grade.

The scenario analyses resulted in an additional $83 million that could be identifiable under the assumptions for credit deterioration, whereas under the assumptions for credit improvement a $27 million reduction could occur. These examples are only a few of numerous reasonably possible scenarios that could be utilized in assessing the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses based on changes in assumptions and other factors.

The Company had no concentrations of credit extended to any specific industry that exceeded 10% of total loans at December 31, 2016, however residential real estate loans comprised approximately 25% of the loan portfolio. Outstanding loans to foreign borrowers aggregated $292 million at December 31, 2016, or .3% of total loans and leases.

 

 

80


 

Other Income

Other income totaled $1.83 billion in each of 2016 and 2015, compared with $1.78 billion in 2014. The impact of gains recognized on sales of collateralized debt obligations and from higher trading account and foreign exchange gains in 2016 were offset by the impact of a $45 million gain recognized in 2015 on the sale of the Company’s trade processing business within the retirement services division. The Hudson City transaction did not have a significant impact on other income in 2015 or 2016. The increase in other income from 2014 to 2015 included higher commercial mortgage banking revenues and the aforementioned gain from the sale of the trade processing business that was largely offset by lower trust income associated with that divested business.

Mortgage banking revenues aggregated $374 million in 2016, $376 million in 2015 and $363 million in 2014. Mortgage banking revenues are comprised of both residential and commercial mortgage banking activities. The Company’s involvement in commercial mortgage banking activities includes the origination, sales and servicing of loans under the multifamily loan programs of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

Residential mortgage banking revenues, consisting of realized gains from sales of residential real estate loans and loan servicing rights, unrealized gains and losses on residential real estate loans held for sale and related commitments, residential real estate loan servicing fees, and other residential real estate loan-related fees and income, were $255 million in 2016, $281 million in 2015 and $287 million in 2014. The decline in residential mortgage banking revenues from 2014 to 2015 and from 2015 to 2016 predominantly reflects a decrease in revenues associated with servicing residential real estate loans for others.

New commitments to originate residential real estate loans to be sold declined 11% to approximately $3.1 billion in 2016, from $3.5 billion in 2015. Such commitments aggregated $3.2 billion in 2014. Realized gains from sales of residential real estate loans and loan servicing rights and recognized net unrealized gains or losses attributable to residential real estate loans held for sale, commitments to originate loans for sale and commitments to sell loans aggregated to a gain of $71 million in 2016, compared with gains of $74 million in 2015 and $75 million in 2014.

The Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. The Company reduces residential mortgage banking revenues for losses related to its obligations to loan purchasers. The amount of those charges varies based on the volume of loans sold, the level of reimbursement requests received from loan purchasers and estimates of losses that may be associated with previously sold loans. Residential mortgage banking revenues during 2016 and 2014 were each reduced by approximately $4 million, compared with $5 million in 2015, related to the actual or anticipated settlement of repurchase obligations.

Loans held for sale that were secured by residential real estate aggregated $414 million and $353 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Commitments to sell residential real estate loans and commitments to originate residential real estate loans for sale at pre-determined rates totaled $777 million and $479 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016, $687 million and $489 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015 and $717 million and $432 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014. Net recognized unrealized gains on residential real estate loans held for sale, commitments to sell loans and commitments to originate loans for sale were $15 million at December 31, 2016, $16 million at December 31, 2015 and $19 million at December 31, 2014. Changes in such net unrealized gains are recorded in mortgage banking revenues and resulted in net decreases in revenue of $3 million and $1 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The aggregate impact of changes in net unrealized gains was less than $1 million in 2016.

Revenues from servicing residential real estate loans for others were $183 million in 2016, $206 million in 2015 and $212 million in 2014. Residential real estate loans serviced for others aggregated

81


 

$53.2 billion at December 31, 2016, $61.7 billion a year earlier and $67.2 billion at December 31, 2014 and included certain small-balance commercial real estate loans. Reflected in residential real estate loans serviced for others were loans sub-serviced for others of $30.4 billion, $37.8 billion and $42.1 billion at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Revenues earned for sub-servicing loans totaled $98 million in 2016, compared with $116 million in each of 2015 and 2014. The contractual servicing rights associated with loans sub-serviced by the Company were predominantly held by affiliates of Bayview Lending Group LLC (“BLG”). Information about the Company’s relationship with BLG and its affiliates is included in note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements. Capitalized servicing rights consist largely of servicing associated with loans sold by the Company. Capitalized residential mortgage servicing assets totaled $117 million at December 31, 2016, compared with $118 million and $111 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Additional information about the Company’s capitalized residential mortgage servicing assets, including information about the calculation of estimated fair value, is presented in note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Commercial mortgage banking revenues totaled $119 million in 2016, $95 million in 2015 and $76 million in 2014. Included in such amounts were revenues from loan origination and sales activities of $76 million in 2016, $53 million in 2015 and $41 million in 2014. The rise in such revenues from 2015 to 2016 was due to higher origination volumes. Commercial real estate loans originated for sale to other investors totaled approximately $2.9 billion in 2016, compared with $2.0 billion in 2015 and $1.5 billion in 2014. Loan servicing revenues aggregated $43 million in 2016, $42 million in 2015 and $35 million in 2014. Capitalized commercial mortgage servicing assets were $104 million at December 31, 2016, $84 million at December 31, 2015 and $73 million at December 31, 2014. Commercial real estate loans serviced for other investors totaled $11.8 billion at December 31, 2016, $11.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and $11.3 billion at December 31, 2014, and included $2.8 billion, $2.5 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, of loan balances for which investors had recourse to the Company if such balances are ultimately uncollectible. Commitments to sell commercial real estate loans and commitments to originate commercial real estate loans for sale aggregated $713 million and $70 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016, $96 million and $58 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015 and $520 million and $212 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014. Commercial real estate loans held for sale were $643 million, $39 million and $308 million at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The higher balances at December 31, 2016 and 2014 reflect loans originated later in the year that had not yet been delivered to investors.

Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $419 million in 2016, compared with $421 million in 2015 and $428 million in 2014. The lower levels of fees since 2014 resulted from declines in consumer service charges, particularly overdraft fees.

Trust income includes fees related to two significant businesses. The Institutional Client Services (“ICS”) business provides a variety of trustee, agency, investment management and administrative services for corporations and institutions, investment bankers, corporate tax, finance and legal executives, and other institutional clients who: (i) use capital markets financing structures; (ii) use independent trustees to hold retirement plan and other assets; and (iii) need investment and cash management services. The Wealth Advisory Services (“WAS”) business helps high net worth clients grow their wealth, protect it, and transfer it to their heirs. A comprehensive array of wealth management services are offered, including asset management, fiduciary services and family office services. Trust income totaled to $472 million in 2016, compared with $471 million in 2015 and $508 million in 2014. Revenues associated with the ICS business were approximately $230 million in 2016, $220 million in 2015 and $244 million in 2014. The increase in ICS revenue in 2016 when compared to the prior year was the result of stronger sales activities and higher fees earned from money-market funds, partially offset by lower retirement services revenues. The decline in ICS

82


 

revenue in 2016 and 2015 as compared with 2014 reflects the April 2015 divestiture of the trade processing business within the retirement services division. Revenues related to that business reflected in trust income (in the ICS business) during 2015 and 2014 were approximately $9 million and $34 million, respectively. After considering related expenses, including the portion of those revenues paid to sub-advisors, net income attributable to the sold business during those years was not material to the consolidated results of operations of the Company. The sale resulted in an after-tax gain in 2015 of $23 million ($45 million pre-tax) that was recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the consolidated statement of income. Revenues attributable to WAS totaled approximately $212 million, $218 million and $224 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Total trust assets, which include assets under management and assets under administration, were $210.6 billion at December 31, 2016, compared with $199.2 billion at December 31, 2015. Trust assets under management aggregated $70.7 billion and $66.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Additional trust income from investment management activities were $30 million, $33 million and $40 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. That income largely relates to fees earned from retail customer investment accounts and from an affiliated investment manager. Assets managed by that affiliated manager totaled $7.3 billion and $7.1 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company’s trust income from that affiliate was not material during 2016 or 2015. The Company’s proprietary mutual funds held assets of $10.9 billion and $12.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Brokerage services income, which includes revenues from the sale of mutual funds and annuities and securities brokerage fees, aggregated $63 million in 2016, $65 million in 2015 and $67 million in 2014. Trading account and foreign exchange activity resulted in gains of $41 million in 2016, $31 million in 2015 and $30 million in 2014. The higher level of such gains in 2016 as compared with 2015 resulted largely from higher activity related to interest rate swap transactions executed on behalf of commercial customers and higher gains associated with foreign exchange activities. As compared with 2014, higher activity in 2015 related to interest rate swap transactions executed on behalf of commercial customers was largely offset by decreased market values of trading account assets held in connection with deferred compensation arrangements and lower gains associated with foreign exchange activities. The Company enters into interest rate and foreign exchange contracts with customers who need such services and concomitantly enters into offsetting trading positions with third parties to minimize the risks involved with these types of transactions. Information about the notional amount of interest rate, foreign exchange and other contracts entered into by the Company for trading account purposes is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements and herein under the heading “Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity.”

The Company realized net gains from sales of investment securities of $30 million in 2016. There were no significant gains or losses on investment securities in 2015 or 2014. During 2016, the Company sold all of its collateralized debt obligations that had been held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio and that had been obtained through the acquisition of other banks. In total, securities with an amortized cost of $28 million were sold. Divestiture of the majority of those securities would have been required prior to July 21, 2017 in accordance with the provisions of the Volcker Rule. There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses in 2016, 2015 or 2014. Each reporting period the Company reviews its investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment. For equity securities, the Company considers various factors to determine if the decline in value is other than temporary, including the duration and extent of the decline in value, the factors contributing to the decline in fair value, including the financial condition of the issuer as well as the conditions of the industry in which it operates, and the prospects for a recovery in fair value of the equity security. For debt securities, the Company analyzes the creditworthiness of the issuer or reviews the credit performance of the underlying collateral supporting the bond. For debt securities backed by pools of loans, such as privately issued mortgage-backed securities, the Company

83


 

estimates the cash flows of the underlying loan collateral using forward-looking assumptions for default rates, loss severities and prepayment speeds. Estimated collateral cash flows are then utilized to estimate bond-specific cash flows to determine the ultimate collectibility of the bond. If the present value of the cash flows indicates that the Company should not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of a bond or if the Company intends to sell the bond or it more likely than not will be required to sell the bond before recovery of its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized. If an other-than-temporary impairment loss is deemed to have occurred, the investment security’s cost basis is adjusted, as appropriate for the circumstances. Additional information about other-than-temporary impairment considerations is included herein under the heading “Capital.”

Other revenues from operations aggregated $426 million in 2016, compared with $463 million in 2015 and $383 million in 2014. The decline in other revenues from operations in 2016 as compared to 2015 was largely due to the $45 million gain from the sale of the trade processing business in 2015 and lower letter of credit and credit-related fees (largely loan syndication fees), partially offset by higher merchant discount and credit card fees. The increase in 2015 as compared with 2014 reflected that $45 million gain from the sale of the trade processing business, $15 million of gains from the sale of equipment previously leased to commercial customers and higher loan syndication fees.

Included in other revenues from operations were the following significant components. Letter of credit and other credit-related fees totaled $120 million, $134 million and $129 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease from 2015 to 2016 was largely due to a decline in loan syndication fees. Revenues from merchant discount and credit card fees were $111 million in 2016, $105 million in 2015 and $96 million in 2014. The continued trend of higher revenues since 2014 was largely attributable to increased transaction volumes related to merchant activity and usage of the Company’s credit card products. Tax-exempt income earned from bank owned life insurance, which includes increases in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies and benefits received, aggregated $54 million in 2016, compared with $53 million in 2015 and $50 million in 2014. Insurance-related sales commissions and other revenues totaled $43 million in 2016, compared with $38 million in 2015 and $42 million in 2014. Automated teller machine usage fees aggregated $14 million in each of 2016 and 2015 and $15 million in 2014. Gains from sales of equipment previously leased to commercial customers were $8 million in 2016, $17 million in 2015 and $2 million in 2014.

M&T’s share of the operating losses of BLG recognized using the equity method of accounting was $11 million in 2016, compared with $14 million and $17 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Those amounts are reflected in “other revenues from operations.” The operating losses of BLG in the respective years reflect provisions for losses associated with securitized loans and other loans held by BLG and loan servicing and other administrative costs. However, as a result of past securitization activities, BLG is entitled to cash flows from mortgage assets that it owns or that are owned by its affiliates and is also entitled to receive distributions from affiliates that provide asset management and other services. Accordingly, the Company believes that BLG is capable of realizing positive cash flows that could be available for distribution to its owners, including M&T, despite a lack of positive GAAP-earnings from its core mortgage activities. Information about the Company’s relationship with BLG and its affiliates is included in note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

 

Other Expense

Other expense aggregated $3.05 billion in 2016, compared to $2.82 billion in 2015 and $2.69 billion in 2014. Included in those amounts are expenses considered to be “nonoperating” in nature consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $43 million, $26 million and $34 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $36 million and $76

84


 

million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were no merger-related expenses during 2014. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses aggregated $2.97 billion in 2016, $2.72 billion in 2015 and $2.66 billion in 2014. The most significant factors contributing to the increase from 2015 to 2016 were costs associated with the operations obtained in the Hudson City acquisition, higher salaries and employee benefits expenses and increased FDIC assessments. The rise in such expenses in 2015 as compared with 2014 was largely attributable to costs associated with the operations obtained in the Hudson City acquisition, higher costs for salaries and employee benefits and increased contributions to The M&T Charitable Foundation, partially offset by lower professional services costs.

In 2016, salaries and employee benefits expense aggregated $1.62 billion, compared with $1.55 billion and $1.40 billion in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The higher level of expenses in 2016 reflects the full-year impact of the additional employees formerly associated with Hudson City as well as annual merit increases and incentive compensation costs. There were $51 million of merger-related expenses included in salaries and employee benefits expense in 2015 predominantly related to severance for former Hudson City employees. Excluding that $51 million, the higher expense level in 2015 as compared with 2014 was largely attributable to the impact of annual merit increases, higher pension and incentive compensation costs, and the impact of the additional employees formerly associated with Hudson City. Stock-based compensation totaled $65 million in each of 2016 and 2014 and $67 million in 2015. Reflecting employees associated with the operations obtained from Hudson City, the number of full-time equivalent employees were 16,593 and 16,979 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, compared with 15,312 at December 31, 2014.

The Company provides pension and other postretirement benefits (including a retirement savings plan) for its employees. Expenses related to such benefits totaled $94 million in 2016, $100 million in 2015 and $63 million in 2014. The Company sponsors both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans. Pension benefit expense for those plans was $52 million in 2016, $63 million in 2015 and $28 million in 2014. Included in those amounts are $25 million in 2016, $23 million in 2015 and $22 million in 2014 for a defined contribution pension plan that the Company began on January 1, 2006. The decrease in pension and other postretirement benefits expense in 2016 as compared to 2015 reflects a $15 million decrease in amortization of actuarial losses accumulated in the defined benefit pension plans.  The increase in pension and other postretirement benefits expense in 2015 as compared with 2014 was largely reflective of a $31 million increase in such amortization. No contributions were required or made to the qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2016, 2015, or 2014. The determination of pension expense and the recognition of net pension assets and liabilities for defined benefit pension plans requires management to make various assumptions that can significantly impact the actuarial calculations related thereto. Those assumptions include the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the rate of increase in future compensation levels and the discount rate. Changes in any of those assumptions will impact the Company’s pension expense. The expected long-term rate of return assumption is determined by taking into consideration asset allocations, historical returns on the types of assets held and current economic factors. Returns on invested assets are periodically compared with target market indices for each asset type to aid management in evaluating such returns. The discount rate used by the Company to determine the present value of the Company’s future benefit obligations reflects specific market yields for a hypothetical portfolio of highly rated corporate bonds that would produce cash flows similar to the Company’s benefit plan obligations and the level of market interest rates in general as of the year-end. Other factors used to estimate the projected benefit obligations include actuarial assumptions for turnover rate, retirement age and disability rate. Those other factors do not tend to change significantly over time. The Company reviews its pension plan assumptions annually to ensure that such assumptions are reasonable and adjusts those assumptions, as necessary, to reflect changes in future expectations. The Company utilizes actuaries and others to aid in that assessment.

85


 

The Company’s 2016 pension expense for its defined benefit plans was determined using the following assumptions: a long-term rate of return on assets of 6.50%; a rate of future compensation increase of 4.37%; and a discount rate of 4.25%. To demonstrate the sensitivity of pension expense to changes in the Company’s pension plan assumptions, 25 basis point increases in: the rate of return on plan assets would have resulted in a decrease in pension expense of $4 million; the rate of increase in compensation would have resulted in an increase in pension expense of $500,000; and the discount rate would have resulted in a decrease in pension expense of $6 million. Decreases of 25 basis points in those assumptions would have resulted in similar changes in amount, but in the opposite direction from the changes presented in the preceding sentence. The accounting guidance for defined benefit pension plans reflects the long-term nature of benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets, and has the effect of reducing expense volatility related to short-term changes in interest rates and market valuations. Actuarial gains and losses include the impact of plan amendments, in addition to various gains and losses resulting from changes in assumptions and investment returns which are different from that which was assumed. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had cumulative unrecognized actuarial losses of approximately $461 million that could result in an increase in the Company’s future pension expense depending on several factors, including whether such losses at each measurement date exceed ten percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. In accordance with GAAP, net unrecognized gains or losses that exceed that threshold are required to be amortized over the expected service period of active employees, and are included as a component of net pension cost. Amortization of those net unrealized losses had the effect of increasing the Company’s pension expense by approximately $30 million in 2016, $45 million in 2015 and $14 million in 2014. The decrease in the cumulative unrecognized actuarial losses from $494 million at December 31, 2015 reflects the aforementioned amortization of unrealized losses in 2016.

GAAP requires an employer to recognize in its balance sheet as an asset or liability the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not included as components of net periodic benefit cost, are to be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2016, the combined benefit obligations of the Company’s defined benefit postretirement plans exceeded the fair value of the assets of such plans by approximately $475 million. Of that amount, $270 million was related to non-qualified pension and other postretirement benefit plans that are generally not funded until benefits are paid. In the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan, the projected benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of assets by approximately $205 million as of December 31, 2016 and $218 million as of December 31, 2015. Higher asset balances at December 31, 2016 contributed to that change in funded status. The Company was required to have a net pension and postretirement benefit liability for the pension and other postretirement benefit plans that was equal to $475 million at December 31, 2016. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2016 the Company recorded an additional postretirement benefit adjustment of $450 million. After applicable tax effect, that adjustment reduced accumulated other comprehensive income (and thereby shareholders’ equity) by $273 million. The result of this was a year-over-year decrease of $40 million to the additional minimum postretirement benefit liability from $490 million recorded at December 31, 2015. After applicable tax effect, the $40 million decrease in the additional required liability adjustment increased other comprehensive income in 2016 by $24 million from the prior year-end amount of $297 million. In determining the benefit obligation for defined benefit postretirement plans the Company used a discount rate of 4.00% at December 31, 2016 and 4.25% at December 31, 2015. A 25 basis point decrease in the

86


 

assumed discount rate as of December 31, 2016 to 3.75% would have resulted in increases in the combined benefit obligations of all defined benefit postretirement plans (including pension and other plans) of $76 million (pre-tax impact). A 25 basis point increase in the assumed discount rate to 4.25% would have decreased the combined benefit obligations of all defined benefit postretirement plans by $72 million (pre-tax impact). Information about the Company’s pension plans, including significant assumptions utilized in completing actuarial calculations for the plans, is included in note 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company also provides a retirement savings plan (“RSP”) that is a defined contribution plan in which eligible employees of the Company may defer up to 50% of qualified compensation via contributions to the plan. The Company makes an employer matching contribution in an amount equal to 75% of an employee’s contribution, up to 4.5% of the employee’s qualified compensation. RSP expense totaled $37 million in 2016, $34 million in 2015 and $32 million in 2014.

Expenses associated with the defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and the RSP aggregated $89 million in 2016, $97 million in 2015 and $60 million in 2014. Expenses associated with providing medical and other postretirement benefits were $5 million in 2016, $3 million in 2015 and $2 million 2014.

Excluding the nonoperating expense items already noted, nonpersonnel operating expenses were $1.35 billion in 2016, compared with $1.22 billion in 2015 and $1.25 billion in 2014. The increase in nonpersonnel operating expenses in 2016 as compared with 2015 was largely due to costs associated with the operations obtained in the Hudson City acquisition and higher expenses for FDIC assessments, advertising and marketing, partially offset by lower charitable contributions. The decrease in nonpersonnel operating expenses in 2015 from 2014 was predominantly attributable to lower expenses for professional services and litigation-related costs, offset, in part, by higher charitable contributions of $28 million. Professional services costs related to BSA/AML activities, compliance, capital planning and stress testing, risk management and other operational initiatives were elevated throughout 2014. Litigation-related charges in 2014 were associated with pre-acquisition activities of M&T’s Wilmington Trust entities.

 

 

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes was $743 million in 2016, $595 million in 2015 and $576 million in 2014. The effective tax rates were 36.1% in 2016, 35.5% in 2015 and 35.1% in 2014. The increase in the effective rate in 2016 from 2015 reflects the impact of generally recurring tax credits and other tax-exempt income being a smaller percentage of 2016’s higher income before income taxes. Income tax expense in 2015 reflected two largely offsetting items. The Company attributed $11 million of non-deductible goodwill to the basis of the trade processing business sold in April 2015, which reduced the recorded gain, but did not result in an income tax benefit. During the fourth quarter of 2015, the provision for income taxes was reduced by $5 million to reflect technology research credits related to 2011 through 2014 that were accepted by the Internal Revenue Service in December 2015. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company resolved with tax authorities previously uncertain tax positions associated with pre-acquisition activities of M&T’s Wilmington Trust entities, resulting in a reduction of the provision for income taxes of $8 million. Excluding that reduction of income tax expense, the effective tax rate for 2014 would have been 35.6%. The effective tax rate is affected by the level of income earned that is exempt from tax relative to the overall level of pre-tax income, the level of income allocated to the various state and local jurisdictions where the Company operates, because tax rates differ among such jurisdictions, and the impact of any large but infrequently occurring items.

87


 

The Company’s effective tax rate in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions within which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company’s interpretations by any of various tax authorities that may examine tax returns filed by M&T or any of its subsidiaries. Information about amounts accrued for uncertain tax positions and a reconciliation of income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income is provided in note 13 of Notes to Financial Statements.

International Activities

Assets and revenues associated with international activities represent less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets and revenues. International assets included $292 million and $265 million of loans to foreign borrowers at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Deposits in the Company’s office in the Cayman Islands aggregated $202 million at December 31, 2016 and $170 million at December 31, 2015. The Company uses such deposits to facilitate customer demand and as an alternative to short-term borrowings when the costs of such deposits seem reasonable. Loans and deposits at M&T Bank’s commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada as of December 31, 2016 totaled $133 million and $50  million, respectively, compared with $95 million and $35 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. The Company also offers trust-related services in Europe. Revenues from providing such services during 2016, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $25 million, $26 million and $31 million, respectively.

 

 

Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity

As a financial intermediary, the Company is exposed to various risks, including liquidity and market risk. Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future obligations, including demands for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs, and other corporate purposes. Liquidity risk arises whenever the maturities of financial instruments included in assets and liabilities differ.

The most significant source of funding for the Company is core deposits, which are generated from a large base of consumer, corporate and institutional customers. That customer base has, over the past several years, become more geographically diverse as a result of acquisitions and expansion of the Company’s businesses. Nevertheless, the Company faces competition in offering products and services from a large array of financial market participants, including banks, thrifts, mutual funds, securities dealers and others. Core deposits financed 83% of the Company’s earning assets at each of December 31, 2016 and 2014, compared with 81% at December 31, 2015.

The Company supplements funding provided through core deposits with various short-term and long-term wholesale borrowings, including federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, brokered deposits, Cayman Islands office deposits and longer-term borrowings. At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had short-term and long-term credit facilities with the FHLBs aggregating $22.5 billion. Outstanding borrowings under FHLB credit facilities totaled $1.2 billion and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Such borrowings were secured by loans and investment securities. As a result of the Hudson City acquisition, the Company assumed $2.0 billion of short-term borrowings from the FHLB of New York. Such borrowings had fixed rates of interest and matured on various dates in 2016. M&T Bank had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York that totaled approximately $11.2 billion at December 31, 2016. The amount of that line is dependent upon the balances of loans and securities pledged as collateral. There were no borrowings outstanding under such line of credit at December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015. M&T Bank has a Bank Note Program whereby M&T

88


 

Bank may offer unsecured senior and subordinated notes. Only unsecured senior notes have been issued under that program. Those outstanding notes totaled $5.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2015. The proceeds of the issuances of borrowings under the Bank Note Program have been predominantly utilized to purchase high-quality liquid assets that meet the requirements of the LCR.

From time to time, the Company has issued subordinated capital notes and junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities to provide liquidity and enhance regulatory capital ratios. However, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’s junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities have been phased-out of the definition of Tier 1 capital. Effective January 1, 2015, 75% of such securities were excluded from the Company’s Tier 1 capital, and beginning January 1, 2016 all were excluded. The amounts excluded from Tier 1 capital are still includable in total capital. In accordance with its 2015 capital plan, in April 2015 M&T redeemed the junior subordinated debentures associated with the $310 million of trust preferred securities of M&T Capital Trusts I, II and III. Information about the Company’s borrowings is included in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company has informal and sometimes reciprocal sources of funding available through various arrangements for unsecured short-term borrowings from a wide group of banks and other financial institutions. Short-term federal funds borrowings totaled $112 million and $99 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In general, those borrowings were unsecured and matured on the next business day. In addition to satisfying customer demand, Cayman Islands office deposits may be used by the Company as an alternative to short-term borrowings. Cayman Islands office deposits totaled $202 million and $170 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company has also benefited from the placement of brokered deposits. The Company has brokered savings and interest-bearing checking deposit accounts which aggregated $1.2 billion at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Brokered time deposits were not a significant source of funding as of those dates.

The Company’s ability to obtain funding from these or other sources could be negatively impacted should the Company experience a substantial deterioration in its financial condition or its debt ratings, or should the availability of short-term funding become restricted due to a disruption in the financial markets. The Company attempts to quantify such credit-event risk by modeling scenarios that estimate the liquidity impact resulting from a short-term ratings downgrade over various grading levels. Such impact is estimated by attempting to measure the effect on available unsecured lines of credit, available capacity from secured borrowing sources and securitizable assets. Information about the credit ratings of M&T and M&T Bank is presented in table 16. Additional information regarding the terms and maturities of all of the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings is provided in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements. In addition to deposits and borrowings, other sources of liquidity include maturities of investment securities and other earning assets, repayments of loans and investment securities, and cash generated from operations, such as fees collected for services.

89


 

Table 16

DEBT RATINGS

 

 

 

Moody’s

 

Standard

and Poor’s

 

Fitch

M&T Bank Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior debt

 

A3

 

A–

 

A

Subordinated debt

 

A3

 

BBB+

 

A–

M&T Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term deposits

 

Prime-1

 

A-1

 

F1

Long-term deposits

 

Aa2

 

A

 

A+

Senior debt

 

A2

 

A

 

A

Subordinated debt

 

A3

 

A–

 

A–

 

Certain customers of the Company obtain financing through the issuance of variable rate demand bonds (“VRDBs”). The VRDBs are generally enhanced by letters of credit provided by M&T Bank. M&T Bank oftentimes acts as remarketing agent for the VRDBs and, at its discretion, may from time-to-time own some of the VRDBs while such instruments are remarketed. When this occurs, the VRDBs are classified as trading account assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Nevertheless, M&T Bank is not contractually obligated to purchase the VRDBs. The value of VRDBs in the Company’s trading account totaled $30 million at December 31, 2016 (all of which were remarketed in January 2017) and less than $1 million at December 31, 2015. The total amount of VRDBs outstanding backed by M&T Bank letters of credit was $1.3 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. M&T Bank also serves as remarketing agent for most of those bonds.

Table 17

MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF SELECTED LOANS(a)

 

December 31, 2016

 

Demand

 

 

2017

 

 

2018 - 2021

 

 

After 2021

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, etc.

 

$

6,971,475

 

 

$

3,616,703

 

 

$

9,427,225

 

 

$

1,092,732

 

Real estate — construction

 

 

41,223

 

 

 

3,324,793

 

 

 

4,225,443

 

 

 

439,580

 

Total

 

$

7,012,698

 

 

$

6,941,496

 

 

$

13,652,668

 

 

$

1,532,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Floating or adjustable interest rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,015,298

 

 

$

1,004,290

 

Fixed or predetermined interest rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,637,370

 

 

 

528,022

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13,652,668

 

 

$

1,532,312

 

 

(a)

The data do not include nonaccrual loans.

The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business that require future cash payments. The contractual amounts and timing of those payments as of December 31, 2016 are summarized in table 18. Off-balance sheet commitments to customers may impact liquidity, including commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, commercial letters of credit, financial guarantees and indemnification contracts, and commitments to sell real estate loans. Because many of these commitments or contracts expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash flows. Further discussion of these commitments is provided

90


 

in note 21 of Notes to Financial Statements. Table 18 summarizes the Company’s other commitments as of December 31, 2016 and the timing of the expiration of such commitments.

Table 18

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

 

December 31, 2016

 

Less Than One

Year

 

 

One to Three

Years

 

 

Three to Five

Years

 

 

Over Five

Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Payments due for contractual

   obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

$

6,682,736

 

 

$

2,226,615

 

 

$

1,215,706

 

 

$

6,789

 

 

$

10,131,846

 

Deposits at Cayman

   Islands office

 

 

201,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

201,927

 

Federal funds purchased

   and agreements to

   repurchase securities

 

 

163,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

163,442

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

3,442,484

 

 

 

3,013,860

 

 

 

1,770,083

 

 

 

1,267,408

 

 

 

9,493,835

 

Operating leases

 

 

99,847

 

 

 

169,262

 

 

 

102,724

 

 

 

94,825

 

 

 

466,658

 

Other

 

 

91,304

 

 

 

57,401

 

 

 

17,472

 

 

 

40,432

 

 

 

206,609

 

Total

 

$

10,681,740

 

 

$

5,467,138

 

 

$

3,105,985

 

 

$

1,409,454

 

 

$

20,664,317

 

Other commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend

   credit

 

$

9,431,954

 

 

$

6,831,786

 

 

$

4,506,591

 

 

$

4,261,231

 

 

$

25,031,562

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

1,618,032

 

 

 

992,324

 

 

 

344,686

 

 

 

32,049

 

 

 

2,987,091

 

Commercial letters of

   credit

 

 

14,939

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

28,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,723

 

Financial guarantees and

   indemnification

   contracts

 

 

95,461

 

 

 

325,899

 

 

 

436,302

 

 

 

2,185,918

 

 

 

3,043,580

 

Commitments to sell real

   estate loans

 

 

1,444,354

 

 

 

44,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,489,237

 

Total

 

$

12,604,740

 

 

$

8,195,717

 

 

$

5,316,538

 

 

$

6,479,198

 

 

$

32,596,193

 

 

M&T’s primary source of funds to pay for operating expenses, shareholder dividends and treasury stock repurchases has historically been the receipt of dividends from its banking subsidiaries, which are subject to various regulatory limitations. Dividends from any banking subsidiary to M&T are limited by the amount of earnings of the banking subsidiary in the current year and the two preceding years. For purposes of that test, at December 31, 2016 approximately $627 million was available for payment of dividends to M&T from banking subsidiaries. Information regarding the long-term debt obligations of M&T is included in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements.

91


 

Table 19

MATURITY AND TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT YIELD OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

December 31, 2016

 

One Year

or Less

 

 

One to Five

Years

 

 

Five to Ten

Years

 

 

Over Ten

Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Investment securities available for sale(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

$

155,828

 

 

$

1,746,716

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,902,544

 

Yield

 

 

1.16

%

 

 

1.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.05

%

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

584

 

 

 

1,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

3,641

 

Yield

 

 

6.31

%

 

 

7.62

%

 

 

 

 

 

6.28

%

 

 

6.85

%

Mortgage-backed securities(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

598,628

 

 

 

2,533,948

 

 

 

3,564,284

 

 

 

4,258,001

 

 

 

10,954,861

 

Yield

 

 

2.31

%

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

2.25

%

 

 

2.29

%

Privately issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

33

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

Yield

 

 

3.95

%

 

 

4.43

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.07

%

Other debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

1,922

 

 

 

2,269

 

 

 

3,132

 

 

 

111,193

 

 

 

118,516

 

Yield

 

 

3.63

%

 

 

4.56

%

 

 

6.47

%

 

 

2.45

%

 

 

2.58

%

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352,466

 

Yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.91

%

Total investment securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

756,995

 

 

 

4,284,501

 

 

 

3,567,416

 

 

 

4,370,694

 

 

 

13,332,072

 

Yield

 

 

2.08

%

 

 

1.80

%

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

2.26

%

 

 

2.08

%

Investment securities held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

24,533

 

 

 

34,073

 

 

 

2,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,858

 

Yield

 

 

4.66

%

 

 

5.54

%

 

 

6.56

%

 

 

 

 

 

5.23

%

Mortgage-backed securities(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

127,293

 

 

 

360,496

 

 

 

479,018

 

 

 

1,266,366

 

 

 

2,233,173

 

Yield

 

 

2.68

%

 

 

2.68

%

 

 

2.68

%

 

 

2.65

%

 

 

2.66

%

Privately issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

5,878

 

 

 

24,194

 

 

 

32,152

 

 

 

95,480

 

 

 

157,704

 

Yield

 

 

4.77

%

 

 

4.77

%

 

 

4.76

%

 

 

4.67

%

 

 

4.71

%

Other debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,543

 

 

 

5,543

 

Yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

4.50

%

Total investment securities held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

157,704

 

 

 

418,763

 

 

 

513,422

 

 

 

1,367,389

 

 

 

2,457,278

 

Yield

 

 

3.07

%

 

 

3.03

%

 

 

2.82

%

 

 

2.80

%

 

 

2.86

%

Other investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

461,118

 

Total investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

$

914,699

 

 

$

4,703,264

 

 

$

4,080,838

 

 

$

5,738,083

 

 

$

16,250,468

 

Yield

 

 

2.25

%

 

 

1.91

%

 

 

2.38

%

 

 

2.39

%

 

 

2.14

%

 

(a)

Investment securities available for sale are presented at estimated fair value. Yields on such securities are based on amortized cost.

(b)

Maturities are reflected based upon contractual payments due. Actual maturities are expected to be significantly shorter as a result of loan repayments in the underlying mortgage pools.

92


 

Table 20

MATURITY OF DOMESTIC CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT AND TIME DEPOSITS

WITH BALANCES OF $100,000 OR MORE

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under 3 months

 

$

968,051

 

3 to 6 months

 

 

668,465

 

6 to 12 months

 

 

907,618

 

Over 12 months

 

 

1,468,420

 

Total

 

$

4,012,554

 

 

Management closely monitors the Company’s liquidity position on an ongoing basis for compliance with internal policies and believes that available sources of liquidity are adequate to meet funding needs anticipated in the normal course of business. Management does not anticipate engaging in any activities, either currently or in the long-term, for which adequate funding would not be available and would therefore result in a significant strain on liquidity at either M&T or its subsidiary banks. Banking regulators have enacted the LCR rules requiring a banking company to maintain a minimum amount of liquid assets to withstand a standardized supervisory liquidity stress scenario. The effective date for those rules for the Company was January 1, 2016, subject to a phase-in period. The Company has taken steps as noted herein to enhance its liquidity and is in compliance with the phase-in requirements of the rules.

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in the market prices and/or interest rates of the Company’s financial instruments. The primary market risk the Company is exposed to is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk arises from the Company’s core banking activities of lending and deposit-taking, because assets and liabilities reprice at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. As a result, net interest income earned by the Company is subject to the effects of changing interest rates. The Company measures interest rate risk by calculating the variability of net interest income in future periods under various interest rate scenarios using projected balances for earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and derivatives used to hedge interest rate risk. Management’s philosophy toward interest rate risk management is to limit the variability of net interest income. The balances of financial instruments used in the projections are based on expected growth from forecasted business opportunities, anticipated prepayments of loans and investment securities, and expected maturities of investment securities, loans and deposits. Management uses a “value of equity” model to supplement the modeling technique described above. Those supplemental analyses are based on discounted cash flows associated with on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such analyses are modeled to reflect changes in interest rates and provide management with a long-term interest rate risk metric. The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to help manage exposure to interest rate risk. At December 31, 2016, the aggregate notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes was $900 million. Information about interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes is included herein under the heading “Net Interest Income/Lending and Funding Activities” and in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company’s Asset-Liability Committee, which includes members of senior management, monitors the sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income to changes in interest rates with the aid of a computer model that forecasts net interest income under different interest rate scenarios. In

93


 

modeling changing interest rates, the Company considers different yield curve shapes that consider both parallel (that is, simultaneous changes in interest rates at each point on the yield curve) and non-parallel (that is, allowing interest rates at points on the yield curve to vary by different amounts) shifts in the yield curve. In utilizing the model, projections of net interest income calculated under the varying interest rate scenarios are compared to a base interest rate scenario that is reflective of current interest rates. The model considers the impact of ongoing lending and deposit-gathering activities, as well as interrelationships in the magnitude and timing of the repricing of financial instruments, including the effect of changing interest rates on expected prepayments and maturities. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk through the use of on- or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

Table 21 displays as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 the estimated impact on net interest income from non-trading financial instruments in the base scenario described above resulting from parallel changes in interest rates across repricing categories during the first modeling year.

Table 21

SENSITIVITY OF NET INTEREST INCOME TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

 

 

 

Calculated Increase (Decrease)

in Projected Net Interest Income

 

 

 

December 31

 

Changes in interest rates

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+200 basis points

 

$

227,283

 

 

$

243,958

 

+100 basis points

 

 

147,400

 

 

 

145,169

 

-50 basis points

 

 

(98,945

)

 

 

(99,603

)

The Company utilized many assumptions to calculate the impact that changes in interest rates may have on net interest income. The more significant of those assumptions included the rate of prepayments of mortgage-related assets, cash flows from derivative and other financial instruments held for non-trading purposes, loan and deposit volumes and pricing, and deposit maturities. In the scenarios presented, the Company also assumed gradual increases in interest rates during a twelve-month period of 100 and 200 basis points, as compared with the assumed base scenario, as well as a gradual decrease of 50 basis points. In the declining rate scenario, the rate changes may be limited to lesser amounts such that interest rates remain positive on all points of the yield curve. In 2016, the Company suspended the -100 basis point scenario due to the persistent low level of interest rates. This scenario will be reinstated if and when interest rates rise sufficiently to make the analysis more meaningful. The assumptions used in interest rate sensitivity modeling are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the Company cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of changes in interest rates and changes in market conditions and interest rate differentials (spreads) between maturity/repricing categories, as well as any actions, such as those previously described, which management may take to counter such changes.

Table 22 presents cumulative totals of net assets (liabilities) repricing on a contractual basis within the specified time frames, as adjusted for the impact of interest rate swap agreements entered

94


 

into for interest rate risk management purposes. Management believes that this measure does not appropriately depict interest rate risk since changes in interest rates do not necessarily affect all categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities equally nor, as assumed in the table, on the contractual maturity or repricing date. Furthermore, this static presentation of interest rate risk fails to consider the effect of ongoing lending and deposit gathering activities, projected changes in balance sheet composition or any subsequent interest rate risk management activities the Company is likely to implement.

Table 22

CONTRACTUAL REPRICING DATA

 

December 31, 2016

 

Three Months

or Less

 

 

Four to Twelve

Months

 

 

One to

Five Years

 

 

After

Five Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

 

$

52,329,463

 

 

$

5,830,801

 

 

$

17,166,648

 

 

$

15,526,504

 

 

$

90,853,416

 

Investment securities

 

 

855,044

 

 

 

934,350

 

 

 

4,811,227

 

 

 

9,649,847

 

 

 

16,250,468

 

Other earning assets

 

 

5,087,011

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,087,787

 

Total earning assets

 

 

58,271,518

 

 

 

6,765,927

 

 

 

21,977,875

 

 

 

25,176,351

 

 

 

112,191,671

 

Savings and interest-checking

   deposits

 

 

52,346,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,346,207

 

Time deposits

 

 

2,448,960

 

 

 

4,233,776

 

 

 

3,442,321

 

 

 

6,789

 

 

 

10,131,846

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands

   office

 

 

201,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

201,927

 

Total interest-bearing

   deposits

 

 

54,997,094

 

 

 

4,233,776

 

 

 

3,442,321

 

 

 

6,789

 

 

 

62,679,980

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

163,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

163,442

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

3,082,764

 

 

 

1,739,902

 

 

 

3,871,731

 

 

 

799,438

 

 

 

9,493,835

 

Total interest-bearing

   liabilities

 

 

58,243,300

 

 

 

5,973,678

 

 

 

7,314,052

 

 

 

806,227

 

 

 

72,337,257

 

Interest rate swap

   agreements

 

 

(900,000

)

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Periodic gap

 

$

(871,782

)

 

$

1,192,249

 

 

$

15,163,823

 

 

$

24,370,124

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative gap

 

 

(871,782

)

 

 

320,467

 

 

 

15,484,290

 

 

 

39,854,414

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative gap as a % of

   total earning assets

 

 

(0.8

)%

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

13.8

%

 

 

35.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in fair value of the Company’s financial instruments can also result from a lack of trading activity for similar instruments in the financial markets. That impact is most notable on the values assigned to some of the Company’s investment securities. Information about the fair valuation of investment securities is presented herein under the heading “Capital” and in notes 3 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company engages in limited trading account activities to meet the financial needs of customers and to fund the Company’s obligations under certain deferred compensation plans. Financial instruments utilized in trading account activities consist predominantly of interest rate contracts, such as swap agreements, and forward and futures contracts related to foreign currencies. The Company generally mitigates the foreign currency and interest rate risk associated with trading account activities by entering into offsetting trading positions that are also included in the trading account. The fair values of the offsetting trading account positions associated with interest rate

95


 

contracts and foreign currency and other option and futures contracts are presented in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements. The amounts of gross and net trading account positions, as well as the type of trading account activities conducted by the Company, are subject to a well-defined series of potential loss exposure limits established by management and approved by M&T’s Board of Directors. However, as with any non-government guaranteed financial instrument, the Company is exposed to credit risk associated with counterparties to the Company’s trading account activities.

The notional amounts of interest rate contracts entered into for trading account purposes totaled $21.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and $18.4 billion at December 31, 2015. The notional amounts of foreign currency and other option and futures contracts entered into for trading account purposes were $471 million and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Although the notional amounts of these contracts are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet, the fair values of all financial instruments used for trading account activities are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The fair values of all trading account assets and liabilities were $324 million and $174 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and $274 million and $161 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Included in trading account assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $22 million and $24 million, respectively, of assets related to deferred compensation plans. Changes in the fair value of such assets are recorded as “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income. Included in “other liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $26 million and $28 million, respectively, of liabilities related to deferred compensation plans. Changes in the balances of such liabilities due to the valuation of allocated investment options to which the liabilities are indexed are recorded in “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income. Also included in trading account assets were investments in mutual funds and other assets that the Company was required to hold under terms of certain non-qualified supplemental retirement and other benefit plans that were assumed by the Company in various acquisitions. Those assets totaled $24 million and $33 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Given the Company’s policies, limits and positions, management believes that the potential loss exposure to the Company resulting from market risk associated with trading account activities was not material, however, as previously noted, the Company is exposed to credit risk associated with counterparties to transactions related to the Company’s trading account activities. Additional information about the Company’s use of derivative financial instruments in its trading account activities is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

 

Capital

Shareholders’ equity was $16.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and represented 13.35% of total assets, compared with $16.2 billion or 13.17% at December 31, 2015 and $12.3 billion or 12.76% at December 31, 2014.

Included in shareholders’ equity was preferred stock with financial statement carrying values of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015.  On October 28, 2016, M&T issued 50,000 shares of Series F Perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share and liquidation preference of $10,000 per share.  Through October 31, 2026 holders of the Series F preferred stock are entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by M&T’s Board of Directors, non-cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of 5.125%, payable semi-annually in arrears.  Subsequent to November 1, 2026 holders will be entitled to receive quarterly cash dividends at an annual rate of three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 352 basis points.  The Series F preferred stock may be redeemed at M&T’s option, in whole or in part, on any dividend payment date on or after November 1, 2026 or, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event whereby the full liquidation value of the shares no longer qualifies as Tier 1 capital.  On December 15, 2016, M&T redeemed 50,000 shares of the

96


 

Series D Fixed Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share and liquidation preference of $10,000 per share, having received the approval of the Federal Reserve to redeem such shares after issuing the Series F preferred stock.  On February 11, 2014, M&T issued 350,000 shares of Series E Perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Dividends, if and when declared, are paid semi-annually at a rate of 6.45% through February 14, 2024 and thereafter will be paid quarterly at a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 361 basis points. The shares are redeemable in whole or in part on or after February 15, 2024. Notwithstanding M&T’s option to redeem the shares, if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence. Further information concerning M&T’s preferred stock can be found in note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Common shareholders’ equity was $15.3 billion, or $97.64 per share, at December 31, 2016, compared with $14.9 billion, or $93.60 per share, at December 31, 2015 and $11.1 billion, or $83.88 per share, at December 31, 2014. In conjunction with the acquisition of Hudson City, M&T issued 25,953,950 common shares, which added $3.1 billion to common shareholders’ equity on November 1, 2015. Tangible equity per common share, which excludes goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets and applicable deferred tax balances, was $67.85 at December 31, 2016, compared with $64.28 and $57.06 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company’s ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets was 8.92% at December 31, 2016, compared with 8.69% and 8.11% at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Reconciliations of total common shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity and total assets and tangible assets as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are presented in table 2. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the ratio of average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets was 13.21%, 13.00% and 13.13%, respectively. The ratio of average common shareholders’ equity to average total assets was 12.16%, 11.79% and 11.83% in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Shareholders’ equity reflects accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, which includes the net after-tax impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available for sale, unrealized losses on held-to-maturity securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment charge has been recognized, gains or losses associated with interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges, foreign currency translation adjustments and adjustments to reflect the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. Net unrealized losses on investment securities reflected in shareholders’ equity, net of applicable tax effect, were $16 million, or $.10 per common share, at December 31, 2016, compared with net unrealized gains of $48 million, or $.30 per common share, at December 31, 2015 and $127 million, or $.96 per common share, at December 31, 2014. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on investment securities are predominantly reflective of the impact of changes in interest rates on the values of such securities. Information about unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is included in note 3 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Reflected in net unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 were pre-tax effect unrealized gains of $135 million on available-for-sale investment securities with an amortized cost of $4.5 billion and pre-tax effect unrealized losses of $141 million on securities with an amortized cost of $8.8 billion. The pre-tax effect unrealized losses reflect $17 million of losses on trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions having an amortized cost of $102 million and an estimated fair value of $85 million (generally considered Level 2 valuations). Further information concerning the Company’s valuations of available-for-sale investment securities is provided in note 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

As of December 31, 2016, based on a review of each of the securities in the investment securities portfolio, the Company concluded that the declines in the values of any securities containing an unrealized loss were temporary and that any additional other-than-temporary

97


 

impairment charges were not appropriate. During 2016, the Company sold all of its collateralized debt obligations held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio for a pre-tax gain of $30 million.  Those securities had been obtained through the acquisition of other banks.  Divestiture of the majority of the securities would have been required prior to July 21, 2017 in accordance with the Volcker Rule.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its impaired securities, that is, where fair value is less than the cost basis of the security. The Company intends to continue to closely monitor the performance of its securities because changes in their underlying credit performance or other events could cause the cost basis of those securities to become other-than-temporarily impaired. However, because the unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities have generally already been reflected in the financial statement values for investment securities and shareholders’ equity, any recognition of an other-than-temporary decline in value of those investment securities would not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition. Any other-than-temporary impairment charge related to held-to-maturity securities would result in reductions in the financial statement values for investment securities and shareholders’ equity. Additional information concerning fair value measurements and the Company’s approach to the classification of such measurements is included in note 20 of the Notes to Financial Statements. For additional information concerning the Volcker Rule, refer to Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the heading “Volcker Rule.”

The Company assessed impairment losses on privately issued mortgage-backed securities in the held-to-maturity portfolio by performing internal modeling to estimate bond-specific cash flows considering recent performance of the mortgage loan collateral and utilizing assumptions about future defaults and loss severity. These bond-specific cash flows also reflect the placement of the bond in the overall securitization structure and the remaining subordination levels. In total, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had in its held-to-maturity portfolio privately issued mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost basis of $158 million and $181 million, respectively, and a fair value of $121 million and $142 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016, 85% of the mortgage-backed securities were in the most senior tranche of the securitization structure with 25% being independently rated as investment grade. The mortgage-backed securities are generally collateralized by residential and small-balance commercial real estate loans originated between 2004 and 2008 and had a weighted-average credit enhancement of 16% at December 31, 2016, calculated by dividing the remaining unpaid principal balance of bonds subordinate to the bonds owned by the Company plus any overcollateralization remaining in the securitization structure by the remaining unpaid principal balance of all bonds in the securitization structure. All mortgage-backed securities in the held-to-maturity portfolio had a current payment status as of December 31, 2016. The weighted-average default percentage and loss severity assumptions utilized in the Company’s internal modeling were 30% and 79%, respectively. The Company has concluded that as of December 31, 2016, those privately issued mortgage-backed securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired. Nevertheless, it is possible that adverse changes in the future performance of mortgage loan collateral underlying such securities could impact the Company’s conclusions.

Adjustments to reflect the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans, net of applicable tax effect, reduced accumulated other comprehensive income by $273 million, or $1.75 per common share, at December 31, 2016, $297 million, or $1.86 per common share, at December 31, 2015 and $306 million, or $2.31 per common share, at December 31, 2014. Information about the funded status of the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans is included in note 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

On June 29, 2016, M&T announced that the Federal Reserve did not object to M&T’s revised 2016 Capital Plan.  That plan includes the repurchase of up to $1.15 billion of common shares during the four-quarter period starting on July 1, 2016 and an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend in the first quarter of 2017 of up to $.05 per share to $.75 per share.  M&T may also

98


 

continue to pay dividends and interest on other equity and debt instruments included in regulatory capital, including preferred stock, trust preferred securities and subordinated debt that were outstanding at December 31, 2015, consistent with the contractual terms of those instruments. Dividends are subject to declaration by M&T’s Board of Directors. Furthermore, on July 19, 2016, M&T’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $1.15 billion of shares of M&T’s common stock subject to all applicable regulatory limitations, including those set forth in M&T’s 2016 Capital Plan.  During 2016, in accordance with the 2016 and 2015 Capital Plans, M&T repurchased 5,607,595 common shares for $641 million. The remaining amount of authorized common share repurchases pursuant to the 2016 Capital Plan at December 31, 2016 totaled $763 million, of which $538 million should be repurchased in the first quarter of 2017 and $225 million in the second quarter. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock in 2015 or 2014.

Cash dividends declared on M&T’s common stock totaled $442 million in 2016, compared with $375 million and $371 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Dividends per common share totaled $2.80 in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. Dividends of $81 million in each of 2016 and 2015 and $76 million in 2014 were declared on preferred stock in accordance with the terms of each series. No dividends were declared in 2016 on the Series F preferred stock issued in October 2016.

M&T and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the federal banking agencies. Pursuant to those regulations, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

 

4.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) to risk-weighted assets (each as defined in the capital regulations);

 

6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets (each as defined in the capital regulations);

 

8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets (each as defined in the capital regulations); and

 

4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”), as defined in the capital regulations.

In addition, capital regulations provide for the phase-in of a “capital conservation buffer” composed entirely of CET1 on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios.  When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019 the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%.  For 2016, the phase-in transition portion of that buffer was .625%. The regulatory capital amounts and ratios of M&T and its bank subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 are presented in note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements. A detailed discussion of the regulatory capital rules is included in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the heading “Capital Requirements.”

The Company is also subject to the comprehensive regulatory framework applicable to bank and financial holding companies and their subsidiaries, which includes regular examinations by a number of federal regulators. Regulation of financial institutions such as M&T and its subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and the banking and financial system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of shareholders, investors or creditors other than insured depositors. Changes in laws, regulations and regulatory policies applicable to the Company’s operations can increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive environment in which the Company operates, all of which could have a material effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and in M&T’s ability to pay dividends. For additional information concerning this comprehensive regulatory framework, refer to Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

99


 

On June 17, 2013, M&T and M&T Bank entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Under the terms of the agreement, M&T and M&T Bank were required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York a revised compliance risk management program designed to ensure compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money-laundering laws and regulations (“BSA/AML”) and to take certain other steps to enhance their compliance practices. M&T and M&T Bank have since made substantial progress in implementing a BSA/AML program with significantly expanded scale and scope, as recognized by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in its Order approving M&T and M&T Bank’s applications to acquire Hudson City and Hudson City Savings Bank. M&T and M&T Bank are continuing to work towards the resolution of all outstanding issues in the written agreement.

Fourth Quarter Results

Net income during the fourth quarter of 2016 was $331 million, up 22% from $271 million in the year-earlier quarter.  The final 2015 quarter reflected the impact of merger-related expenses associated with the acquisition of Hudson City. There were no merger-related expenses in the fourth quarter of 2016. Diluted and basic earnings per common share were each $1.98 in the final quarter of 2016, compared with diluted and basic earnings per common share of $1.65 in the year-earlier quarter.  The annualized rates of return on average assets and average common shareholders’ equity for the fourth quarter of 2016 were 1.05% and 8.13%, respectively, compared with .93% and 7.22%, respectively, in the similar quarter of 2015.

Net operating income totaled $336 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared with $338 million in the year-earlier quarter. Diluted net operating earnings per common share were $2.01 and $2.09 in the fourth quarters of 2016 and 2015, respectively. The annualized net operating returns on average tangible assets and average tangible common equity in the final quarter of 2016 were 1.10% and 11.93%, respectively, compared with 1.21% and 13.26%, respectively, in the corresponding 2015 quarter. Reconciliations of GAAP results with non-GAAP results for the quarterly periods of 2016 and 2015 are provided in table 24.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis aggregated $883 million in the last quarter of 2016, 9% above $813 million recorded in the year-earlier period. That improvement was attributable to a 10% increase in average earning assets, which grew to $114.3 billion in the recent quarter from $103.6 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. The growth in earning assets was largely the result of higher average loans, which rose to $90.0 billion in the fourth quarter of 2016, up $8.9 billion, or 11%, from $81.1 billion in the year-earlier quarter. Partially offsetting the favorable impact of the asset growth was a four basis point narrowing of the net interest margin to 3.08% in the recent quarter from 3.12% in 2015’s fourth quarter. Average commercial loan and lease balances were $21.9 billion in the recent quarter, up $1.7 billion or 8% from $20.2 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015. Commercial real estate loans averaged $32.8 billion in the fourth quarter of 2016, up $3.8 billion or 13% from $29.0 billion in the year-earlier quarter. The growth in commercial loans and commercial real estate loans reflects higher loan demand by customers. Included in the commercial real estate loan portfolio were average balances of loans held for sale of $524 million in the final 2016 quarter, compared with $145 million in the year-earlier period. Average residential real estate loans outstanding increased $2.7 billion to $23.1 billion in the recent quarter from $20.4 billion in the fourth quarter of 2015, reflecting the full-quarter impact of loans acquired in the Hudson City acquisition, net of loan repayments during 2016. Included in the residential real estate loan portfolio were average balances of loans held for sale of $410 million in the recent quarter, compared with $368 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Consumer loans averaged $12.1 billion in the recent quarter, up $576 million, or 5%, from $11.5 billion in the final 2015 quarter. That increase was primarily due to higher average balances of automobile and recreational vehicle loans. Total loans and leases at December 31, 2016 rose $1.2 billion to $90.9

100


 

billion from $89.6 billion at September 30, 2016. That growth was predominantly attributable to an increase in outstanding commercial real estate loans. The net interest spread narrowed in the fourth quarter of 2016 to 2.88%, down six basis points from 2.94% in the last quarter of 2015. The yield on earning assets in the final 2016 quarter was 3.45%, down three basis points from the year-earlier quarter. That decline reflects the impact of higher average balances of relatively low-yielding interest-bearing deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and lower yields on investment securities. The rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities in the fourth quarter of 2016 was .57%, up three basis points from .54% in the similar 2015 quarter. That increase was largely due to higher rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, in part associated with time deposits obtained in the Hudson City acquisition. The contribution of net interest-free funds to the Company’s net interest margin was .20% in the recent quarter, compared with .18% in the fourth 2015 quarter. As a result, the Company’s net interest margin narrowed to 3.08% in the final quarter of 2016 from 3.12% in the corresponding period of 2015.

The provision for credit losses in the final quarter of 2016 was $62 million, compared with $58 million in the year-earlier period. A $21 million provision for credit losses was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2015, in accordance with GAAP, related to loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City that had a fair value in excess of outstanding principal. GAAP provides that an allowance for credit losses on such loans be recorded beyond the recognition of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. Net loan charge-offs were $49 million in the recent quarter, representing an annualized .22% of average loans and leases outstanding, compared with $36 million or .18% during the fourth quarter of 2015. Net charge-offs included: residential real estate loans of $5 million in the final 2016 quarter, compared with $2 million in 2015’s fourth quarter; net charge-offs of commercial real estate loans of $1 million in the recent quarter, compared with net recoveries of $2 million in the year-earlier quarter; net charge-offs of commercial loans of $17 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared with net recoveries of $3 million in year-earlier quarter; and net charge-offs of consumer loans of $26 million in the recently completed quarter, compared with $39 million 2015’s fourth quarter. Net charge-offs of commercial loans and leases in the fourth quarter of 2016 included a $12 million charge-off associated with a multi-regional manufacturer of refractory brick and other castable products. Reflected in net recoveries of previously charged-off commercial loans in the fourth quarter of 2015 were $10 million of recoveries from a motor vehicle-related parts wholesaler. Net charge-offs of consumer loans in the fourth quarter of 2015 included a $20 million charge-off associated with a personal usage loan obtained in a previous acquisition.

Other income aggregated $465 million in the three-month period ended December 31, 2016, up from $448 million in the similar period of 2015. That improvement resulted predominantly from higher mortgage banking revenues and trust income. The $11 million rise in mortgage banking revenues includes higher commercial mortgage banking revenues of $9 million resulting from increased loan origination and sales activities. The $7 million increase in trust income was primarily the result of higher revenues in the ICS business reflecting increased fees earned from money-market funds and stronger sales activities.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, other expense aggregated $769 million, compared with $786 million in the similar 2015 quarter. Included in such amounts are expenses considered to be “nonoperating” in nature consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $9 million and $10 million during the quarters ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $76 million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses were $760 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared with $701 million in the year-earlier quarter. The increased operating expenses in the recently completed quarter reflect the $30 million contribution to The M&T Charitable Foundation and higher expenses for salaries and employee benefits and FDIC assessments. The recent quarter increase in salaries and employee benefits resulted largely from higher incentive

101


 

compensation costs as compared with 2015’s fourth quarter. The Company’s efficiency ratio during the fourth quarters of 2016 and 2015 was 56.4% and 55.5%, respectively. Table 24 includes a reconciliation of other expense to noninterest operating expense and the calculation of the efficiency ratio for each of the quarters of 2016 and 2015.

 

 

Segment Information

In accordance with GAAP, the Company’s reportable segments have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer, and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking.

The financial information of the Company’s segments was compiled utilizing the accounting policies described in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements. The management accounting policies and processes utilized in compiling segment financial information are highly subjective and, unlike financial accounting, are not based on authoritative guidance similar to GAAP. As a result, reported segments and the financial information of the reported segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information reported by other financial institutions.  Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data.   During 2016, the Company revised its funds transfer pricing allocation related to borrowings and to the residential real estate loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City, retroactive to 2015.  Accordingly, financial information for the Discretionary Portfolio segment and the “All Other” category for 2015 has been reclassified to conform to the current allocation methodology.  Financial information about the Company’s segments, including the impact of the change noted above, is presented in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Business Banking segment provides a wide range of services to small businesses and professionals within markets served by the Company through the Company’s branch network, business banking centers and other delivery channels such as telephone banking, Internet banking and automated teller machines. Services and products offered by this segment include various business loans and leases, including loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration, business credit cards, deposit products, and financial services such as cash management, payroll and direct deposit, merchant credit card and letters of credit. The Business Banking segment recorded net income of $93 million in 2016, compared with $99 million in 2015.  That 5% decline was attributable to higher centrally-allocated costs largely associated with the acquired Hudson City operations, an increase in FDIC assessments of $3 million and higher personnel costs and advertising and marketing expenses of $2 million each, offset, in part, by a $15 million rise in net interest income and a $3 million decline in the provision for credit losses.  The growth in net interest income reflected an increase in average outstanding deposit balances of $986 million.  Net income for this segment also aggregated $99 million in 2014.  Declines in 2015 in net interest income of $7 million and service charges on deposit accounts of $2 million were offset by a $3 million decrease in the provision for credit losses, due to lower net charge-offs, a $4 million increase in merchant discount and credit card fees and lower costs for FDIC assessments of $2 million.  The decline in net interest income resulted from a narrowing of the net interest margin on deposits of 18 basis points offset, in part, by an increase in average outstanding deposit balances of $615 million.

The Commercial Banking segment provides a wide range of credit products and banking services for middle-market and large commercial customers, mainly within the markets served by the Company. Services provided by this segment include commercial lending and leasing, letters of credit, deposit products, and cash management services.  The Commercial Banking segment

102


 

contributed net income of $412 million in 2016, compared with $431 million in 2015.  That decline was due to the following factors:  lower letter of credit and other credit-related fees of $15 million, largely due to loan syndication fees; higher FDIC assessments of $13 million; an increase in the provision for credit losses of $10 million; lower gains on the sale of previously leased equipment of $9 million; an increase in personnel costs of $5 million; and higher allocated operating expenses associated with data processing, risk management and other support services provided to the Commercial Banking segment.  Those unfavorable factors were largely offset by a $32 million rise in net interest income and a $4 million increase in corporate advisory fees.  The higher net interest income resulted from higher average outstanding loan and deposit balances of $1.4 billion and $794 million, respectively.  Net income for the Commercial Banking segment totaled $403 million in 2014.  The 7% improvement in net income in 2015 as compared with 2014 resulted from:  a $7 million rise in net interest income, reflecting growth in average outstanding loan and deposit balances of $1.3 billion and $569 million, respectively, partially offset by a narrowing of the net interest margin on loans and deposits of eight basis points and six basis points, respectively; increased gains from the sale of equipment previously leased to commercial customers of $15 million; higher credit-related and other fees of $8 million; and an $8 million decline in the provision for credit losses, reflecting a partial recovery of $10 million associated with a relationship with a motor vehicle-related parts wholesaler previously charged-off in 2013.

The Commercial Real Estate segment provides credit and deposit services to its customers. Real estate securing loans in this segment is generally located in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia, the District of Columbia and the western portion of the United States.  Commercial real estate loans may be secured by apartment/multifamily buildings; office, retail and industrial space; or other types of collateral. Activities of this segment also include the origination, sales and servicing of commercial real estate loans through the Fannie Mae DUS program and other programs.  Commercial real estate loans held for sale are included in this segment.  Net income of the Commercial Real Estate segment aggregated $350 million in 2016, up 3% from $341 million in 2015.  That improvement resulted from: a rise in net interest income of $30 million; higher mortgage banking revenues of $27 million, resulting from increased loan origination activities; and higher trading account and foreign exchange gains of $8 million, largely due to increased volumes of interest rate swap transactions executed by commercial customers.  Those favorable factors were partially offset by increased FDIC assessments of $14 million, a $10 million rise in personnel-related expenses, a $5 million increase in the provision for credit losses and higher allocated operating expenses associated with data processing, risk management and other support services provided to the Commercial Real Estate segment.  The higher net interest income was attributable to a $2.3 billion increase in average loan balances and a 19 basis point widening of the net interest margin on deposits, offset, in part, by a 22 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin on loans.  Net income for this segment was $316 million in 2014.  The 8% increase in net income in 2015 as compared with 2014 reflected increases in net interest income and mortgage banking revenues.  The $23 million rise in net interest income resulted largely from increases in average outstanding loan and deposit balances of $1.4 billion and $393 million, respectively, partially offset by a narrowing of the net interest margin on deposits and loans of 11 basis points and six basis points, respectively.  The increase in mortgage banking revenues of $13 million was largely reflective of an increase in loans originated for sale and higher servicing revenues.   

The Discretionary Portfolio segment includes investment and trading account securities, residential real estate loans (including those obtained in the Hudson City acquisition) and other assets; short-term and long-term borrowed funds; brokered deposits; and Cayman Islands office deposits.  This segment also provides foreign exchange services to customers.  The Discretionary Portfolio segment recorded net income of $164 million in 2016 and $59 million in 2015.  Reflected

103


 

in 2016’s results were pre-tax investment securities gains of $30 million from the sale of the Company’s collateralized debt obligations.  In addition to the investment securities gains, the improved performance of this segment in 2016 as compared with 2015 was due to a $248 million rise in net interest income, which reflects the impact of the acquisition of Hudson City.  Those favorable factors were partially offset by increases of $25 million in the provision for credit losses and $16 million in FDIC assessments, and higher loan and other real estate servicing costs.  Net income contributed by the Discretionary Portfolio segment totaled $48 million in 2014.  The higher net income in 2015 as compared with 2014 reflected the impact of the residential real estate loans obtained in the November 1, 2015 acquisition of Hudson City.  Partially offsetting the favorable impact of those loans on net interest income was a 27 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin on investment securities, resulting from the Company’s allocation of funding charges associated with those assets.  A $9 million year-over-year decline in the provision for credit losses also contributed to the improvement in the segment’s net income.  Those favorable factors were partially offset by higher loan servicing and other costs.

The Residential Mortgage Banking segment originates and services residential mortgage loans and sells substantially all of those loans in the secondary market to investors or to the Discretionary Portfolio segment.  In addition to the geographic regions served by or contiguous with the Company’s branch network, the Company maintains mortgage loan origination offices in several western states.  The Company periodically purchases the rights to service loans and also sub-services residential real estate loans for others. Residential real estate loans held for sale are included in this segment.  The Residential Mortgage Banking segment’s net income declined 10% to $80 million in 2016 from $89 million in 2015. That decline reflected lower revenues from servicing residential real estate loans for unaffiliated parties of $23 million, offset, in part, by a $7 million rise in net interest income and increased intersegment revenues.  Net income for the Residential Mortgage Banking segment in 2015 was up 5% from $85 million in 2014.  The improved performance in 2015 resulted from lower amortization of capitalized servicing rights of $19 million (reflecting lower prepayment trends), partially offset by increased professional services, personnel costs and centrally-allocated loan servicing expenses.

The Retail Banking segment offers a variety of services to consumers through several delivery channels which include branch offices, automated teller machines, and telephone, mobile and Internet banking. The Company has branch offices in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia. Credit services offered by this segment include consumer installment loans, automobile loans (originated both directly and indirectly through dealers), home equity loans and lines of credit and credit cards. The segment also offers to its customers deposit products, including demand, savings and time accounts; investment products, including mutual funds and annuities; and other services.  Net income for the Retail Banking segment was $275 million in 2016, up 3% from $268 million in 2015.  An increase in net interest income of $157 million, predominantly due to the impact of deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City, was largely offset by the following unfavorable factors:  a $47 million rise in the provision for credit losses, including the accelerated partial charge-offs of $32 million recognized on loans for which the customer was either bankrupt or deceased; increases in expenses for personnel, equipment and net occupancy, and advertising and marketing of $45 million, $18 million and $11 million, respectively, that include the impact of the expanded operations associated with the acquisition of Hudson City; higher FDIC assessments of $10 million; and higher allocated operating expenses associated with data processing, risk management and other support services provided from centralized service areas.  This segment’s net income declined 2% in 2015 from $273 million in 2014.  An $8 million rise in net interest income, largely due to increases in average outstanding loan balances, and a $4 million decline in the provision for credit losses, largely due to lower net charge-offs, were more than offset by a $6 million decline in fees earned for

104


 

providing deposit account services, a $5 million decrease in servicing revenues related to securitized automobile loans, and higher operating expenses, including expenses associated with operations added in the Hudson City acquisition.

The “All Other” category reflects other activities of the Company that are not directly attributable to the reported segments.  Reflected in this category are the amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of financial institutions, M&T’s share of the operating losses of BLG, merger-related expenses resulting from acquisitions and the net impact of the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with the earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments, and the provision for credit losses.  The “All Other” category also includes trust income of the Company that reflects the ICS and WAS business activities.  The various components of the “All Other” category resulted in net losses of $58 million, $206 million and $158 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Reflected in 2015’s results was the $45 million pre-tax gain related to the sale of the trade processing business within the retirement services division.  The improved performance in 2016 as compared with 2015 was predominantly due to the favorable impact from the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments and a $61 million decrease in merger-related expenses associated with the acquisition of Hudson City.  The most significant factors contributing to the unfavorable performance in 2015 as compared with 2014 include:  higher personnel-related expenses, including the impact of merger-related expenses and increased pension costs; a decline in trust income, predominantly due to the impact of the April 2015 sale of the trade processing business; and higher charitable contributions.  Those unfavorable factors were offset, in part, by lower professional services costs, largely related to elevated 2014 costs associated with BSA/AML and other company-wide initiatives, the $45 million gain from the sale of the trade processing business, and the favorable impact from the Company’s allocation methodologies.

 

 

Recent Accounting Developments

A discussion of recent accounting developments is included in note 26 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and other sections of this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about the Company’s business, management’s beliefs and assumptions made by management. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “target,” “estimate,” “continue,” “positions,” “prospects” or “potential,” by future conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or “may,” or by variations of such words or by similar expressions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions (“Future Factors”) which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and the Company assumes no duty to update forward-looking statements.

Future Factors include changes in interest rates, spreads on earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and interest rate sensitivity; prepayment speeds, loan originations, credit losses and market values of loans, collateral securing loans and other assets; sources of liquidity; common shares

105


 

outstanding; common stock price volatility; fair value of and number of stock-based compensation awards to be issued in future periods; the impact of changes in market values on trust-related revenues; legislation and/or regulation affecting the financial services industry as a whole, and M&T and its subsidiaries individually or collectively, including tax legislation or regulation; regulatory supervision and oversight, including monetary policy and capital requirements; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or regulatory agencies; increasing price and product/service competition by competitors, including new entrants; rapid technological developments and changes; the ability to continue to introduce competitive new products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis; the mix of products/services; containing costs and expenses; governmental and public policy changes; protection and validity of intellectual property rights; reliance on large customers; technological, implementation and cost/financial risks in large, multi-year contracts; the outcome of pending and future litigation and governmental proceedings, including tax-related examinations and other matters; continued availability of financing; financial resources in the amounts, at the times and on the terms required to support M&T and its subsidiaries’ future businesses; and material differences in the actual financial results of merger, acquisition and investment activities compared with M&T’s initial expectations, including the full realization of anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements.

These are representative of the Future Factors that could affect the outcome of the forward-looking statements. In addition, such statements could be affected by general industry and market conditions and growth rates, general economic and political conditions, either nationally or in the states in which M&T and its subsidiaries do business, including interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes and trends in the securities markets, and other Future Factors.

106


 

Table 23

QUARTERLY TRENDS

 

 

2016 Quarters

 

 

2015 Quarters

 

 

 

 

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

 

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

 

Earnings and dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts in thousands, except per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)

 

$

990,284

 

 

 

976,240

 

 

 

977,143

 

 

 

979,166

 

 

 

908,734

 

 

 

776,274

 

 

 

766,374

 

 

 

743,925

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

107,137

 

 

 

111,175

 

 

 

106,802

 

 

 

100,870

 

 

 

95,333

 

 

 

77,199

 

 

 

77,226

 

 

 

78,499

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

883,147

 

 

 

865,065

 

 

 

870,341

 

 

 

878,296

 

 

 

813,401

 

 

 

699,075

 

 

 

689,148

 

 

 

665,426

 

 

Less: provision for credit losses

 

 

62,000

 

 

 

47,000

 

 

 

32,000

 

 

 

49,000

 

 

 

58,000

 

 

 

44,000

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

38,000

 

 

Other income

 

 

465,459

 

 

 

491,350

 

 

 

448,254

 

 

 

420,933

 

 

 

448,108

 

 

 

439,699

 

 

 

497,027

 

 

 

440,203

 

 

Less: other expense

 

 

769,103

 

 

 

752,392

 

 

 

749,895

 

 

 

776,095

 

 

 

786,113

 

 

 

653,816

 

 

 

696,628

 

 

 

686,375

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

517,503

 

 

 

557,023

 

 

 

536,700

 

 

 

474,134

 

 

 

417,396

 

 

 

440,958

 

 

 

459,547

 

 

 

381,254

 

 

Applicable income taxes

 

 

179,549

 

 

 

200,314

 

 

 

194,147

 

 

 

169,274

 

 

 

140,074

 

 

 

154,309

 

 

 

166,839

 

 

 

133,803

 

 

Taxable-equivalent adjustment

 

 

7,383

 

 

 

6,725

 

 

 

6,522

 

 

 

6,332

 

 

 

6,357

 

 

 

6,248

 

 

 

6,020

 

 

 

5,838

 

 

Net income

 

$

330,571

 

 

 

349,984

 

 

 

336,031

 

 

 

298,528

 

 

 

270,965

 

 

 

280,401

 

 

 

286,688

 

 

 

241,613

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders-

   diluted

 

$

307,797

 

 

 

326,998

 

 

 

312,974

 

 

 

275,748

 

 

 

248,059

 

 

 

257,346

 

 

 

263,481

 

 

 

218,837

 

 

Per common share data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings

 

$

1.98

 

 

 

2.10

 

 

 

1.98

 

 

 

1.74

 

 

 

1.65

 

 

 

1.94

 

 

 

1.99

 

 

 

1.66

 

 

Diluted earnings

 

 

1.98

 

 

 

2.10

 

 

 

1.98

 

 

 

1.73

 

 

 

1.65

 

 

 

1.93

 

 

 

1.98

 

 

 

1.65

 

 

Cash dividends

 

$

.70

 

 

 

.70

 

 

 

.70

 

 

 

.70

 

 

 

.70

 

 

 

.70

 

 

 

.70

 

 

 

.70

 

 

Average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

155,123

 

 

 

155,493

 

 

 

157,802

 

 

 

158,734

 

 

 

150,027

 

 

 

132,630

 

 

 

132,356

 

 

 

132,049

 

 

Diluted

 

 

155,700

 

 

 

156,026

 

 

 

158,341

 

 

 

159,181

 

 

 

150,718

 

 

 

133,376

 

 

 

133,116

 

 

 

132,769

 

 

Performance ratios, annualized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

 

1.05

%

 

 

1.12

%

 

 

1.09

%

 

 

.97

%

 

 

.93

%

 

 

1.13

%

 

 

1.18

%

 

 

1.02

%

 

Average common shareholders’ equity

 

 

8.13

%

 

 

8.68

%

 

 

8.38

%

 

 

7.44

%

 

 

7.22

%

 

 

8.93

%

 

 

9.37

%

 

 

7.99

%

 

Net interest margin on average earning assets

   (taxable-equivalent basis)

 

 

3.08

%

 

 

3.05

%

 

 

3.13

%

 

 

3.18

%

 

 

3.12

%

 

 

3.14

%

 

 

3.17

%

 

 

3.17

%

 

Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases, net

   of unearned discount

 

 

1.01

%

 

 

.93

%

 

 

.96

%

 

 

1.00

%

 

 

.91

%

 

 

1.15

%

 

 

1.17

%

 

 

1.18

%

 

Net operating (tangible) results(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income (in thousands)

 

$

336,095

 

 

 

355,929

 

 

 

350,604

 

 

 

320,064

 

 

 

337,613

 

 

 

282,907

 

 

 

290,341

 

 

 

245,776

 

 

Diluted net operating income per common share

 

 

2.01

 

 

 

2.13

 

 

 

2.07

 

 

 

1.87

 

 

 

2.09

 

 

 

1.95

 

 

 

2.01

 

 

 

1.68

 

 

Annualized return on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average tangible assets

 

 

1.10

%

 

 

1.18

%

 

 

1.18

%

 

 

1.09

%

 

 

1.21

%

 

 

1.18

%

 

 

1.24

%

 

 

1.08

%

 

Average tangible common shareholders’ equity

 

 

11.93

%

 

 

12.77

%

 

 

12.68

%

 

 

11.62

%

 

 

13.26

%

 

 

12.98

%

 

 

13.76

%

 

 

11.90

%

 

Efficiency ratio(b)

 

 

56.42

%

 

 

55.92

%

 

 

55.06

%

 

 

57.00

%

 

 

55.53

%

 

 

57.05

%

 

 

58.23

%

 

 

61.46

%

 

Balance sheet data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In millions, except per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets(c)

 

$

125,734

 

 

 

124,725

 

 

 

123,706

 

 

 

123,252

 

 

 

115,052

 

 

 

98,515

 

 

 

97,598

 

 

 

95,892

 

 

Total tangible assets(c)

 

 

121,079

 

 

 

120,064

 

 

 

119,039

 

 

 

118,577

 

 

 

110,772

 

 

 

94,989

 

 

 

94,067

 

 

 

92,346

 

 

Earning assets

 

 

114,254

 

 

 

112,864

 

 

 

111,872

 

 

 

111,211

 

 

 

103,587

 

 

 

88,446

 

 

 

87,333

 

 

 

85,212

 

 

Investment securities

 

 

15,417

 

 

 

14,361

 

 

 

14,914

 

 

 

15,348

 

 

 

15,786

 

 

 

14,441

 

 

 

14,195

 

 

 

13,376

 

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

 

 

89,977

 

 

 

88,732

 

 

 

88,155

 

 

 

87,584

 

 

 

81,110

 

 

 

67,849

 

 

 

67,670

 

 

 

66,587

 

 

Deposits

 

 

96,914

 

 

 

95,852

 

 

 

94,033

 

 

 

92,391

 

 

 

85,657

 

 

 

73,821

 

 

 

72,958

 

 

 

71,698

 

 

Common shareholders’ equity(c)

 

 

15,181

 

 

 

15,115

 

 

 

15,145

 

 

 

15,047

 

 

 

13,775

 

 

 

11,555

 

 

 

11,404

 

 

 

11,227

 

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity(c)

 

 

10,526

 

 

 

10,454

 

 

 

10,478

 

 

 

10,372

 

 

 

9,495

 

 

 

8,029

 

 

 

7,873

 

 

 

7,681

 

 

At end of quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets(c)

 

$

123,449

 

 

 

126,841

 

 

 

123,821

 

 

 

124,626

 

 

 

122,788

 

 

 

97,797

 

 

 

97,080

 

 

 

98,378

 

 

Total tangible assets(c)

 

 

118,797

 

 

 

122,183

 

 

 

119,157

 

 

 

119,955

 

 

 

118,109

 

 

 

94,272

 

 

 

93,552

 

 

 

94,834

 

 

Earning assets

 

 

112,192

 

 

 

115,293

 

 

 

112,057

 

 

 

113,005

 

 

 

110,802

 

 

 

87,807

 

 

 

86,990

 

 

 

87,959

 

 

Investment securities

 

 

16,250

 

 

 

14,734

 

 

 

14,963

 

 

 

15,467

 

 

 

15,656

 

 

 

14,495

 

 

 

14,752

 

 

 

14,393

 

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

 

 

90,853

 

 

 

89,646

 

 

 

88,522

 

 

 

87,872

 

 

 

87,489

 

 

 

68,540

 

 

 

68,131

 

 

 

67,099

 

 

Deposits

 

 

95,494

 

 

 

98,137

 

 

 

94,650

 

 

 

94,215

 

 

 

91,958

 

 

 

72,945

 

 

 

72,630

 

 

 

73,594

 

 

Common shareholders’ equity, net of

   undeclared cumulative preferred dividends(c)

 

 

15,252

 

 

 

15,106

 

 

 

15,237

 

 

 

15,120

 

 

 

14,939

 

 

 

11,687

 

 

 

11,433

 

 

 

11,294

 

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity(c)

 

 

10,600

 

 

 

10,448

 

 

 

10,573

 

 

 

10,449

 

 

 

10,260

 

 

 

8,162

 

 

 

7,905

 

 

 

7,750

 

 

Equity per common share

 

 

97.64

 

 

 

97.47

 

 

 

96.49

 

 

 

95.00

 

 

 

93.60

 

 

 

87.67

 

 

 

85.90

 

 

 

84.95

 

 

Tangible equity per common share

 

 

67.85

 

 

 

67.42

 

 

 

66.95

 

 

 

65.65

 

 

 

64.28

 

 

 

61.22

 

 

 

59.39

 

 

 

58.29

 

 

Market price per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

158.35

 

 

 

120.40

 

 

 

121.11

 

 

 

119.24

 

 

 

127.39

 

 

 

134.00

 

 

 

128.70

 

 

 

129.58

 

 

Low

 

 

112.25

 

 

 

111.13

 

 

 

107.01

 

 

 

100.08

 

 

 

111.50

 

 

 

111.86

 

 

 

117.86

 

 

 

111.78

 

 

Closing

 

 

156.43

 

 

 

116.10

 

 

 

118.23

 

 

 

111.00

 

 

 

121.18

 

 

 

121.95

 

 

 

124.93

 

 

 

127.00

 

 

 

(a)

Excludes amortization and balances related to goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets and merger-related expenses which, except in the calculation of the efficiency ratio, are net of applicable income tax effects. A reconciliation of net income and net operating income appears in Table 24.

(b)

Excludes impact of merger-related expenses and net securities transactions.

(c)

The difference between total assets and total tangible assets, and common shareholders’ equity and tangible common shareholders’ equity, represents goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, net of applicable deferred tax balances. A reconciliation of such balances appears in Table 24.

107


 

Table 24

RECONCILIATION OF QUARTERLY GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

 

 

2016 Quarters

 

 

2015 Quarters

 

 

 

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

 

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

Income statement data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollars in thousands, except per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

330,571

 

 

 

349,984

 

 

 

336,031

 

 

 

298,528

 

 

 

270,965

 

 

 

280,401

 

 

 

286,688

 

 

 

241,613

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible

   assets(a)

 

 

5,524

 

 

 

5,945

 

 

 

6,936

 

 

 

7,488

 

 

 

5,828

 

 

 

2,506

 

 

 

3,653

 

 

 

4,163

 

Merger-related expenses(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,637

 

 

 

14,048

 

 

 

60,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating income

 

$

336,095

 

 

 

355,929

 

 

 

350,604

 

 

 

320,064

 

 

 

337,613

 

 

 

282,907

 

 

 

290,341

 

 

 

245,776

 

Earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

1.98

 

 

 

2.10

 

 

 

1.98

 

 

 

1.73

 

 

 

1.65

 

 

 

1.93

 

 

 

1.98

 

 

 

1.65

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible

   assets(a)

 

 

.03

 

 

 

.03

 

 

 

.04

 

 

 

.05

 

 

 

.04

 

 

 

.02

 

 

 

.03

 

 

 

.03

 

Merger-related expenses(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.05

 

 

 

.09

 

 

 

.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net operating earnings per common share

 

$

2.01

 

 

 

2.13

 

 

 

2.07

 

 

 

1.87

 

 

 

2.09

 

 

 

1.95

 

 

 

2.01

 

 

 

1.68

 

Other expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense

 

$

769,103

 

 

 

752,392

 

 

 

749,895

 

 

 

776,095

 

 

 

786,113

 

 

 

653,816

 

 

 

696,628

 

 

 

686,375

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(9,089

)

 

 

(9,787

)

 

 

(11,418

)

 

 

(12,319

)

 

 

(9,576

)

 

 

(4,090

)

 

 

(5,965

)

 

 

(6,793

)

Merger-related expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,593

)

 

 

(23,162

)

 

 

(75,976

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest operating expense

 

$

760,014

 

 

 

742,605

 

 

 

725,884

 

 

 

740,614

 

 

 

700,561

 

 

 

649,726

 

 

 

690,663

 

 

 

679,582

 

Merger-related expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

5,274

 

 

 

51,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment and net occupancy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

939

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outside data processing and software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

352

 

 

 

715

 

 

 

785

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,327

 

 

 

4,195

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printing, postage and supplies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

545

 

 

 

937

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other costs of operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,970

 

 

 

11,102

 

 

 

23,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,593

 

 

 

23,162

 

 

 

75,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,593

 

 

 

23,162

 

 

 

96,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest operating expense (numerator)

 

$

760,014

 

 

 

742,605

 

 

 

725,884

 

 

 

740,614

 

 

 

700,561

 

 

 

649,726

 

 

 

690,663

 

 

 

679,582

 

Taxable-equivalent net interest income

 

 

883,147

 

 

 

865,065

 

 

 

870,341

 

 

 

878,296

 

 

 

813,401

 

 

 

699,075

 

 

 

689,148

 

 

 

665,426

 

Other income

 

 

465,459

 

 

 

491,350

 

 

 

448,254

 

 

 

420,933

 

 

 

448,108

 

 

 

439,699

 

 

 

497,027

 

 

 

440,203

 

Less: Gain (loss) on bank investment securities

 

 

1,566

 

 

 

28,480

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(98

)

Denominator

 

$

1,347,040

 

 

 

1,327,935

 

 

 

1,318,331

 

 

 

1,299,225

 

 

 

1,261,531

 

 

 

1,138,774

 

 

 

1,186,185

 

 

 

1,105,727

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

56.42

%

 

 

55.92

%

 

 

55.06

%

 

 

57.00

%

 

 

55.53

%

 

 

57.05

%

 

 

58.23

%

 

 

61.46

%

Balance sheet data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

$

125,734

 

 

 

124,725

 

 

 

123,706

 

 

 

123,252

 

 

 

115,052

 

 

 

98,515

 

 

 

97,598

 

 

 

95,892

 

Goodwill

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,218

)

 

 

(3,513

)

 

 

(3,514

)

 

 

(3,525

)

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(102

)

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(31

)

Deferred taxes

 

 

40

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

10

 

Average tangible assets

 

$

121,079

 

 

 

120,064

 

 

 

119,039

 

 

 

118,577

 

 

 

110,772

 

 

 

94,989

 

 

 

94,067

 

 

 

92,346

 

Average common equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total equity

 

$

16,673

 

 

 

16,347

 

 

 

16,377

 

 

 

16,279

 

 

 

15,007

 

 

 

12,787

 

 

 

12,636

 

 

 

12,459

 

Preferred stock

 

 

(1,492

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

Average common equity

 

 

15,181

 

 

 

15,115

 

 

 

15,145

 

 

 

15,047

 

 

 

13,775

 

 

 

11,555

 

 

 

11,404

 

 

 

11,227

 

Goodwill

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,218

)

 

 

(3,513

)

 

 

(3,514

)

 

 

(3,525

)

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(102

)

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(122

)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(31

)

Deferred taxes

 

 

40

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

10

 

Average tangible common equity

 

$

10,526

 

 

 

10,454

 

 

 

10,478

 

 

 

10,372

 

 

 

9,495

 

 

 

8,029

 

 

 

7,873

 

 

 

7,681

 

At end of quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

123,449

 

 

 

126,841

 

 

 

123,821

 

 

 

124,626

 

 

 

122,788

 

 

 

97,797

 

 

 

97,080

 

 

 

98,378

 

Goodwill

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(3,513

)

 

 

(3,513

)

 

 

(3,525

)

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(117

)

 

 

(128

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(28

)

Deferred taxes

 

 

39

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

Total tangible assets

 

$

118,797

 

 

 

122,183

 

 

 

119,157

 

 

 

119,955

 

 

 

118,109

 

 

 

94,272

 

 

 

93,552

 

 

 

94,834

 

Total common equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

$

16,487

 

 

 

16,341

 

 

 

16,472

 

 

 

16,355

 

 

 

16,173

 

 

 

12,922

 

 

 

12,668

 

 

 

12,528

 

Preferred stock

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

(1,232

)

Undeclared dividends - cumulative preferred stock

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(2

)

Common equity, net of undeclared cumulative

   preferred dividends

 

 

15,252

 

 

 

15,106

 

 

 

15,237

 

 

 

15,120

 

 

 

14,939

 

 

 

11,687

 

 

 

11,433

 

 

 

11,294

 

Goodwill

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(3,513

)

 

 

(3,513

)

 

 

(3,525

)

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(117

)

 

 

(128

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(28

)

Deferred taxes

 

 

39

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

Total tangible common equity

 

$

10,600

 

 

 

10,448

 

 

 

10,573

 

 

 

10,449

 

 

 

10,260

 

 

 

8,162

 

 

 

7,905

 

 

 

7,750

 

 

(a)

After any related tax effect.

 

 

108


 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitat ive Disclosures About Market Risk.

Incorporated by reference to the discussion contained in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the captions “Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity” (including Table 21) and “Capital.”

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data consist of the financial statements as indexed and presented below and Table 23 “Quarterly Trends” presented in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

110

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

111

Consolidated Balance Sheet — December 31, 2016 and 2015

112

Consolidated Statement of Income — Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

113

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income — Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

114

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows — Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

115

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity — Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

116

Notes to Financial Statements

117

 

109


 

Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting at M&T Bank Corporation and subsidiaries (“the Company”). Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 based on criteria described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that assessment, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, that was engaged to express an opinion as to the fairness of presentation of such financial statements. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was also engaged to assess the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP follows this report.

 

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

R OBERT G. W ILMERS

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Darren J. King

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

110


 

Report of Independent Regist ered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

M&T Bank Corporation

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Buffalo, New York

February 22, 2017

111


 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

 

 

December 31

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

1,320,549

 

 

$

1,368,040

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

 

 

5,000,638

 

 

 

7,594,350

 

Trading account

 

 

323,867

 

 

 

273,783

 

Investment securities (includes pledged securities that can be sold or repledged of

    $1,203,473 at December 31, 2016; $2,136,712  at December 31, 2015)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale (cost: $13,338,301 at December 31, 2016;

   $12,138,636 at December 31, 2015)

 

 

13,332,072

 

 

 

12,242,671

 

Held to maturity (fair value: $2,451,222 at December 31, 2016;

   $2,864,147 at December 31, 2015)

 

 

2,457,278

 

 

 

2,859,709

 

Other (fair value: $461,118 at December 31, 2016; $554,059 at

   December 31, 2015)

 

 

461,118

 

 

 

554,059

 

Total investment securities

 

 

16,250,468

 

 

 

15,656,439

 

Loans and leases

 

 

91,101,677

 

 

 

87,719,234

 

Unearned discount

 

 

(248,261

)

 

 

(229,735

)

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

 

 

90,853,416

 

 

 

87,489,499

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(988,997

)

 

 

(955,992

)

Loans and leases, net

 

 

89,864,419

 

 

 

86,533,507

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

675,263

 

 

 

666,682

 

Goodwill

 

 

4,593,112

 

 

 

4,593,112

 

Core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

97,655

 

 

 

140,268

 

Accrued interest and other assets

 

 

5,323,235

 

 

 

5,961,703

 

Total assets

 

$

123,449,206

 

 

$

122,787,884

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

32,813,896

 

 

$

29,110,635

 

Savings and interest-checking deposits

 

 

52,346,207

 

 

 

49,566,644

 

Time deposits

 

 

10,131,846

 

 

 

13,110,392

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

 

 

201,927

 

 

 

170,170

 

Total deposits

 

 

95,493,876

 

 

 

91,957,841

 

Federal funds purchased and agreements to repurchase securities

 

 

163,442

 

 

 

150,546

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

1,981,636

 

Accrued interest and other liabilities

 

 

1,811,431

 

 

 

1,870,714

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

9,493,835

 

 

 

10,653,858

 

Total liabilities

 

 

106,962,584

 

 

 

106,614,595

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $1.00 par, 1,000,000 shares authorized;

   Issued and outstanding: Liquidation preference of $1,000 per

   share: 731,500 shares at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015;

   Liquidation preference of $10,000 per share: 50,000

   shares at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

 

 

1,231,500

 

 

 

1,231,500

 

Common stock, $.50 par, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 159,945,678 shares issued

   at December 31, 2016; 159,563,512 shares issued at December 31, 2015

 

 

79,973

 

 

 

79,782

 

Common stock issuable, 32,403 shares at December 31, 2016;

   36,644 shares at December 31, 2015

 

 

2,145

 

 

 

2,364

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

6,676,948

 

 

 

6,680,768

 

Retained earnings

 

 

9,222,488

 

 

 

8,430,502

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net

 

 

(294,636

)

 

 

(251,627

)

Treasury stock - common, at cost - 3,764,742 shares at December 31, 2016

 

 

(431,796

)

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

16,486,622

 

 

 

16,173,289

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

123,449,206

 

 

$

122,787,884

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

112


 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

(In thousands, except per share)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases, including fees

 

$

3,485,050

 

 

$

2,778,151

 

 

$

2,596,586

 

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fully taxable

 

 

361,494

 

 

 

372,162

 

 

 

340,391

 

Exempt from federal taxes

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

4,263

 

 

 

5,356

 

Deposits at banks

 

 

45,516

 

 

 

15,252

 

 

 

13,361

 

Other

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

1,183

 

Total interest income

 

 

3,895,871

 

 

 

3,170,844

 

 

 

2,956,877

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and interest-checking deposits

 

 

87,704

 

 

 

46,140

 

 

 

46,869

 

Time deposits

 

 

102,841

 

 

 

27,059

 

 

 

15,515

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

 

 

797

 

 

 

615

 

 

 

699

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

3,625

 

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

101

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

231,017

 

 

 

252,766

 

 

 

217,247

 

Total interest expense

 

 

425,984

 

 

 

328,257

 

 

 

280,431

 

Net interest income

 

 

3,469,887

 

 

 

2,842,587

 

 

 

2,676,446

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

 

124,000

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

 

 

3,279,887

 

 

 

2,672,587

 

 

 

2,552,446

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage banking revenues

 

 

373,697

 

 

 

375,738

 

 

 

362,912

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

419,102

 

 

 

420,608

 

 

 

427,956

 

Trust income

 

 

472,184

 

 

 

470,640

 

 

 

508,258

 

Brokerage services income

 

 

63,423

 

 

 

64,770

 

 

 

67,212

 

Trading account and foreign exchange gains

 

 

41,126

 

 

 

30,577

 

 

 

29,874

 

Gain (loss) on bank investment securities

 

 

30,314

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

 

Other revenues from operations

 

 

426,150

 

 

 

462,834

 

 

 

383,061

 

Total other income

 

 

1,825,996

 

 

 

1,825,037

 

 

 

1,779,273

 

Other expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

1,623,600

 

 

 

1,549,530

 

 

 

1,404,950

 

Equipment and net occupancy

 

 

295,141

 

 

 

272,539

 

 

 

269,299

 

Outside data processing and software

 

 

172,389

 

 

 

164,133

 

 

 

151,568

 

FDIC assessments

 

 

105,045

 

 

 

52,113

 

 

 

55,531

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

87,137

 

 

 

59,227

 

 

 

47,111

 

Printing, postage and supplies

 

 

39,546

 

 

 

38,491

 

 

 

38,201

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

42,613

 

 

 

26,424

 

 

 

33,824

 

Other costs of operations

 

 

682,014

 

 

 

660,475

 

 

 

688,990

 

Total other expense

 

 

3,047,485

 

 

 

2,822,932

 

 

 

2,689,474

 

Income before taxes

 

 

2,058,398

 

 

 

1,674,692

 

 

 

1,642,245

 

Income taxes

 

 

743,284

 

 

 

595,025

 

 

 

575,999

 

Net income

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1,223,459

 

 

$

987,689

 

 

$

978,531

 

Diluted

 

 

1,223,481

 

 

 

987,724

 

 

 

978,581

 

Net income per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

7.80

 

 

$

7.22

 

 

$

7.47

 

Diluted

 

 

7.78

 

 

 

7.18

 

 

 

7.42

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 

113


 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax and

   reclassification adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on investment

   securities

 

 

(64,406

)

 

 

(79,114

)

 

 

93,275

 

 

Cash flow hedges adjustments

 

 

(94

)

 

 

796

 

 

 

(96

)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(2,614

)

 

 

(925

)

 

 

(2,607

)

 

Defined benefit plans liability adjustments

 

 

24,105

 

 

 

8,610

 

 

 

(207,407

)

 

Total other comprehensive loss

 

 

(43,009

)

 

 

(70,633

)

 

 

(116,835

)

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

1,272,105

 

 

$

1,009,034

 

 

$

949,411

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 

114


 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

(In thousands)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

 

124,000

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

 

 

106,996

 

 

 

99,019

 

 

 

96,496

 

Amortization of capitalized servicing rights

 

 

50,982

 

 

 

49,906

 

 

 

68,410

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

 

 

42,613

 

 

 

26,424

 

 

 

33,824

 

Provision for deferred income taxes

 

 

174,013

 

 

 

396,596

 

 

 

92,848

 

Asset write-downs

 

 

21,036

 

 

 

9,029

 

 

 

6,593

 

Net gain on sales of assets

 

 

(63,222

)

 

 

(67,759

)

 

 

(6,859

)

Net change in accrued interest receivable, payable

 

 

(12,282

)

 

 

(46,338

)

 

 

15,163

 

Net change in other accrued income and expense

 

 

60,263

 

 

 

(289,139

)

 

 

(68,722

)

Net change in loans originated for sale

 

 

(665,649

)

 

 

323,330

 

 

 

(350,581

)

Net change in trading account assets and liabilities

 

 

(36,453

)

 

 

(8,327

)

 

 

21,623

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1,183,411

 

 

 

1,742,408

 

 

 

1,099,041

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

 

63,513

 

 

 

5,654,850

 

 

 

16

 

Other

 

 

94,749

 

 

 

183,892

 

 

 

23,445

 

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

 

2,309,208

 

 

 

2,392,331

 

 

 

998,413

 

Held to maturity

 

 

609,080

 

 

 

662,959

 

 

 

468,999

 

Purchases of investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

 

(3,562,711

)

 

 

(3,614,324

)

 

 

(5,347,145

)

Held to maturity

 

 

(214,791

)

 

 

(29,431

)

 

 

(21,283

)

Other

 

 

(1,808

)

 

 

(99,317

)

 

 

(53,606

)

Net increase in loans and leases

 

 

(2,952,129

)

 

 

(2,326,744

)

 

 

(2,421,162

)

Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits at banks

 

 

2,593,712

 

 

 

6,445,451

 

 

 

(4,819,729

)

Capital expenditures, net

 

 

(107,693

)

 

 

(81,936

)

 

 

(73,161

)

Net (increase) decrease in loan servicing advances

 

 

170,141

 

 

 

448,271

 

 

 

(484,689

)

Acquisition of bank and bank holding company, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(1,932,596

)

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

277,961

 

 

 

10,876

 

 

 

19,531

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

 

 

(720,768

)

 

 

7,714,282

 

 

 

(11,710,371

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

 

3,554,673

 

 

 

504,393

 

 

 

6,466,697

 

Net decrease in short-term borrowings

 

 

(1,937,105

)

 

 

(2,167,405

)

 

 

(67,779

)

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

4,345,478

 

Payments on long-term borrowings

 

 

(1,119,898

)

 

 

(8,912,474

)

 

 

(426,275

)

Purchases of treasury stock

 

 

(641,334

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid — common

 

 

(441,891

)

 

 

(375,017

)

 

 

(371,199

)

Dividends paid — preferred

 

 

(81,270

)

 

 

(81,270

)

 

 

(70,234

)

Redemption of Series D preferred stock

 

 

(500,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

495,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

346,500

 

Other, net

 

 

161,691

 

 

 

69,766

 

 

 

88,565

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

 

 

(510,134

)

 

 

(9,462,007

)

 

 

10,311,753

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(47,491

)

 

 

(5,317

)

 

 

(299,577

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

1,368,040

 

 

 

1,373,357

 

 

 

1,672,934

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,320,549

 

 

$

1,368,040

 

 

$

1,373,357

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received during the year

 

$

3,903,374

 

 

$

3,134,311

 

 

$

2,893,153

 

Interest paid during the year

 

 

498,951

 

 

 

400,329

 

 

 

257,553

 

Income taxes paid during the year

 

 

276,866

 

 

 

378,660

 

 

 

411,912

 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate acquired in settlement of loans

 

$

124,033

 

 

$

67,753

 

 

$

43,821

 

Acquisition of bank and bank holding company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

3,110,581

 

 

 

 

Common stock awards converted

 

 

 

 

 

28,243

 

 

 

 

Fair value of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Assets acquired (noncash)

 

 

 

 

 

36,567,632

 

 

 

 

       Liabilities assumed

 

 

 

 

 

31,496,212

 

 

 

 

Securitization of residential mortgage loans allocated to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale investment securities

 

 

24,233

 

 

 

65,023

 

 

 

134,698

 

Capitalized servicing rights

 

 

248

 

 

 

646

 

 

 

1,760

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 

115


 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred

 

 

Common

 

 

Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Income

 

 

Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

Dollars in thousands, except per share

 

Stock

 

 

Stock

 

 

Issuable

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

(Loss), Net

 

 

Stock

 

 

Total

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance — January 1, 2014

 

$

881,500

 

 

 

65,258

 

 

 

2,915

 

 

 

3,232,014

 

 

 

7,188,004

 

 

 

(64,159

)

 

 

 

 

$

11,305,532

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,066,246

 

 

 

(116,835

)

 

 

 

 

 

949,411

 

Preferred stock cash dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(75,878

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(75,878

)

Issuance of Series E preferred stock

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

346,500

 

Exercise of 427,905 Series A stock warrants

   into 169,543 shares of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

 

(85

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,306

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,434

 

Exercises of stock options, net

 

 

 

 

 

633

 

 

 

 

 

 

122,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123,109

 

Stock purchase plan

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,588

 

Directors’ stock plan

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,665

 

Deferred compensation plans, net, including

   dividend equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(307

)

 

 

345

 

 

 

(116

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(75

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,747

 

Common stock cash dividends - $2.80 per

   share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(371,137

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(371,137

)

Balance — December 31, 2014

 

$

1,231,500

 

 

 

66,157

 

 

 

2,608

 

 

 

3,409,506

 

 

 

7,807,119

 

 

 

(180,994

)

 

 

 

 

$

12,335,896

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,079,667

 

 

 

(70,633

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,009,034

 

Acquisition of Hudson City Bancorp, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

12,977

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,097,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,110,581

 

Common stock awards converted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,243

 

Preferred stock cash dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81,270

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81,270

)

Exercise of 2,315 Series A stock warrants

   into 904 shares of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,195

 

Exercises of stock options, net

 

 

 

 

 

438

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,893

 

Stock purchase plan

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,346

 

Directors’ stock plan

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,761

 

Deferred compensation plans, net, including

   dividend equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(244

)

 

 

293

 

 

 

(102

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(51

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,573

 

Common stock cash dividends - $2.80 per

   share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(374,912

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(374,912

)

Balance — December 31, 2015

 

$

1,231,500

 

 

 

79,782

 

 

 

2,364

 

 

 

6,680,768

 

 

 

8,430,502

 

 

 

(251,627

)

 

 

 

 

$

16,173,289

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,315,114

 

 

 

(43,009

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,272,105

 

Preferred stock cash dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81,270

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81,270

)

Redemption of Series D preferred stock

 

 

(500,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(500,000

)

Issuance of Series F preferred stock

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

495,000

 

Exercise of 87,381 Series A stock warrants

   into 41,439 shares of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,750

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,748

 

 

 

(2

)

Purchases of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(641,334

)

 

 

(641,334

)

Stock-based compensation plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,989

 

 

 

27,290

 

Exercises of stock options, net

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,190

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181,789

 

 

 

169,617

 

Stock purchase plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,319

 

 

 

10,594

 

Directors’ stock plan

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,543

 

 

 

2,080

 

Deferred compensation plans, net, including

   dividend equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(219

)

 

 

163

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

3

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,015

 

Common stock cash dividends - $2.80 per

   share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(441,765

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(441,765

)

Balance — December 31, 2016

 

$

1,231,500

 

 

 

79,973

 

 

 

2,145

 

 

 

6,676,948

 

 

 

9,222,488

 

 

 

(294,636

)

 

 

(431,796

)

 

$

16,486,622

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

116


 

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1.    Significant accounting policies

M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Buffalo, New York. Through subsidiaries, M&T provides individuals, corporations and other businesses, and institutions with commercial and retail banking services, including loans and deposits, trust, mortgage banking, asset management, insurance and other financial services. Banking activities are largely focused on consumers residing in New York State, Maryland, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Connecticut, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia and on small and medium-size businesses based in those areas. Certain subsidiaries also conduct activities in other areas.

The accounting and reporting policies of M&T and subsidiaries (“the Company”) are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The more significant accounting policies are as follows:

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include M&T and all of its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions of consolidated subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation. The financial statements of M&T included in note 25 report investments in subsidiaries under the equity method. Information about some limited purpose entities that are affiliates of the Company but are not included in the consolidated financial statements appears in note 19.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For purposes of this statement, cash and due from banks and federal funds sold are considered cash and cash equivalents.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at amounts equal to the cash or other consideration exchanged. It is generally the Company’s policy to take possession of collateral pledged to secure agreements to resell.

Trading account

Financial instruments used for trading purposes are stated at fair value. Realized gains and losses and unrealized changes in fair value of financial instruments utilized in trading activities are included in “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income.

Investment securities

Investments in debt securities are classified as held to maturity and stated at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold such securities to maturity. Investments in

117


 

other debt securities and equity securities having readily determinable fair values are classified as available for sale and stated at estimated fair value. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts for investment securities available for sale and held to maturity are included in interest income.

Other securities are stated at cost and include stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of New York.

The cost basis of individual securities is written down through a charge to earnings when declines in value below amortized cost are considered to be other than temporary. In cases where fair value is less than amortized cost and the Company intends to sell a debt security, it is more likely than not to be required to sell a debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of a debt security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. If the Company intends to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the debt security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount representing the credit loss and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. Subsequently, the Company accounts for the other-than-temporarily impaired debt security as if the security had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than-temporary impairment at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings. The cost basis of individual equity securities is written down to estimated fair value through a charge to earnings when declines in value below cost are considered to be other than temporary. Realized gains and losses on the sales of investment securities are determined using the specific identification method.

Loans and leases

The Company’s accounting methods for loans depends on whether the loans were originated by the Company or were acquired in a business combination.

Originated loans and leases

Interest income on loans is accrued on a level yield method. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status and previously accrued interest thereon is charged against income when principal or interest is delinquent 90 days, unless management determines that the loan status clearly warrants other treatment. Nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are returned to accrual status when borrowers have demonstrated an ability to repay their loans and there are no delinquent principal and interest payments. Consumer loans not secured by residential real estate are returned to accrual status when all past due principal and interest payments have been paid by the borrower. Loans secured by residential real estate are returned to accrual status when they are deemed to have an insignificant delay in payments of 90 days or less. Loan balances are charged off when it becomes evident that such balances are not fully collectible. For commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, charge-offs are recognized after an assessment by credit personnel of the capacity and willingness of the borrower to repay, the estimated value of any collateral, and any other potential sources of repayment. A charge-off is recognized when, after such assessment, it becomes evident that the loan balance is not fully collectible. For loans secured by residential real estate, the excess of

118


 

the loan balances over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off when the loan becomes 150 days delinquent. Consumer loans are generally charged-off when the loans are 91 to 180 days past due, depending on whether the loan is collateralized and the status of repossession activities with respect to such collateral. Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized as an interest yield adjustment over the life of the loan. Net deferred fees have been included in unearned discount as a reduction of loans outstanding. Commitments to sell real estate loans are utilized by the Company to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of real estate loans held for sale. The carrying value of hedged real estate loans held for sale recorded in the consolidated balance sheet includes changes in estimated fair market value during the hedge period, typically from the date of close through the sale date. Valuation adjustments made on these loans and commitments are included in “mortgage banking revenues.”

Except for consumer and residential mortgage loans that are considered smaller balance homogenous loans and are evaluated collectively, the Company considers a loan to be impaired for purposes of applying GAAP when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days. Regardless of loan type, the Company considers a loan to be impaired if it qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring. Impaired loans are classified as either nonaccrual or as loans renegotiated at below market rates which continue to accrue interest, provided that a credit assessment of the borrower’s financial condition results in an expectation of full repayment under the modified contractual terms. Certain loans greater than 90 days delinquent are not considered impaired if they are well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans less than 90 days delinquent are deemed to have an insignificant delay in payment and are generally not considered impaired. Impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Interest received on impaired loans placed on nonaccrual status is generally applied to reduce the carrying value of the loan or, if principal is considered fully collectible, recognized as interest income.

Residual value estimates for commercial leases are generally determined through internal or external reviews of the leased property. The Company reviews commercial lease residual values at least annually and recognizes residual value impairments deemed to be other than temporary.

Loans and leases acquired in a business combination

Loans acquired in a business combination subsequent to December 31, 2008 are initially recorded at fair value with no carry-over of an acquired entity’s previously established allowance for credit losses. Purchased impaired loans represent specifically identified loans with evidence of credit deterioration for which it was probable at acquisition that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments. For purchased impaired loans and other loans acquired at a discount that was, in part, attributable to credit quality, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value of acquired loans is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Subsequent decreases in the expected principal cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for additions to the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Subsequent improvements in expected cash flows result first in the recovery of any related allowance for credit losses and then in recognition of additional interest income over the then-remaining lives of the loans.

For all other acquired loans, the difference between the fair value and outstanding principal balance of the loans is recognized as an adjustment to interest income over the lives of those loans. Those loans are then accounted for in a manner that is similar to originated loans.

119


 

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses represents, in management’s judgment, the amount of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is determined by management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio based on such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the current financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. The effects of probable decreases in expected principal cash flows on loans acquired at a discount are also considered in the establishment of the allowance for credit losses.

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans are primarily comprised of commercial and residential real property and are included in “other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet. An in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Upon acquisition of assets taken in satisfaction of a defaulted loan, the excess of the remaining loan balance over the asset’s estimated fair value less costs to sell is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in value of the assets are recognized as “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income.

Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Capitalized servicing rights

Capitalized servicing assets are included in “other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet. Separately recognized servicing assets are initially measured at fair value. The Company uses the amortization method to subsequently measure servicing assets. Under that method, capitalized servicing assets are charged to expense in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.

To estimate the fair value of servicing rights, the Company considers market prices for similar assets and the present value of expected future cash flows associated with the servicing rights calculated using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future servicing income and expense. Such assumptions include estimates of the cost of servicing loans, loan default rates, an appropriate discount rate, and prepayment speeds. For purposes of evaluating and measuring impairment of capitalized servicing rights, the Company stratifies such assets based on the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying financial instruments that are expected to have the most impact on projected prepayments, cost of servicing and other factors affecting future cash flows associated with the servicing rights. Such factors may include financial asset or loan type, note rate and term. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the capitalized servicing rights for a stratum exceeds estimated fair value. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance.

120


 

Sales and securitizations of financial assets

Transfers of financial assets for which the Company has surrendered control of the financial assets are accounted for as sales. Interests in a sale of financial assets that continue to be held by the Company, including servicing rights, are measured at fair value. The fair values of retained debt securities are generally determined through reference to independent pricing information. The fair values of retained servicing rights and any other retained interests are determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows associated with those interests and by reference to market prices for similar assets.

Securitization structures typically require the use of special-purpose trusts that are considered variable interest entities. A variable interest entity is included in the consolidated financial statements if the Company has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the variable interest entity that could potentially be significant to that entity.

Goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level, which is either at the same level or one level below an operating segment. Other acquired intangible assets with finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, are initially recorded at estimated fair value and are amortized over their estimated lives. Core deposit and other intangible assets are generally amortized using accelerated methods over estimated useful lives of five to ten years. The Company periodically assesses whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of core deposit and other intangible assets may be impaired.

Derivative financial instruments

The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a foreign currency denominated forecasted transaction.

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. For such agreements, amounts receivable or payable are recognized as accrued under the terms of the agreement and the net differential is recorded as an adjustment to interest income or expense of the related asset or liability. Interest rate swap agreements may be designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. In a fair value hedge, the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements and changes in the fair values of the hedged items are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in current earnings. The difference between changes in the fair values of interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items represents hedge ineffectiveness and is recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the consolidated statement of income. In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss is initially recorded as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss is reported in “other revenues from operations” immediately.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Commitments to originate real estate loans to be held

121


 

for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans are generally recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value.

Derivative instruments not related to mortgage banking activities, including financial futures commitments and interest rate swap agreements, that do not satisfy the hedge accounting requirements are recorded at fair value and are generally classified as trading account assets or liabilities with resultant changes in fair value being recognized in “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock-based grant based on the estimated grant date value of the stock-based compensation, except that the recognition of compensation costs is accelerated for stock-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees and employees who will become retirement-eligible prior to full vesting of the award because the Company’s incentive compensation plan allows for vesting at the time an employee retires.

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax effects attributable to differences between the financial statement value of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and laws.

The Company evaluates uncertain tax positions using the two-step process required by GAAP. The first step requires a determination of whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Under the second step, a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company accounts for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method. Under that method, the Company amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense.

Earnings per common share

Basic earnings per common share exclude dilution and are computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (exclusive of shares represented by the unvested portion of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants) and common shares issuable under deferred compensation arrangements during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect shares represented by the unvested portion of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants and the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in earnings. Proceeds assumed to have been received on such exercise or conversion are assumed to be used to purchase shares of M&T common stock at the average market price during the period, as required by the “treasury stock method” of accounting.

GAAP requires that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) shall be considered participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per common share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has issued stock-based compensation awards in the form of restricted stock and restricted stock units that contain such rights and, accordingly, the Company’s earnings per common share are calculated using the two-class method.

122


 

Treasury stock

Repurchases of shares of M&T common stock are recorded at cost as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. Reissuances of shares of treasury stock are recorded at average cost.

 

 

2.    Acquisition and divestiture

Hudson City Bancorp, Inc.

On November 1, 2015, M&T completed the acquisition of Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (“Hudson City”), headquartered in Paramus, New Jersey. On that date, Hudson City Savings Bank, the banking subsidiary of Hudson City, was merged into M&T Bank, a wholly owned banking subsidiary of M&T. Hudson City Savings Bank operated 135 banking offices in New Jersey, Connecticut and New York at the date of acquisition. The results of operations acquired in the Hudson City transaction have been included in the Company’s financial results since November 1, 2015. After application of the election, allocation and proration procedures contained in the merger agreement with Hudson City, M&T paid $2.1 billion in cash and issued 25,953,950 shares of M&T common stock in exchange for Hudson City shares outstanding at the time of the acquisition. The purchase price was approximately $5.2 billion based on the cash paid to Hudson City shareholders, the fair value of M&T stock exchanged and the estimated fair value of Hudson City stock awards converted into M&T stock awards. The acquisition of Hudson City expanded the Company’s presence in New Jersey, Connecticut and New York, and management expects that the Company will benefit from greater geographic diversity and the advantages of scale associated with a larger company.

The Hudson City transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. The consideration paid for Hudson City’s common equity and the amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date were as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Identifiable assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

131,688

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

 

 

7,568,934

 

Investment securities

 

 

7,929,014

 

Loans

 

 

19,015,013

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,079,787

 

Core deposit intangible

 

 

131,665

 

Other assets

 

 

843,219

 

Total identifiable assets

 

 

36,699,320

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

17,879,589

 

Borrowings

 

 

13,211,598

 

Other liabilities

 

 

405,025

 

Total liabilities

 

 

31,496,212

 

Total consideration

 

$

5,203,108

 

Cash paid

 

$

2,064,284

 

Common stock issued (25,953,950 shares)

 

 

3,110,581

 

Common stock awards converted

 

 

28,243

 

Total consideration

 

$

5,203,108

 

123


 

 

In early November 2015, the Company sold $5.8 billion of investment securities obtained in the acquisition and repaid $10.6 billion of borrowings assumed in the transaction. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $1.1 billion of goodwill and $132 million of core deposit intangible. The core deposit intangible asset is being amortized over a period of seven years using an accelerated method.

In many cases, determining the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those assets and liabilities and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. The most significant of these determinations related to the fair valuation of acquired loans. Approximately $688 million of the loans acquired from Hudson City had specific evidence of credit deterioration at the acquisition date and it was deemed probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments (“purchased impaired loans”). Such loans were acquired at a discount from outstanding customer principal balance of $1.0 billion. For purchased impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, as shown in the following table, reflected the impact of estimated credit losses and other factors, such as prepayments.

 

 

 

 

November 1,

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition

 

$

1,304,366

 

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected

 

 

(498,919

)

Expected cash flows at acquisition

 

 

805,447

 

Interest component of expected cash flows

 

 

(117,251

)

Estimated fair value

 

$

688,196

 

 

The remaining acquired loans had a fair value of $18.3 billion and outstanding principal of $18.0 billion, resulting in a premium which will be amortized over the remaining lives of the loans as a reduction of interest income. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carry-over of Hudson City’s previously established allowance for credit losses.

124


 

The following table discloses the impact of Hudson City since the acquisition on November 1, 2015 through the end of 2015. The table also presents certain pro forma information as if Hudson City had been acquired on January 1, 2014. These results combine the historical results of Hudson City into the Company’s consolidated statement of income and, while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair valuation adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on the indicated date. In particular, no adjustments have been made to eliminate the impact of gains on securities transactions of $102 million in 2015 and $104 million in 2014 that may not have been recognized had the investment securities been recorded at fair value as of the beginning of 2014. Furthermore, expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integration of $97 million are included in the 2015 periods in which such costs were incurred. Additionally, the Company expects to achieve further operating cost savings and other business synergies as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts that follow.

 

 

 

Actual Since

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Through

 

 

Pro Forma

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues(a)

 

$

111,168

 

 

$

5,132,662

 

 

$

5,406,291

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

(21,175

)

 

 

1,011,463

 

 

 

1,445,779

 

 

(a)

Represents net interest income plus other income.

In connection with the Hudson City acquisition, the Company incurred merger-related expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integrating and conforming acquired operations with and into the Company. Those expenses consisted largely of professional services and other temporary help fees associated with preparing for systems conversions and/or integration of operations; costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements for various services; initial marketing and promotion expenses designed to introduce M&T Bank to its new customers; severance (for former Hudson City employees); travel costs; and other costs of completing the transaction and commencing operations in new markets and offices. There were no merger-related expenses during 2014. In 2015, the Company also recognized a $21 million provision for credit losses related to the $18.3 billion of Hudson City loans acquired at a premium. GAAP does not allow the credit loss component of the net premium associated with those loans to be bifurcated and accounted for as a nonaccreting difference as is the case with purchased impaired loans and other loans acquired at a discount. Neverthless, GAAP requires that an allowance for credit losses be recognized for incurred losses in loans acquired at a premium even though in a relatively homogenous portfolio of residential mortgage loans the specific loans to which the losses relate cannot be individually identified at the acquisition date. Given the recognition of such losses above and beyond the impact of forecasted losses used in determining the fair value of the loans acquired at a premium, the initial $21 million provision for credit losses has been noted as a merger-related expense.

125


 

A summary of merger-related expenses included in the consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 follows:

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

5,334

 

 

$

51,287

 

Equipment and net occupancy

 

 

1,278

 

 

 

3

 

Outside data processing and software

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

785

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

10,522

 

 

 

79

 

Printing, postage and supplies

 

 

1,482

 

 

 

504

 

Other cost of operations

 

 

16,072

 

 

 

23,318

 

Other expense

 

 

35,755

 

 

 

75,976

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

 

 

21,000

 

Total

 

$

35,755

 

 

$

96,976

 

 

Sale of trust accounts

In April 2015, the Company sold the trade processing business within the retirement services division of its Institutional Client Services business. That sale resulted in an after-tax gain of $23 million ($45 million pre-tax) that reflected the allocation of approximately $11 million of previously recorded goodwill to the divested business. Revenues of the sold business had been included in “trust income” and were $9 million and $34 million during 2015 and 2014, respectively. After considering related expenses, net income attributable to the business that was sold was not material to the consolidated results of operations of the Company in any of those periods.

 

 

126


 

3.    Investment securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities were as follows:

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

$

1,912,110

 

 

$

386

 

 

$

9,952

 

 

$

1,902,544

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

3,570

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3,641

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

10,980,507

 

 

 

88,343

 

 

 

113,989

 

 

 

10,954,861

 

Privately issued

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

44

 

Other debt securities

 

 

134,105

 

 

 

1,407

 

 

 

16,996

 

 

 

118,516

 

Equity securities

 

 

307,964

 

 

 

45,073

 

 

 

571

 

 

 

352,466

 

 

 

 

13,338,301

 

 

 

135,286

 

 

 

141,515

 

 

 

13,332,072

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

60,858

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

60,901

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

2,233,173

 

 

 

37,498

 

 

 

7,374

 

 

 

2,263,297

 

Privately issued

 

 

157,704

 

 

 

897

 

 

 

37,120

 

 

 

121,481

 

Other debt securities

 

 

5,543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,543

 

 

 

 

2,457,278

 

 

 

38,662

 

 

 

44,718

 

 

 

2,451,222

 

Other securities

 

 

461,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

461,118

 

Total

 

$

16,256,697

 

 

$

173,948

 

 

$

186,233

 

 

$

16,244,412

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

$

299,890

 

 

$

294

 

 

$

187

 

 

$

299,997

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

5,924

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

6,028

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

11,592,959

 

 

 

142,370

 

 

 

48,701

 

 

 

11,686,628

 

Privately issued

 

 

74

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

74

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

28,438

 

 

 

20,143

 

 

 

1,188

 

 

 

47,393

 

Other debt securities

 

 

137,556

 

 

 

1,514

 

 

 

20,190

 

 

 

118,880

 

Equity securities

 

 

73,795

 

 

 

10,230

 

 

 

354

 

 

 

83,671

 

 

 

 

12,138,636

 

 

 

174,699

 

 

 

70,664

 

 

 

12,242,671

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

118,431

 

 

 

1,003

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

119,013

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

2,553,612

 

 

 

50,936

 

 

 

7,817

 

 

 

2,596,731

 

Privately issued

 

 

181,091

 

 

 

2,104

 

 

 

41,367

 

 

 

141,828

 

Other debt securities

 

 

6,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,575

 

 

 

 

2,859,709

 

 

 

54,043

 

 

 

49,605

 

 

 

2,864,147

 

Other securities

 

 

554,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

554,059

 

Total

 

$

15,552,404

 

 

$

228,742

 

 

$

120,269

 

 

$

15,660,877

 

 

127


 

No investment in securities of a single non-U.S. Government, government agency or government guaranteed issuer exceeded ten percent of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2016, the latest available investment ratings of all obligations of states and political subdivisions, privately issued mortgage-backed securities and other debt securities were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Credit Rating of Fair Value Amount

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

A or

Better

 

 

BBB

 

 

BB

 

 

B or Less

 

 

Not

Rated

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

$

64,428

 

 

$

64,542

 

 

$

47,023

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,519

 

Privately issued mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

157,749

 

 

 

121,525

 

 

 

30,760

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,730

 

 

 

19

 

Other debt securities

 

 

139,648

 

 

 

124,059

 

 

 

5,442

 

 

 

63,353

 

 

 

30,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,891

 

Total

 

$

361,825

 

 

$

310,126

 

 

$

83,225

 

 

$

63,369

 

 

$

30,373

 

 

$

90,730

 

 

$

42,429

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of collateralized mortgage obligations included in mortgage-backed securities were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized cost

 

$

162,027

 

 

$

188,819

 

Estimated fair value

 

 

125,848

 

 

 

149,632

 

 

Gross realized gains from sales of investment securities were $30,545,000 in 2016. During 2016, the Company sold its collateralized debt obligations held in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio for a gain of $30 million. There were no significant realized gross losses from sales of investments securities in 2016. There were no significant gross realized gains or losses from sales of investment securities in 2015 or 2014.

128


 

At December 31, 2016, the amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity were as follows:

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Debt securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

157,954

 

 

$

158,334

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

1,760,301

 

 

 

1,750,542

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

2,689

 

 

 

3,132

 

Due after ten years

 

 

128,841

 

 

 

112,693

 

 

 

 

2,049,785

 

 

 

2,024,701

 

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

 

 

10,980,552

 

 

 

10,954,905

 

 

 

$

13,030,337

 

 

$

12,979,606

 

Debt securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

24,533

 

 

$

24,643

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

34,073

 

 

 

33,963

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

2,252

 

 

 

2,295

 

Due after ten years

 

 

5,543

 

 

 

5,543

 

 

 

 

66,401

 

 

 

66,444

 

Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity

 

 

2,390,877

 

 

 

2,384,778

 

 

 

$

2,457,278

 

 

$

2,451,222

 

 

129


 

A summary of investment securities that as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer follows:

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

$

1,710,241

 

 

$

(9,950

)

 

$

2,295

 

 

$

(2

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

(6

)

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

6,730,829

 

 

 

(113,374

)

 

 

81,003

 

 

 

(615

)

Privately issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

(1

)

Other debt securities

 

 

100

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

85,400

 

 

 

(16,995

)

Equity securities

 

 

17,776

 

 

 

(422

)

 

 

151

 

 

 

(149

)

 

 

 

8,458,946

 

 

 

(123,747

)

 

 

169,469

 

 

 

(17,768

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

17,988

 

 

 

(126

)

 

 

11,891

 

 

 

(98

)

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

618,832

 

 

 

(6,842

)

 

 

17,481

 

 

 

(532

)

Privately issued

 

 

17,911

 

 

 

(1,222

)

 

 

57,016

 

 

 

(35,898

)

 

 

 

654,731

 

 

 

(8,190

)

 

 

86,388

 

 

 

(36,528

)

Total

 

$

9,113,677

 

 

$

(131,937

)

 

$

255,857

 

 

$

(54,296

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

$

147,508

 

 

$

(187

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

865

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

1,335

 

 

 

(40

)

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

4,061,899

 

 

 

(48,534

)

 

 

7,216

 

 

 

(167

)

Privately issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

(2

)

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

5,711

 

 

 

(335

)

 

 

2,063

 

 

 

(853

)

Other debt securities

 

 

12,935

 

 

 

(462

)

 

 

93,344

 

 

 

(19,728

)

Equity securities

 

 

18,073

 

 

 

(207

)

 

 

153

 

 

 

(147

)

 

 

 

4,246,991

 

 

 

(49,727

)

 

 

104,154

 

 

 

(20,937

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

42,913

 

 

 

(335

)

 

 

5,853

 

 

 

(86

)

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

459,983

 

 

 

(1,801

)

 

 

228,867

 

 

 

(6,016

)

Privately issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112,155

 

 

 

(41,367

)

 

 

 

502,896

 

 

 

(2,136

)

 

 

346,875

 

 

 

(47,469

)

Total

 

$

4,749,887

 

 

$

(51,863

)

 

$

451,029

 

 

$

(68,406

)

 

The Company owned 1,083 individual investment securities with aggregate gross unrealized losses of $186 million at December 31, 2016. Based on a review of each of the securities in the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2016, the Company concluded that it expected to recover the amortized cost basis of its investment. As of December 31, 2016, the Company does not

130


 

intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its impaired investment securities at a loss. At December 31, 2016, the Company has not identified events or changes in circumstances which may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the $461 million of cost method investment securities.

At December 31, 2016, investment securities with a carrying value of $3,775,571,000, including $3,240,079,000 of investment securities available for sale, were pledged to secure borrowings from various FHLBs, repurchase agreements, governmental deposits, interest rate swap agreements and available lines of credit as described in note 9.

Investment securities pledged by the Company to secure obligations whereby the secured party is permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge such collateral totaled $1,203,473,000 at December 31, 2016. The pledged securities included securities of the U.S. Treasury and federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities.

 

 

4.    Loans and leases

Total loans and leases outstanding were comprised of the following:

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, etc.

 

$

21,351,119

 

 

$

19,223,419

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

22,584,141

 

 

 

26,249,059

 

Commercial

 

 

25,550,057

 

 

 

23,592,097

 

Construction

 

 

8,066,756

 

 

 

5,716,994

 

Consumer

 

 

12,130,094

 

 

 

11,584,347

 

Total loans

 

 

89,682,167

 

 

 

86,365,916

 

Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

1,419,510

 

 

 

1,353,318

 

Total loans and leases

 

 

91,101,677

 

 

 

87,719,234

 

Less: unearned discount

 

 

(248,261

)

 

 

(229,735

)

Total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

 

$

90,853,416

 

 

$

87,489,499

 

 

One-to-four family residential mortgage loans held for sale were $414 million at December 31, 2016 and $353 million at December 31, 2015. Commercial real estate loans held for sale were $643 million at December 31, 2016 and $39 million at December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2016, approximately $2.8 billion of commercial real estate loan balances serviced for others had been sold with recourse in conjunction with the Company’s participation in the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”) program. At December 31, 2016, the Company estimated that the recourse obligations described above were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position. There have been no material losses incurred as a result of those credit recourse arrangements.

131


 

In addition to recourse obligations, as described in note 21, the Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold residential real estate loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse loan purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. Charges incurred for such obligation, which are recorded as a reduction of mortgage banking revenues, were $4 million, $5 million and $4 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of loans acquired at a discount that were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and included in the consolidated balance sheet were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding principal balance

 

$

2,311,699

 

 

$

3,122,935

 

Carrying amount:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

59,928

 

 

 

78,847

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

456,820

 

 

 

644,284

 

Residential real estate

 

 

799,802

 

 

 

1,016,129

 

Consumer

 

 

487,721

 

 

 

725,807

 

 

 

$

1,804,271

 

 

$

2,465,067

 

 

Purchased impaired loans included in the table above totaled $578 million at December 31, 2016 and $768 million at December 31, 2015, representing less than 1% of the Company’s assets as of each date. A summary of changes in the accretable yield for loans acquired at a discount for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 follows:

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

Other

 

 

Purchased

 

 

Other

 

 

Purchased

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Impaired

 

 

Acquired

 

 

Impaired

 

 

Acquired

 

 

Impaired

 

 

Acquired

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

184,618

 

 

$

296,434

 

 

$

76,518

 

 

$

397,379

 

 

$

37,230

 

 

$

538,633

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

(52,769

)

 

 

(123,044

)

 

 

(28,551

)

 

 

(158,260

)

 

 

(21,263

)

 

 

(178,670

)

Reclassifications from

   nonaccretable balance

 

 

22,384

 

 

 

22,677

 

 

 

19,400

 

 

 

49,930

 

 

 

60,551

 

 

 

24,907

 

Other(a)

 

 

 

 

 

5,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,509

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

154,233

 

 

$

201,153

 

 

$

184,618

 

 

$

296,434

 

 

$

76,518

 

 

$

397,379

 

 

(a)

Other changes in expected cash flows including changes in interest rates and prepayment assumptions.

132


 

A summary of current, past due and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 follows:

 

 

 

Current

 

 

30-89 Days

Past Due

 

 

Accruing

Loans Past

Due 90

Days or

More(a)

 

 

Accruing

Loans

Acquired at

a Discount

Past Due

90 Days or

More(b)

 

 

Purchased

Impaired(c)

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial,

   leasing, etc.

 

$

22,287,857

 

 

$

53,503

 

 

$

6,195

 

 

$

417

 

 

$

641

 

 

$

261,434

 

 

$

22,610,047

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

25,076,684

 

 

 

183,531

 

 

 

7,054

 

 

 

12,870

 

 

 

31,404

 

 

 

176,201

 

 

 

25,487,744

 

Residential builder and

   developer

 

 

1,884,989

 

 

 

4,667

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

1,952

 

 

 

14,006

 

 

 

16,707

 

 

 

1,922,326

 

Other commercial

   construction

 

 

5,985,118

 

 

 

77,701

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

14,274

 

 

 

18,111

 

 

 

6,096,324

 

Residential

 

 

17,631,377

 

 

 

485,468

 

 

 

281,298

 

 

 

11,537

 

 

 

378,549

 

 

 

229,242

 

 

 

19,017,471

 

Residential — limited

   documentation

 

 

3,239,344

 

 

 

88,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

139,158

 

 

 

106,573

 

 

 

3,573,441

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

5,502,091

 

 

 

44,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

81,815

 

 

 

5,641,149

 

Automobile

 

 

2,869,232

 

 

 

56,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,674

 

 

 

2,944,065

 

Other

 

 

3,491,629

 

 

 

31,286

 

 

 

5,185

 

 

 

21,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,258

 

 

 

3,560,849

 

Total

 

$

87,968,321

 

 

$

1,025,245

 

 

$

300,659

 

 

$

61,144

 

 

$

578,032

 

 

$

920,015

 

 

$

90,853,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Commercial, financial,

   leasing, etc.

 

$

20,122,648

 

 

$

52,868

 

 

$

2,310

 

 

$

693

 

 

$

1,902

 

 

$

241,917

 

 

$

20,422,338

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial(d)

 

 

23,111,673

 

 

 

172,439

 

 

 

12,963

 

 

 

8,790

 

 

 

46,790

 

 

 

179,606

 

 

 

23,532,261

 

Residential builder and

   developer

 

 

1,507,856

 

 

 

7,969

 

 

 

5,760

 

 

 

6,925

 

 

 

28,734

 

 

 

28,429

 

 

 

1,585,673

 

Other commercial

   construction(d)

 

 

3,962,620

 

 

 

65,932

 

 

 

7,936

 

 

 

2,001

 

 

 

24,525

 

 

 

16,363

 

 

 

4,079,377

 

Residential

 

 

20,507,551

 

 

 

560,312

 

 

 

284,451

 

 

 

16,079

 

 

 

488,599

 

 

 

153,281

 

 

 

22,010,273

 

Residential — limited

   documentation

 

 

3,885,073

 

 

 

137,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175,518

 

 

 

61,950

 

 

 

4,259,830

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

5,805,222

 

 

 

45,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,222

 

 

 

2,261

 

 

 

84,467

 

 

 

5,952,776

 

Automobile

 

 

2,446,473

 

 

 

56,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,597

 

 

 

2,519,257

 

Other

 

 

3,051,435

 

 

 

36,702

 

 

 

4,021

 

 

 

18,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,799

 

 

 

3,127,714

 

Total

 

$

84,400,551

 

 

$

1,135,296

 

 

$

317,441

 

 

$

68,473

 

 

$

768,329

 

 

$

799,409

 

 

$

87,489,499

 

 

(a)

Excludes loans acquired at a discount.

(b)

Loans acquired at a discount that were recorded at fair value at acquisition date. This category does not include purchased impaired loans that are presented separately.

(c)

Accruing loans acquired at a discount that were impaired at acquisition date and recorded at fair value.

(d)

The Company expanded its definition of construction loans in 2016 and, as a result, re-characterized certain commercial real estate loans as other commercial construction loans.  The December 31, 2015 balances reflect such changes.

133


 

If nonaccrual and renegotiated loans had been accruing interest at their originally contracted terms, interest income on such loans would have amounted to $68,371,000 in 2016, $56,784,000 in 2015 and $58,314,000 in 2014. The actual amounts included in interest income during 2016, 2015 and 2014 on such loans were $33,941,000, $30,735,000 and $28,492,000, respectively.

During the normal course of business, the Company modifies loans to maximize recovery efforts. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession is granted, the Company considers such modifications as troubled debt restructurings and classifies those loans as either nonaccrual loans or renegotiated loans. The types of concessions that the Company grants typically include principal deferrals and interest rate concessions, but may also include other types of concessions.

134


 

The table below summarizes the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

 

 

Financial Effects of

Modification

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Pre-

modification

 

 

Post-

modification

 

 

Recorded

Investment(a)

 

 

Interest

(b)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

127

 

 

$

102,872

 

 

$

102,446

 

 

$

(426

)

 

$

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

37

 

 

 

51,221

 

 

 

41,673

 

 

 

(9,548

)

 

 

(95

)

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

56

 

 

 

24,323

 

 

 

23,558

 

 

 

(765

)

 

 

 

Interest rate reduction

 

 

1

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

Other

 

 

1

 

 

 

4,723

 

 

 

4,447

 

 

 

(276

)

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

23

 

 

 

15,695

 

 

 

15,603

 

 

 

(92

)

 

 

(585

)

Residential builder and developer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

3

 

 

 

23,905

 

 

 

22,958

 

 

 

(947

)

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

3

 

 

 

15,755

 

 

 

15,123

 

 

 

(632

)

 

 

 

Other commercial construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

1

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

2

 

 

 

2,863

 

 

 

2,782

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

73

 

 

 

11,082

 

 

 

11,771

 

 

 

689

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

46

 

 

 

8,975

 

 

 

9,367

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

(120

)

Residential-limited documentation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

8

 

 

 

902

 

 

 

1,047

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

13

 

 

 

2,658

 

 

 

2,917

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

(706

)

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

10

 

 

 

760

 

 

 

761

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

93

 

 

 

11,110

 

 

 

11,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

(916

)

Automobile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

117

 

 

 

1,124

 

 

 

1,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

38

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

8

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

57

 

 

 

968

 

 

 

968

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

5

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

17

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

 

 

(32

)

Total

 

 

739

 

 

$

279,696

 

 

$

268,415

 

 

$

(11,281

)

 

$

(2,482

)

 

(a)

Financial effects impacting the recorded investment included principal payments or advances, charge-offs and capitalized escrow arrearages.

(b)

Represents the present value of interest rate concessions discounted at the effective rate of the original loan.

135


 

The table below summarizes the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

 

 

Financial Effects of

Modification

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Pre-

modification

 

 

Post-

modification

 

 

Recorded

Investment(a)

 

 

Interest

(b)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

114

 

 

$

55,621

 

 

$

50,807

 

 

$

(4,814

)

 

$

 

Interest rate reduction

 

 

1

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

Other

 

 

3

 

 

 

12,965

 

 

 

12,827

 

 

 

(138

)

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

9

 

 

 

32,444

 

 

 

31,439

 

 

 

(1,005

)

 

 

(245

)

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

49

 

 

 

49,486

 

 

 

48,388

 

 

 

(1,098

)

 

 

 

Other

 

 

3

 

 

 

4,169

 

 

 

4,087

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

6

 

 

 

3,238

 

 

 

3,242

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(159

)

Residential builder and developer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

2

 

 

 

10,650

 

 

 

10,598

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

 

Other commercial construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

4

 

 

 

368

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

2

 

 

 

10,375

 

 

 

10,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

(49

)

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

58

 

 

 

6,194

 

 

 

6,528

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

1

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

26

 

 

 

4,024

 

 

 

4,277

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

(483

)

Residential-limited documentation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

2

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

437

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

9

 

 

 

1,536

 

 

 

1,635

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

(121

)

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

8

 

 

 

2,175

 

 

 

2,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

63

 

 

 

5,203

 

 

 

5,204

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(677

)

Automobile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

192

 

 

 

1,818

 

 

 

1,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate reduction

 

 

7

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Other

 

 

46

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

57

 

 

 

948

 

 

 

948

 

 

 

 

 

 

(43

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

102

 

 

 

1,995

 

 

 

1,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

13

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

40

 

 

 

396

 

 

 

396

 

 

 

 

 

 

(45

)

Total

 

 

817

 

 

$

204,800

 

 

$

198,405

 

 

$

(6,395

)

 

$

(1,851

)

 

(a)

Financial effects impacting the recorded investment included principal payments or advances, charge-offs and capitalized escrow arrearages.

(b)

Represents the present value of interest rate concessions discounted at the effective rate of the original loan.

136


 

The table below summarizes the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

 

 

Financial Effects of

Modification

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Pre-

modification

 

 

Post-

modification

 

 

Recorded

Investment(a)

 

 

Interest

(b)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

95

 

 

$

29,035

 

 

$

23,628

 

 

$

(5,407

)

 

$

 

Other

 

 

3

 

 

 

29,912

 

 

 

31,604

 

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

7

 

 

 

19,167

 

 

 

19,030

 

 

 

(137

)

 

 

(20

)

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

39

 

 

 

19,077

 

 

 

18,997

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

Interest rate reduction

 

 

1

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(48

)

Other

 

 

1

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

(650

)

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

7

 

 

 

1,152

 

 

 

1,198

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

(264

)

Residential builder and developer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,639

 

 

 

1,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

4

 

 

 

6,703

 

 

 

6,611

 

 

 

(92

)

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

28

 

 

 

2,710

 

 

 

2,905

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

 

Interest rate reduction

 

 

11

 

 

 

1,146

 

 

 

1,222

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

(152

)

Other

 

 

1

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

30

 

 

 

4,211

 

 

 

4,287

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

(483

)

Residential-limited documentation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

6

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

963

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

21

 

 

 

3,806

 

 

 

3,846

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

(386

)

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

3

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate reduction

 

 

6

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

 

 

 

(120

)

Combination of concession types

 

 

47

 

 

 

5,031

 

 

 

5,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

(560

)

Automobile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

208

 

 

 

3,293

 

 

 

3,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate reduction

 

 

9

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

Other

 

 

42

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

81

 

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

1,189

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal deferral

 

 

33

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate reduction

 

 

4

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

 

 

 

(63

)

Other

 

 

1

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination of concession types

 

 

70

 

 

 

2,502

 

 

 

2,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

(761

)

Total

 

 

760

 

 

$

134,351

 

 

$

130,190

 

 

$

(4,161

)

 

$

(2,969

)

 

(a)

Financial effects impacting the recorded investment included principal payments or advances, charge-offs and capitalized escrow arrearages.

(b)

Represents the present value of interest rate concessions discounted at the effective rate of the original loan.

Troubled debt restructurings are considered to be impaired loans and for purposes of establishing the allowance for credit losses are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the

137


 

impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows. Impairment of troubled debt restructurings that have subsequently defaulted may also be measured based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Charge-offs may also be recognized on troubled debt restructurings that have subsequently defaulted. Loans that were modified as troubled debt restructurings during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and for which there was a subsequent payment default during the respective period were not material.

Borrowings by directors and certain officers of M&T and its banking subsidiaries, and by associates of such persons, exclusive of loans aggregating less than $120,000, amounted to $63,543,000 and $52,152,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During 2016, new borrowings by such persons amounted to $15,350,000 (including any borrowings of new directors or officers that were outstanding at the time of their election) and repayments and other reductions (including reductions resulting from retirements) were $3,959,000.

At December 31, 2016, approximately $11.9 billion of commercial loans and leases, $12.5 billion of commercial real estate loans, $17.8 billion of one-to-four family residential real estate loans, $2.3 billion of home equity loans and lines of credit and $4.4 billion of other consumer loans were pledged to secure outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of New York and available lines of credit as described in note 9.

The Company’s loan and lease portfolio includes commercial lease financing receivables consisting of direct financing and leveraged leases for machinery and equipment, railroad equipment, commercial trucks and trailers, and aircraft. A summary of lease financing receivables follows:

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Commercial leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct financings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease payments receivable

 

$

1,136,815

 

 

$

1,058,605

 

Estimated residual value of leased assets

 

 

79,449

 

 

 

81,269

 

Unearned income

 

 

(107,535

)

 

 

(102,723

)

Investment in direct financings

 

 

1,108,729

 

 

 

1,037,151

 

Leveraged leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease payments receivable

 

 

92,918

 

 

 

95,316

 

Estimated residual value of leased assets

 

 

110,328

 

 

 

118,128

 

Unearned income

 

 

(38,760

)

 

 

(41,556

)

Investment in leveraged leases

 

 

164,486

 

 

 

171,888

 

Total investment in leases

 

$

1,273,215

 

 

$

1,209,039

 

Deferred taxes payable arising from leveraged leases

 

$

139,067

 

 

$

160,603

 

 

Included within the estimated residual value of leased assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $47 million and $50 million, respectively, in residual value associated with direct financing leases that are guaranteed by the lessees or others.

138


 

At December 31, 2016, the minimum future lease payments to be received from lease financings were as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

301,611

 

2018

 

 

276,524

 

2019

 

 

209,835

 

2020

 

 

150,631

 

2021

 

 

101,403

 

Later years

 

 

189,729

 

 

 

$

1,229,733

 

 

The amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the Company was $129 million and $172 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were $314 million and $315 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, in loans secured by residential real estate and serviced by the Company that were in the process of foreclosure. There were $192 million in loans secured by residential real estate and serviced by other entities for the Company that were in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2016. Of all the loans in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2016, approximately 57% were classified as purchased impaired and 20% were government guaranteed.

 

 

5.    Allowance for credit losses

Changes in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

 

 

Commercial,

Financial,

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

Leasing, etc.

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Residential

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

300,404

 

 

 

326,831

 

 

 

72,238

 

 

 

178,320

 

 

 

78,199

 

 

$

955,992

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

59,506

 

 

 

33,627

 

 

 

6,902

 

 

 

90,134

 

 

 

(169

)

 

 

190,000

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(59,244

)

 

 

(4,805

)

 

 

(26,133

)

 

 

(141,073

)

 

 

 

 

 

(231,255

)

Recoveries

 

 

30,167

 

 

 

7,066

 

 

 

8,120

 

 

 

28,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

74,260

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

(29,077

)

 

 

2,261

 

 

 

(18,013

)

 

 

(112,166

)

 

 

 

 

 

(156,995

)

Ending balance

 

$

330,833

 

 

 

362,719

 

 

 

61,127

 

 

 

156,288

 

 

 

78,030

 

 

$

988,997

 

 

139


 

 

 

Commercial,

Financial,

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

Leasing, etc.

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Residential

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

288,038

 

 

 

307,927

 

 

 

61,910

 

 

 

186,033

 

 

 

75,654

 

 

$

919,562

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

43,065

 

 

 

25,768

 

 

 

19,133

 

 

 

79,489

 

 

 

2,545

 

 

 

170,000

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(60,983

)

 

 

(16,487

)

 

 

(13,116

)

 

 

(107,787

)

 

 

 

 

 

(198,373

)

Recoveries

 

 

30,284

 

 

 

9,623

 

 

 

4,311

 

 

 

20,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

64,803

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(30,699

)

 

 

(6,864

)

 

 

(8,805

)

 

 

(87,202

)

 

 

 

 

 

(133,570

)

Ending balance

 

$

300,404

 

 

 

326,831

 

 

 

72,238

 

 

 

178,320

 

 

 

78,199

 

 

$

955,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

273,383

 

 

 

324,978

 

 

 

78,656

 

 

 

164,644

 

 

 

75,015

 

 

$

916,676

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

51,410

 

 

 

(13,779

)

 

 

(3,974

)

 

 

89,704

 

 

 

639

 

 

 

124,000

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(58,943

)

 

 

(14,058

)

 

 

(21,351

)

 

 

(84,390

)

 

 

 

 

 

(178,742

)

Recoveries

 

 

22,188

 

 

 

10,786

 

 

 

8,579

 

 

 

16,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,628

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(36,755

)

 

 

(3,272

)

 

 

(12,772

)

 

 

(68,315

)

 

 

 

 

 

(121,114

)

Ending balance

 

$

288,038

 

 

 

307,927

 

 

 

61,910

 

 

 

186,033

 

 

 

75,654

 

 

$

919,562

 

 

Despite the above allocation, the allowance for credit losses is general in nature and is available to absorb losses from any loan or lease type.

In establishing the allowance for credit losses, the Company estimates losses attributable to specific troubled credits identified through both normal and detailed or intensified credit review processes and also estimates losses inherent in other loans and leases on a collective basis. For purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, the Company evaluates its loan and lease portfolio by loan type. The amounts of loss components in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios are determined through a loan-by-loan analysis of larger balance commercial loans and commercial real estate loans that are in nonaccrual status and by applying loss factors to groups of loan balances based on loan type and management’s classification of such loans under the Company’s loan grading system. Measurement of the specific loss components is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. In determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to commercial and commercial real estate credits on an individual loan basis. Loan officers are responsible for continually assigning grades to these loans based on standards outlined in the Company’s Credit Policy. Internal loan grades are also monitored by the Company’s credit review department to ensure consistency and strict adherence to the prescribed standards. Loan grades are assigned loss component factors that reflect the Company’s loss estimate for each group of loans and leases. Factors considered in assigning loan grades and loss component factors include borrower-specific information related to expected future cash flows and operating results, collateral values, geographic location, financial condition and performance, payment status, and other information; levels of and trends in portfolio charge-offs and recoveries; levels of and trends in portfolio delinquencies and impaired loans; changes in the risk profile of specific portfolios; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in credit concentrations; and observed trends and practices in the banking industry. As updated appraisals are obtained on individual loans or other events in the market place indicate that collateral values have significantly changed, individual loan grades are adjusted as appropriate. Changes in other factors cited may also lead to loan grade changes

140


 

at any time. Except for consumer loans and residential real estate loans that are considered smaller balance homogenous loans and acquired loans that are evaluated on an aggregated basis, the Company considers a loan to be impaired for purposes of applying GAAP when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days. Regardless of loan type, the Company considers a loan to be impaired if it qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring. Modified loans, including smaller balance homogenous loans, that are considered to be troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows.

141


 

The following tables provide information with respect to loans and leases that were considered impaired as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

 

Related

Allowance

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

 

Related

Allowance

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

$

168,072

 

 

 

184,432

 

 

 

48,480

 

 

 

179,037

 

 

 

195,821

 

 

 

44,752

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

71,862

 

 

 

86,666

 

 

 

11,620

 

 

 

85,974

 

 

 

95,855

 

 

 

18,764

 

Residential builder and developer

 

 

7,396

 

 

 

8,361

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

3,316

 

 

 

5,101

 

 

 

196

 

Other commercial construction

 

 

2,475

 

 

 

2,731

 

 

 

448

 

 

 

3,548

 

 

 

3,843

 

 

 

348

 

Residential

 

 

86,680

 

 

 

105,944

 

 

 

3,457

 

 

 

79,558

 

 

 

96,751

 

 

 

4,727

 

Residential-limited

   documentation

 

 

82,547

 

 

 

97,718

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

90,356

 

 

 

104,251

 

 

 

8,000

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

44,693

 

 

 

48,965

 

 

 

8,027

 

 

 

25,220

 

 

 

26,195

 

 

 

3,777

 

Automobile

 

 

16,982

 

 

 

18,272

 

 

 

3,740

 

 

 

22,525

 

 

 

22,525

 

 

 

4,709

 

Other

 

 

3,791

 

 

 

5,296

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

17,620

 

 

 

17,620

 

 

 

4,820

 

 

 

 

484,498

 

 

 

558,385

 

 

 

83,054

 

 

 

507,154

 

 

 

567,962

 

 

 

90,093

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

100,805

 

 

 

124,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,190

 

 

 

110,735

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

113,276

 

 

 

121,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,340

 

 

 

116,230

 

 

 

 

Residential builder and developer

 

 

14,368

 

 

 

21,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,651

 

 

 

47,246

 

 

 

 

Other commercial construction

 

 

15,933

 

 

 

35,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,221

 

 

 

31,477

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

16,823

 

 

 

24,161

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,621

 

 

 

30,940

 

 

 

 

Residential-limited

   documentation

 

 

15,429

 

 

 

24,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,414

 

 

 

31,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

276,634

 

 

 

351,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

273,437

 

 

 

367,741

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

 

268,877

 

 

 

309,218

 

 

 

48,480

 

 

 

272,227

 

 

 

306,556

 

 

 

44,752

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

185,138

 

 

 

208,512

 

 

 

11,620

 

 

 

187,314

 

 

 

212,085

 

 

 

18,764

 

Residential builder and developer

 

 

21,764

 

 

 

29,485

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

30,967

 

 

 

52,347

 

 

 

196

 

Other commercial construction

 

 

18,408

 

 

 

38,012

 

 

 

448

 

 

 

16,769

 

 

 

35,320

 

 

 

348

 

Residential

 

 

103,503

 

 

 

130,105

 

 

 

3,457

 

 

 

99,179

 

 

 

127,691

 

 

 

4,727

 

Residential-limited

   documentation

 

 

97,976

 

 

 

122,308

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

108,770

 

 

 

135,364

 

 

 

8,000

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

44,693

 

 

 

48,965

 

 

 

8,027

 

 

 

25,220

 

 

 

26,195

 

 

 

3,777

 

Automobile

 

 

16,982

 

 

 

18,272

 

 

 

3,740

 

 

 

22,525

 

 

 

22,525

 

 

 

4,709

 

Other

 

 

3,791

 

 

 

5,296

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

17,620

 

 

 

17,620

 

 

 

4,820

 

Total

 

$

761,132

 

 

 

910,173

 

 

 

83,054

 

 

 

780,591

 

 

 

935,703

 

 

 

90,093

 

142


 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

Recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

Recognized

 

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

Cash

Basis

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

Cash

Basis

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, leasing,

   etc.

 

$

277,647

 

 

 

8,342

 

 

 

8,342

 

 

 

236,201

 

 

 

2,933

 

 

 

2,933

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

175,877

 

 

 

4,878

 

 

 

4,878

 

 

 

166,628

 

 

 

6,243

 

 

 

6,243

 

Residential builder and

   developer

 

 

29,237

 

 

 

2,300

 

 

 

2,300

 

 

 

59,457

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

335

 

Other commercial

   construction

 

 

19,697

 

 

 

644

 

 

 

644

 

 

 

20,276

 

 

 

2,311

 

 

 

2,311

 

Residential

 

 

98,394

 

 

 

6,227

 

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

101,483

 

 

 

6,188

 

 

 

4,037

 

Residential-limited

   documentation

 

 

103,060

 

 

 

5,999

 

 

 

1,975

 

 

 

118,449

 

 

 

6,380

 

 

 

2,638

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

36,493

 

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

21,523

 

 

 

905

 

 

 

261

 

Automobile

 

 

19,636

 

 

 

1,242

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

25,675

 

 

 

1,619

 

 

 

175

 

Other

 

 

9,218

 

 

 

440

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

18,809

 

 

 

729

 

 

 

113

 

Total

 

$

769,259

 

 

 

31,397

 

 

 

21,885

 

 

 

768,501

 

 

 

27,643

 

 

 

19,046

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

Recognized

 

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Total

 

 

Cash

Basis

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

 

$

181,932

 

 

 

2,251

 

 

 

2,251

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

184,773

 

 

 

4,029

 

 

 

4,029

 

Residential builder and developer

 

 

91,149

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

142

 

Other commercial construction

 

 

62,734

 

 

 

1,893

 

 

 

1,893

 

Residential

 

 

126,005

 

 

 

9,180

 

 

 

6,978

 

Residential-limited documentation

 

 

133,800

 

 

 

6,613

 

 

 

2,546

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines and loans

 

 

18,083

 

 

 

750

 

 

 

248

 

Automobile

 

 

35,173

 

 

 

2,251

 

 

 

295

 

Other

 

 

18,378

 

 

 

690

 

 

 

191

 

Total

 

$

852,027

 

 

 

27,799

 

 

 

18,573

 

 

In accordance with the previously described policies, the Company utilizes a loan grading system that is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. Loan grades are utilized to differentiate risk within the portfolio and consider the expectations of default for each loan. Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a lower expectation of default are assigned one of ten possible “pass” loan grades and are generally ascribed lower loss factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Loans with an elevated level of credit risk are classified

143


 

as “criticized” and are ascribed a higher loss factor when determining the allowance for credit losses. Criticized loans may be classified as “nonaccrual” if the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more. All larger-balance criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are individually reviewed by centralized credit personnel each quarter to determine the appropriateness of the assigned loan grade, including whether the loan should be reported as accruing or nonaccruing. Smaller-balance criticized loans are analyzed by business line risk management areas to ensure proper loan grade classification. Furthermore, criticized nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are considered impaired and, as a result, specific loss allowances on such loans are established within the allowance for credit losses to the extent appropriate in each individual instance.

The following table summarizes the loan grades applied to the various classes of the Company’s commercial loans and commercial real estate loans.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

Commercial,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

Other

 

 

 

Financial,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Builder and

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

Leasing, etc.

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Developer

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

21,398,581

 

 

 

24,570,269

 

 

 

1,789,071

 

 

 

5,912,351

 

Criticized accrual

 

 

950,032

 

 

 

741,274

 

 

 

116,548

 

 

 

165,862

 

Criticized nonaccrual

 

 

261,434

 

 

 

176,201

 

 

 

16,707

 

 

 

18,111

 

Total

 

$

22,610,047

 

 

 

25,487,744

 

 

 

1,922,326

 

 

 

6,096,324

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

$

19,442,183

 

 

 

22,697,398

 

 

 

1,497,465

 

 

 

3,834,137

 

Criticized accrual

 

 

738,238

 

 

 

655,257

 

 

 

59,779

 

 

 

228,877

 

Criticized nonaccrual

 

 

241,917

 

 

 

179,606

 

 

 

28,429

 

 

 

16,363

 

Total

 

$

20,422,338

 

 

 

23,532,261

 

 

 

1,585,673

 

 

 

4,079,377

 

 

In determining the allowance for credit losses, residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally evaluated collectively after considering such factors as payment performance and recent loss experience and trends, which are mainly driven by current collateral values in the market place as well as the amount of loan defaults. Loss rates on such loans are determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors including near-term forecasted loss estimates developed by the Company’s credit department. In arriving at such forecasts, the Company considers the current estimated fair value of its collateral based on geographical adjustments for home price depreciation/appreciation and overall borrower repayment performance. With regard to collateral values, the realizability of such values by the Company contemplates repayment of any first lien position prior to recovering amounts on a second lien position. However, residential real estate loans and outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit that are more than 150 days past due are generally evaluated for collectibility on a loan-by-loan basis giving consideration to estimated collateral values. The carrying value of residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit for which a partial charge-off has been recognized aggregated $44 million and $32 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and $55 million and $21 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit that were more than 150 days past due but did not require a partial charge-off because the net realizable value of the collateral exceeded the outstanding customer balance totaled $16 million and $39 million,

144


 

respectively, at December 31, 2016 and $20 million and $28 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015.

The Company also measures additional losses for purchased impaired loans when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. The determination of the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses is very subjective. Given that inherent subjectivity and potential imprecision involved in determining the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses, the Company also provides an inherent unallocated portion of the allowance. The unallocated portion of the allowance is intended to recognize probable losses that are not otherwise identifiable and includes management’s subjective determination of amounts necessary to provide for the possible use of imprecise estimates in determining the allocated portion of the allowance. Therefore, the level of the unallocated portion of the allowance is primarily reflective of the inherent imprecision in the various calculations used in determining the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses. Other factors that could also lead to changes in the unallocated portion include the effects of expansion into new markets for which the Company does not have the same degree of familiarity and experience regarding portfolio performance in changing market conditions, the introduction of new loan and lease product types, and other risks associated with the Company’s loan portfolio that may not be specifically identifiable.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses summarized on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

 

 

 

Commercial,

Financial,

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing, etc.

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Residential

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

48,480

 

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

9,457

 

 

 

12,543

 

 

$

82,980

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

282,353

 

 

 

348,301

 

 

 

47,993

 

 

 

143,745

 

 

 

822,392

 

Purchased impaired

 

 

 

 

 

1,918

 

 

 

3,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,595

 

Allocated

 

$

330,833

 

 

 

362,719

 

 

 

61,127

 

 

 

156,288

 

 

 

910,967

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,030

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

988,997

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

44,752

 

 

 

19,175

 

 

 

12,727

 

 

 

13,306

 

 

$

89,960

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

255,615

 

 

 

307,000

 

 

 

57,624

 

 

 

163,511

 

 

 

783,750

 

Purchased impaired

 

 

37

 

 

 

656

 

 

 

1,887

 

 

 

1,503

 

 

 

4,083

 

Allocated

 

$

300,404

 

 

 

326,831

 

 

 

72,238

 

 

 

178,320

 

 

 

877,793

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,199

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

955,992

 

 

145


 

The recorded investment in loans and leases summarized on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

 

 

 

Commercial,

Financial,

 

 

Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing, etc.

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Residential

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for

   impairment

 

$

268,877

 

 

 

224,630

 

 

 

201,479

 

 

 

65,466

 

 

$

760,452

 

Collectively evaluated  for

   impairment

 

 

22,340,529

 

 

 

33,222,080

 

 

 

21,871,726

 

 

 

12,080,597

 

 

 

89,514,932

 

Purchased impaired

 

 

641

 

 

 

59,684

 

 

 

517,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

578,032

 

Total

 

$

22,610,047

 

 

 

33,506,394

 

 

 

22,590,912

 

 

 

12,146,063

 

 

$

90,853,416

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for

   impairment

 

$

272,227

 

 

 

234,132

 

 

 

207,949

 

 

 

65,365

 

 

$

779,673

 

Collectively evaluated for

   impairment

 

 

20,148,209

 

 

 

28,863,130

 

 

 

25,398,037

 

 

 

11,532,121

 

 

 

85,941,497

 

Purchased impaired

 

 

1,902

 

 

 

100,049

 

 

 

664,117

 

 

 

2,261

 

 

 

768,329

 

Total

 

$

20,422,338

 

 

 

29,197,311

 

 

 

26,270,103

 

 

 

11,599,747

 

 

$

87,489,499

 

 

 

6.    Premises and equipment

The detail of premises and equipment was as follows:

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Land

 

$

104,671

 

 

$

105,435

 

Buildings — owned

 

 

448,442

 

 

 

443,507

 

Buildings — capital leases

 

 

 

 

 

1,108

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

232,936

 

 

 

229,919

 

Furniture and equipment — owned

 

 

636,219

 

 

 

614,591

 

Furniture and equipment — capital leases

 

 

14,849

 

 

 

12,019

 

 

 

 

1,437,117

 

 

 

1,406,579

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owned assets

 

 

756,245

 

 

 

732,315

 

Capital leases

 

 

5,609

 

 

 

7,582

 

 

 

 

761,854

 

 

 

739,897

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

$

675,263

 

 

$

666,682

 

 

Net lease expense for all operating leases totaled $113,663,000 in 2016, $102,356,000 in 2015 and $104,297,000 in 2014. Minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are presented in note 21. Minimum lease payments required under capital leases are not material.

 

 

146


 

7.    Capitalized servicing assets

Changes in capitalized servicing assets were as follows:

 

 

 

Residential Mortgage Loans

 

 

Commercial Mortgage Loans

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

118,303

 

 

$

109,871

 

 

$

126,377

 

 

$

83,692

 

 

$

72,939

 

 

$

72,499

 

Originations

 

 

28,618

 

 

 

35,556

 

 

 

28,285

 

 

 

40,117

 

 

 

29,914

 

 

 

15,922

 

Purchases

 

 

638

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

730

 

Amortization

 

 

(30,208

)

 

 

(27,367

)

 

 

(45,080

)

 

 

(20,045

)

 

 

(19,161

)

 

 

(16,212

)

 

 

 

117,351

 

 

 

118,303

 

 

 

109,871

 

 

 

103,764

 

 

 

83,692

 

 

 

72,939

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance, net

 

$

117,351

 

 

$

118,303

 

 

$

109,871

 

 

$

103,764

 

 

$

83,692

 

 

$

72,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

729

 

 

$

4,107

 

 

$

11,225

 

 

$

202,724

 

 

$

186,917

 

 

$

210,101

 

Originations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,735

 

 

 

65,470

 

 

 

44,207

 

Purchases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

638

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

1,019

 

Amortization

 

 

(729

)

 

 

(3,378

)

 

 

(7,118

)

 

 

(50,982

)

 

 

(49,906

)

 

 

(68,410

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

729

 

 

 

4,107

 

 

 

221,115

 

 

 

202,724

 

 

 

186,917

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance, net

 

$

 

 

$

729

 

 

$

4,107

 

 

$

221,115

 

 

$

202,724

 

 

$

186,917

 

 

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others were $53.2 billion at December 31, 2016, $61.7 billion at December 31, 2015 and $67.2 billion at December 31, 2014. Reflected in residential mortgage loans serviced for others were loans sub-serviced for others of $30.4 billion, $37.8 billion and $42.1 billion at December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Commercial mortgage loans serviced for others were $11.8 billion at December 31, 2016, $11.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and $11.3 billion at December 31, 2014.

The estimated fair value of capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing assets was approximately $235 million at December 31, 2016 and $249 million at December 31, 2015. The fair value of capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing assets was estimated using weighted-average discount rates of 12.2% and 12.4% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and contemporaneous prepayment assumptions that vary by loan type. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the discount rate represented a weighted-average option-adjusted spread (“OAS”) of 1095 basis points (hundredths of one percent) and 1119 basis points, respectively, over market implied forward London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”). The estimated fair value of capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing rights may vary significantly in subsequent periods due to changing interest rates and the effect thereof on prepayment speeds. The estimated fair value of capitalized commercial mortgage loan servicing assets was approximately $119 million and $99 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. An 18% discount rate was used to estimate the fair value of capitalized commercial mortgage loan servicing rights at December 31, 2016 and 2015 with no prepayment assumptions because, in general, the servicing agreements allow the Company to share in customer loan prepayment fees and thereby recover the remaining carrying value of the capitalized servicing rights associated with such loan. The Company’s ability to realize the carrying value of capitalized commercial mortgage servicing rights is more dependent on the borrowers’ abilities to repay the underlying loans than on prepayments or changes in interest rates.

147


 

The key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value of significant portfolios of capitalized servicing rights at December 31, 2016 and the sensitivity of such value to changes in those assumptions are summarized in the table that follows. Those calculated sensitivities are hypothetical and actual changes in the fair value of capitalized servicing rights may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein. The effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the servicing rights is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The changes in assumptions are presumed to be instantaneous.

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

Commercial

 

Weighted-average prepayment speeds

 

 

11.30

%

 

 

 

 

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$

(8,525,000

)

 

 

 

 

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

 

(16,390,000

)

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average OAS

 

 

10.95

%

 

 

 

 

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$

(7,106,000

)

 

 

 

 

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

 

(13,779,000

)

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.00

%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

 

 

 

 

$

(5,285,000

)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,186,000

)

 

 

 

 

8.    Goodwill and other intangible assets

In accordance with GAAP, the Company does not amortize goodwill, however, core deposit and other intangible assets are amortized over the estimated life of each respective asset. Total amortizing intangible assets were comprised of the following:

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net Carrying

Amount

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit

 

$

887,459

 

 

$

789,988

 

 

$

97,471

 

Other

 

 

177,268

 

 

 

177,084

 

 

 

184

 

Total

 

$

1,064,727

 

 

$

967,072

 

 

$

97,655

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit

 

$

887,459

 

 

$

750,624

 

 

$

136,835

 

Other

 

 

177,268

 

 

 

173,835

 

 

 

3,433

 

Total

 

$

1,064,727

 

 

$

924,459

 

 

$

140,268

 

 

148


 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets was generally computed using accelerated methods over original amortization periods of five to ten years. The weighted-average original amortization period was approximately eight years. The remaining weighted-average amortization period as of December 31, 2016 was approximately six years. Amortization expense for core deposit and other intangible assets was $42,613,000, $26,424,000 and $33,824,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Estimated amortization expense in future years for such intangible assets is as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

30,305

 

2018

 

 

23,462

 

2019

 

 

18,026

 

2020

 

 

13,323

 

2021

 

 

8,621

 

Later years

 

 

3,918

 

 

 

$

97,655

 

 

In accordance with GAAP, the Company completed annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 2016, 2015 and 2014. For purposes of testing for impairment, the Company assigned all recorded goodwill to the reporting units originally intended to benefit from past business combinations, which has historically been the Company’s core relationship business reporting units. Goodwill was generally assigned based on the implied fair value of the acquired goodwill applicable to the benefited reporting units at the time of each respective acquisition. The implied fair value of the goodwill was determined as the difference between the estimated incremental overall fair value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit as of each respective acquisition date. To test for goodwill impairment at each evaluation date, the Company compared the estimated fair value of each of its reporting units to their respective carrying amounts and certain other assets and liabilities assigned to the reporting unit, including goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets. The methodologies used to estimate fair values of reporting units as of the acquisition dates and as of the evaluation dates were similar. For the Company’s core customer relationship business reporting units, fair value was estimated as the present value of the expected future cash flows of the reporting unit. Based on the results of the goodwill impairment tests, the Company concluded that the amount of recorded goodwill was not impaired at the respective testing dates.

A summary of goodwill assigned to each of the Company’s reportable segments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 for purposes of testing for impairment is as follows.

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Banking

 

$

864,366

 

Commercial Banking

 

 

1,401,873

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

 

654,389

 

Discretionary Portfolio

 

 

 

Residential Mortgage Banking

 

 

 

Retail Banking

 

 

1,309,191

 

All Other

 

 

363,293

 

Total

 

$

4,593,112

 

149


 

 

 

9.    Borrowings

The amounts and interest rates of short-term borrowings were as follows:

 

 

 

Federal Funds

Purchased

and

Repurchase

Agreements

 

 

Other

Short-term

Borrowings

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

At December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount outstanding

 

$

163,442

 

 

 

 

 

$

163,442

 

Weighted-average interest rate

 

 

0.32

%

 

 

 

 

 

0.32

%

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highest amount at a month-end

 

$

225,940

 

 

$

1,974,013

 

 

 

 

 

Daily-average amount outstanding

 

 

203,853

 

 

 

689,969

 

 

$

893,822

 

Weighted-average interest rate

 

 

0.28

%

 

 

0.44

%

 

 

0.41

%

At December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount outstanding

 

$

150,546

 

 

$

1,981,636

 

 

$

2,132,182

 

Weighted-average interest rate

 

 

0.06

%

 

 

0.43

%

 

 

0.40

%

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highest amount at a month-end

 

$

202,951

 

 

$

1,989,257

 

 

 

 

 

Daily-average amount outstanding

 

 

187,167

 

 

 

360,838

 

 

$

548,005

 

Weighted-average interest rate

 

 

0.08

%

 

 

0.43

%

 

 

0.31

%

At December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount outstanding

 

$

192,676

 

 

 

 

 

$

192,676

 

Weighted-average interest rate

 

 

0.07

%

 

 

 

 

 

0.07

%

For the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highest amount at a month-end

 

$

280,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daily-average amount outstanding

 

 

214,736

 

 

 

 

 

$

214,736

 

Weighted-average interest rate

 

 

0.05

%

 

 

 

 

 

0.05

%

 

Short-term borrowings have a stated maturity of one year or less at the date the Company enters into the obligation. In general, federal funds purchased and short-term repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2016 matured on the next business day following year-end. Other short-term borrowings at December 31, 2015 represent borrowings from the FHLB of New York that were assumed in the acquisition of Hudson City. Those borrowings matured at various dates during 2016.

At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had lines of credit under formal agreements as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding borrowings

 

$

1,154,828

 

Unused

 

 

32,573,956

 

 

At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank had borrowing facilities available with the FHLBs whereby M&T Bank could borrow up to approximately $22.5 billion. Additionally, M&T Bank had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York totaling approximately $11.2 billion at December 31, 2016. M&T Bank is required to pledge loans and investment securities as collateral for these borrowing facilities.

150


 

Long-term borrowings were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Senior notes of M&T Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate due 2016

 

$

 

 

$

300,000

 

Variable rate due 2017

 

 

550,000

 

 

 

550,000

 

1.25% due 2017

 

 

499,999

 

 

 

499,984

 

1.40% due 2017

 

 

749,946

 

 

 

749,851

 

1.45% due 2018

 

 

501,829

 

 

 

503,527

 

2.25% due 2019

 

 

649,012

 

 

 

648,628

 

2.30% due 2019

 

 

749,473

 

 

 

749,219

 

2.10% due 2020

 

 

749,735

 

 

 

749,650

 

2.90% due 2025

 

 

749,320

 

 

 

749,236

 

Advances from FHLB:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rates

 

 

1,154,737

 

 

 

1,158,216

 

Agreements to repurchase securities

 

 

1,084,694

 

 

 

1,899,281

 

Subordinated notes of Wilmington Trust Corporation (a wholly

   owned subsidiary of M&T):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.50% due 2018

 

 

207,651

 

 

 

213,417

 

Subordinated notes of M&T Bank:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.625% due 2017

 

 

409,526

 

 

 

419,800

 

5.585% due 2020, variable rate commenced 2015

 

 

409,361

 

 

 

409,361

 

5.629% due 2021, variable rate commenced 2016

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

518,797

 

Junior subordinated debentures of M&T associated with preferred

   capital securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rates:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BSB Capital Trust I — 8.125%, due 2028

 

 

15,659

 

 

 

15,635

 

Provident Trust I — 8.29%, due 2028

 

 

26,293

 

 

 

25,817

 

Southern Financial Statutory Trust I — 10.60%, due 2030

 

 

6,620

 

 

 

6,583

 

Variable rates:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Maryland Capital I — due 2027

 

 

146,256

 

 

 

145,717

 

First Maryland Capital II — due 2027

 

 

147,954

 

 

 

147,291

 

Allfirst Asset Trust — due 2029

 

 

96,494

 

 

 

96,349

 

BSB Capital Trust III — due 2033

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

15,464

 

Provident Statutory Trust III — due 2033

 

 

53,834

 

 

 

53,244

 

Southern Financial Capital Trust III — due 2033

 

 

7,968

 

 

 

7,889

 

Other

 

 

12,010

 

 

 

20,902

 

 

 

$

9,493,835

 

 

$

10,653,858

 

 

The variable rate senior notes of M&T Bank pay interest quarterly at rates that are indexed to the three-month LIBOR. The contractual interest rates for those notes ranged from 1.18% to 1.26% at December 31, 2016 and from 0.62% to 0.75% at December 31, 2015. The weighted-average contractual interest rates payable were 1.22% at December 31, 2016 and 0.69% at December 31, 2015.

Long-term fixed rate advances from the FHLB had contractual interest rates ranging from 1.17% to 7.32% with a weighted-average contractual interest rate of 1.65% at December 31, 2016 and 1.66% at

151


 

December 31, 2015. Advances from the FHLB mature at various dates through 2035 and are secured by residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans and investment securities.

Long-term agreements to repurchase securities had contractual interest rates that ranged from 3.65% to 4.58% at December 31, 2016 and from 3.61% to 4.58% at December 31, 2015. The weighted-average contractual interest rates payable were 4.05% at December 31, 2016 and 4.00% at December 31, 2015. The agreements reflect various repurchase dates through 2020, however, the contractual maturities of the underlying investment securities extend beyond such repurchase dates. The agreements are subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements, however, the Company has not offset any amounts related to these agreements in its consolidated financial statements. The Company posted collateral consisting primarily of government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities of $1.1 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The subordinated notes of M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust Corporation are unsecured and are subordinate to the claims of other creditors of those entities. The subordinated notes of M&T Bank that mature in 2020 converted to variable rate notes in December 2015. These notes now pay interest monthly at a rate that is indexed to the one-month LIBOR. The contractual interest rates were 1.97% and 1.64% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The subordinated notes of M&T Bank that mature in 2021 converted to variable rate notes in December 2016. These notes now pay interest quarterly at a rate that is indexed to the three-month LIBOR. The contractual interest rate was 1.57% at December 31, 2016.

The fixed and variable rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of M&T (“Junior Subordinated Debentures”) are held by various trusts and were issued in connection with the issuance by those trusts of preferred capital securities (“Capital Securities”) and common securities (“Common Securities”). The proceeds from the issuances of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities were used by the trusts to purchase the Junior Subordinated Debentures. The Common Securities of each of those trusts are wholly owned by M&T and are the only class of each trust’s securities possessing general voting powers. The Capital Securities represent preferred undivided interests in the assets of the corresponding trust. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital guidelines, in 2015 only 25% of then-outstanding Capital Securities were included in Tier 1 capital and beginning in 2016 none of the securities were included in M&T’s Tier 1 regulatory capital, but do qualify for inclusion in Tier 2 regulatory capital. The variable rate Junior Subordinated Debentures pay interest quarterly at rates that are indexed to the three-month LIBOR. Those rates ranged from 1.74% to 4.23% at December 31, 2016 and from 1.18% to 3.67% at December 31, 2015. The weighted-average variable rates payable on those Junior Subordinated Debentures were 2.33% at December 31, 2016 and 1.78% at December 31, 2015.

Holders of the Capital Securities receive preferential cumulative cash distributions unless M&T exercises its right to extend the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures as allowed by the terms of each such debenture, in which case payment of distributions on the respective Capital Securities will be deferred for comparable periods. During an extended interest period, M&T may not pay dividends or distributions on, or repurchase, redeem or acquire any shares of its capital stock. In general, the agreements governing the Capital Securities, in the aggregate, provide a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee by M&T of the payment of distributions on, the redemption of, and any liquidation distribution with respect to the Capital Securities. The obligations under such guarantee and the Capital Securities are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of M&T.

The Capital Securities will remain outstanding until the Junior Subordinated Debentures are repaid at maturity, are redeemed prior to maturity or are distributed in liquidation to the trusts. The Capital Securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole, but not in part, upon repayment at the stated maturity dates (ranging from 2027 to 2033) of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or the earlier redemption of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole upon the occurrence of one or more events set forth in the indentures relating to the Capital Securities, and in whole or in part at any time after an optional redemption prior to contractual maturity contemporaneously with the optional redemption of the related Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole or in part, subject to possible regulatory approval.

152


 

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2016 mature as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

3,442,484

 

2018

 

 

714,358

 

2019

 

 

2,299,502

 

2020

 

 

1,269,939

 

2021

 

 

500,144

 

Later years

 

 

1,267,408

 

 

 

$

9,493,835

 

 

 

10.    Shareholders’ equity

M&T is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a $1.00 par value per share. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference, but have no general voting rights.

Issued and outstanding preferred stock of M&T is presented below:

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Shares

Issued and

Outstanding

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

Shares

Issued and

Outstanding

 

 

Carrying value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Series A (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,

   $1,000 liquidation preference per share

 

 

230,000

 

 

$

230,000

 

 

 

230,000

 

 

$

230,000

 

Series C (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,

   $1,000 liquidation preference per share

 

 

151,500

 

 

$

151,500

 

 

 

151,500

 

 

$

151,500

 

Series D (b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,

   $10,000 liquidation preference per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

$

500,000

 

Series E (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred

   Stock, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

 

 

350,000

 

 

$

350,000

 

 

 

350,000

 

 

$

350,000

 

Series F (d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred

   Stock, $10,000 liquidation preference per share

 

 

50,000

 

 

$

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Dividends, if declared, are paid at 6.375%. Warrants to purchase M&T common stock at $73.86 per share issued in connection with the Series A preferred stock expire in 2018 and totaled 631,794 and 719,175 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

(b)

The shares were fully redeemed in December 2016, having received the approval of the Federal Reserve to redeem such shares after issuing the Series F preferred stock.

(c)

Dividends, if declared, are paid semi-annually at a rate of 6.45% through February 14, 2024 and thereafter will be paid quarterly at a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 361 basis points (hundredths of one percent). The shares are redeemable in whole or in part on or after February 15, 2024. Notwithstanding M&T’s option to redeem the shares, if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence.

(d)

Dividends, if declared, are paid semi-annually at a rate of 5.125% through October 31, 2026 and thereafter will be paid quarterly at a rate of the three-month LIBOR plus 352 basis points.  The shares are redeemable in whole or in part on or after November 1, 2026.  Notwithstanding M&T’s option to redeem the shares, if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence.

153


 

In addition to the Series A warrants mentioned in (a) above, a warrant to purchase 95,383 shares of M&T common stock at $518.96 per share was outstanding at each of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The obligation under that warrant was assumed by M&T in an acquisition.

 

 

11.    Stock-based compensation plans

Stock-based compensation expense was $65 million in 2016 and 2014, and $67 million in 2015. The Company recognized income tax benefits related to stock-based compensation of $31 million in 2016, $29 million in 2015 and $31 million in 2014.

The Company’s equity incentive compensation plan allows for the issuance of various forms of stock-based compensation, including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance-based awards. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, there were 3,667,800 and 3,954,712 shares available for future grant under the Company’s equity incentive compensation plan.

Restricted stock awards

Restricted stock awards are comprised of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Restricted stock awards granted since 2014 vest over three years. Restricted stock awards granted prior to 2014 vest over four years. A portion of restricted stock awards granted after 2013 require a performance condition to be met before such awards vest. Unrecognized compensation expense associated with restricted stock was $12 million as of December 31, 2016 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately one year. The Company may issue restricted shares from treasury stock to the extent available or issue new shares. The number of restricted shares issued was 218,341 in 2016, 218,183 in 2015 and 221,822 in 2014, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $24,085,000 in 2016, $24,726,000 in 2015 and $24,765,000 in 2014. Unrecognized compensation expense associated with restricted stock units was $5 million as of December 31, 2016 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately one year. The number of restricted stock units issued was 348,297 in 2016, 324,772 in 2015 and 299,525 in 2014, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $38,795,000, $37,070,000 and $33,406,000, respectively.

A summary of restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity follows:

 

 

 

Restricted

Stock Units

Outstanding

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Price

 

 

Restricted

Stock

Outstanding

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested at January 1, 2016

 

 

968,498

 

 

$

109.38

 

 

 

625,888

 

 

$

103.82

 

Granted

 

 

348,297

 

 

 

111.38

 

 

 

218,341

 

 

 

110.31

 

Vested

 

 

(570,509

)

 

 

108.21

 

 

 

(324,981

)

 

 

98.55

 

Cancelled

 

 

(6,936

)

 

 

110.90

 

 

 

(19,924

)

 

 

108.15

 

Unvested at December 31, 2016

 

 

739,350

 

 

$

111.21

 

 

 

499,324

 

 

$

109.92

 

 

Stock option awards

Stock options issued generally vested over four years and are exercisable over terms not exceeding ten years and one day. The Company used an option pricing model to estimate the grant date present value of stock options granted. Stock options granted in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not significant.

154


 

A summary of stock option activity follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

Options

Outstanding

 

 

Exercise

Price

 

 

Life

(In Years)

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2016

 

 

4,223,710

 

 

$

126.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

200

 

 

 

110.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,694,440

)

 

 

106.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(934,879

)

 

 

140.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

1,594,591

 

 

$

139.60

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

$

39,326

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

 

 

1,594,149

 

 

$

139.60

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

$

39,305

 

 

For 2016, 2015 and 2014, M&T received $172 million, $93 million and $127 million, respectively, in cash and realized tax benefits from the exercise of stock options of $15 million, $6 million and $9 million, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during those periods was $42 million, $17 million and $26 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the amount of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options was not significant. The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was not significant. Upon the exercise of stock options, the Company may issue shares from treasury stock to the extent available or issue new shares.

Stock purchase plan

The stock purchase plan provides eligible employees of the Company with the right to purchase shares of M&T common stock at a discount through accumulated payroll deductions. In connection with the employee stock purchase plan, 2,500,000 shares of M&T common stock were authorized for issuance under a plan adopted in 2013. There were 97,880 shares issued in 2016, 89,384 shares issued in 2015 and 85,761 shares issued in 2014.  For 2016, 2015 and 2014, M&T received $9,528,000, $9,296,000 and $8,607,000, respectively, in cash for shares purchased through the employee stock purchase plan. Compensation expense recognized for the stock purchase plan was not significant in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

Deferred bonus plan

The Company provided a deferred bonus plan pursuant to which eligible employees could elect to defer all or a portion of their annual incentive compensation awards and allocate such awards to several investment options, including M&T common stock. Participants could elect the timing of distributions from the plan. Such distributions are payable in cash with the exception of balances allocated to M&T common stock which are distributable in the form of M&T common stock. Shares of M&T common stock distributable pursuant to the terms of the deferred bonus plan were 23,188 and 26,365 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The obligation to issue shares is included in “common stock issuable” in the consolidated balance sheet.

Directors’ stock plan

The Company maintains a compensation plan for non-employee members of the Company’s boards of directors and directors advisory councils that allows such members to receive all or a portion of their compensation in shares of M&T common stock. Through December 31, 2016, 243,652 shares had been issued in connection with the directors’ stock plan.

155


 

Through acquisitions, the Company assumed obligations to issue shares of M&T common stock related to deferred directors compensation plans. Shares of common stock issuable under such plans were 9,215 and 10,279 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The obligation to issue shares is included in “common stock issuable” in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

 

12.    Pension plans and other postretirement benefits

The Company provides defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits (including health care and life insurance benefits) to qualified retired employees. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all of its plans.

Net periodic pension expense for defined benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

25,037

 

 

$

24,372

 

 

$

20,520

 

Interest cost on benefit obligation

 

 

83,410

 

 

 

72,731

 

 

 

69,162

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(108,473

)

 

 

(96,155

)

 

 

(91,568

)

Amortization of prior service credit

 

 

(3,228

)

 

 

(6,005

)

 

 

(6,552

)

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

30,145

 

 

 

44,825

 

 

 

14,494

 

Net periodic pension expense

 

$

26,891

 

 

$

39,768

 

 

$

6,056

 

 

Net other postretirement benefits expense for defined benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

1,595

 

 

$

914

 

 

$

605

 

Interest cost on benefit obligation

 

 

4,971

 

 

 

2,995

 

 

 

2,778

 

Amortization of prior service credit

 

 

(1,359

)

 

 

(1,359

)

 

 

(1,359

)

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

60

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

Net other postretirement benefits expense

 

$

5,267

 

 

$

2,656

 

 

$

2,024

 

 

156


 

Data relating to the funding position of the defined benefit plans were as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other

Postretirement Benefits

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

2,004,531

 

 

$

1,813,409

 

 

$

121,497

 

 

$

67,502

 

Service cost

 

 

25,037

 

 

 

24,372

 

 

 

1,595

 

 

 

914

 

Interest cost

 

 

83,410

 

 

 

72,731

 

 

 

4,971

 

 

 

2,995

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,085

 

 

 

2,619

 

Amendments and curtailments

 

 

(28,308

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

4,827

 

 

 

(83,593

)

 

 

(10,553

)

 

 

(2,431

)

Business combinations

 

 

 

 

 

247,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,539

 

Medicare Part D reimbursement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

592

 

 

 

420

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(82,339

)

 

 

(69,728

)

 

 

(11,265

)

 

 

(7,061

)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

 

2,007,158

 

 

 

2,004,531

 

 

 

109,922

 

 

 

121,497

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

 

1,625,134

 

 

 

1,505,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

88,564

 

 

 

(14,069

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 

10,772

 

 

 

8,367

 

 

 

7,588

 

 

 

4,022

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,085

 

 

 

2,619

 

Business combinations

 

 

 

 

 

194,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medicare Part D reimbursement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

592

 

 

 

420

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(82,339

)

 

 

(69,728

)

 

 

(11,265

)

 

 

(7,061

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

 

1,642,131

 

 

 

1,625,134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

$

(365,027

)

 

$

(379,397

)

 

$

(109,922

)

 

$

(121,497

)

Accrued liabilities recognized in the consolidated

   balance sheet

 

$

(365,027

)

 

$

(379,397

)

 

$

(109,922

)

 

$

(121,497

)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other

   comprehensive income (“AOCI”) were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss (gain)

 

$

460,562

 

 

$

494,279

 

 

$

(6,413

)

 

$

4,200

 

Net prior service cost (credit)

 

 

3,505

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

(7,737

)

 

 

(9,096

)

Pre-tax adjustment to AOCI

 

 

464,067

 

 

 

494,556

 

 

 

(14,150

)

 

 

(4,896

)

Taxes

 

 

(182,611

)

 

 

(194,608

)

 

 

5,568

 

 

 

1,927

 

Net adjustment to AOCI

 

$

281,456

 

 

$

299,948

 

 

$

(8,582

)

 

$

(2,969

)

 

The Company has an unfunded supplemental pension plan for certain key executives and others. The projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation included in the preceding data related to such plan were $160,433,000 as of December 31, 2016 and $161,657,000 as of December 31, 2015.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,979,225,000 and $1,951,425,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

157


 

GAAP requires an employer to recognize in its balance sheet as an asset or liability the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not included as components of net periodic benefit expense, are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. As indicated in the preceding table, as of December 31, 2016 the Company recorded a minimum liability adjustment of $449,916,000 ($464,066,000 related to pension plans and $(14,150,000) related to other postretirement benefits) with a corresponding reduction of shareholders’ equity, net of applicable deferred taxes, of $272,874,000. In aggregate, the benefit plans realized a net gain during 2016 that allowed the Company to decrease its minimum liability adjustment from that which was recorded at December 31, 2015 by $39,743,000 with a corresponding increase to shareholders’ equity that, net of applicable deferred taxes, was $24,105,000. The net gain reflects the amortization of unrealized losses previously recorded in other comprehensive income and the reduction of future benefit accruals under the former Hudson City retirement plan upon its merger with the Company’s qualified pension plan as of December 31, 2016.  The table below reflects the changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income related to the Company’s postretirement benefit plans.

 

 

 

Pension Plans

 

 

Other

Postretirement

Benefit Plans

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss (gain)

 

$

24,736

 

 

$

(10,553

)

 

$

14,183

 

Amendments and curtailments

 

 

(28,308

)

 

 

 

 

 

(28,308

)

Amortization of prior service credit

 

 

3,228

 

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

4,587

 

Amortization of actuarial loss

 

 

(30,145

)

 

 

(60

)

 

 

(30,205

)

Total recognized in other comprehensive income,

   pre-tax

 

$

(30,489

)

 

$

(9,254

)

 

$

(39,743

)

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss (gain)

 

$

26,631

 

 

$

(2,431

)

 

$

24,200

 

Amortization of prior service credit

 

 

6,005

 

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

7,364

 

Amortization of actuarial loss

 

 

(44,825

)

 

 

(106

)

 

 

(44,931

)

Total recognized in other comprehensive income,

   pre-tax

 

$

(12,189

)

 

$

(1,178

)

 

$

(13,367

)

 

The following table reflects the amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit expense during 2017:

 

 

 

Pension Plans

 

 

Other

Postretirement

Benefit Plans

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of net prior service cost (credit)

 

$

557

 

 

$

(1,359

)

Amortization of net loss (gain)

 

 

27,196

 

 

 

(44

)

 

158


 

The Company also provides a qualified defined contribution pension plan to eligible employees who were not participants in the defined benefit pension plan as of December 31, 2005 and to other employees who have elected to participate in the defined contribution plan. The Company makes contributions to the defined contribution plan each year in an amount that is based on an individual participant’s total compensation (generally defined as total wages, incentive compensation, commissions and bonuses) and years of service. Participants do not contribute to the defined contribution pension plan. Pension expense recorded in 2016, 2015 and 2014 associated with the defined contribution pension plan was approximately $25 million, $23 million and $22 million, respectively.

Assumptions

The assumed weighted-average rates used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 were:

 

 

 

Pension

Benefits

 

 

Other

Postretirement

Benefits

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

4.25

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

4.25

%

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

 

 

4.39

%

 

 

4.37

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The assumed weighted-average rates used to determine net benefit expense for the years ended December 31 were:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other

Postretirement Benefits

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

4.25

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

4.75

%

 

 

4.25

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

4.75

%

Long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate of increase in future compensation

   levels

 

 

4.37

%

 

 

4.39

%

 

 

4.42

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The expected long-term rate of return assumption as of each measurement date was developed through analysis of historical market returns, current market conditions, anticipated future asset allocations, the funds’ past experience, and expectations on potential future market returns. The expected rate of return assumption represents a long-term average view of the performance of the plan assets, a return that may or may not be achieved during any one calendar year.

For measurement of other postretirement benefits, a 6.50% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2017. The rate was assumed to decrease to 5.00% over 12 years. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have had the following effects:

 

 

 

+1%

 

 

 

-1%

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Increase (decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service and interest cost

 

$

106

 

 

$

(87

)

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

 

 

1,548

 

 

 

(1,400

)

 

159


 

Plan assets

The Company’s policy is to invest the pension plan assets in a prudent manner for the purpose of providing benefit payments to participants and mitigating reasonable expenses of administration. The Company’s investment strategy is designed to provide a total return that, over the long-term, places an emphasis on the preservation of capital. The strategy attempts to maximize investment returns on assets at a level of risk deemed appropriate by the Company while complying with applicable regulations and laws. The investment strategy utilizes asset diversification as a principal determinant for establishing an appropriate risk profile while emphasizing total return realized from capital appreciation, dividends and interest income. The target allocations for plan assets are generally 25 to 60 percent equity securities, 10 to 65 percent debt securities, and 10 to 85 percent money-market funds/cash equivalents and other investments, although holdings could be more or less than these general guidelines based on market conditions at the time and actions taken or recommended by the investment managers providing advice to the Company. Assets are managed by a combination of internal and external investment managers. Equity securities may include investments in domestic and international equities, through individual securities, mutual funds and exchange-traded funds. Debt securities may include investments in corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries, mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by government agencies and U.S. Treasury securities, through individual securities and mutual funds. Additionally, the Company’s defined benefit pension plan held $234,969,000 (14.3% of total assets) of real estate, private investments, hedge funds and other investments at December 31, 2016. Returns on invested assets are periodically compared with target market indices for each asset type to aid management in evaluating such returns. Furthermore, management regularly reviews the investment policy and may, if deemed appropriate, make changes to the target allocations noted above.

160


 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2016, by asset category, were as follows:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets At December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money-market funds

 

$

39,556

 

 

$

35,562

 

 

$

3,994

 

 

$

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&T

 

 

164,474

 

 

 

164,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic(a)

 

 

200,595

 

 

 

200,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International(b)

 

 

14,364

 

 

 

14,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic(a)

 

 

250,472

 

 

 

250,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International(b)

 

 

290,172

 

 

 

290,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

920,077

 

 

 

920,077

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate(c)

 

 

104,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,909

 

 

 

 

Government

 

 

121,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

121,869

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

13,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,073

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic(d)

 

 

205,847

 

 

 

205,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

445,698

 

 

 

205,847

 

 

 

239,851

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diversified mutual fund

 

 

92,691

 

 

 

92,691

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate partnerships

 

 

3,112

 

 

 

768

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,344

 

Private equity

 

 

21,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,924

 

Hedge funds

 

 

106,250

 

 

 

85,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,980

 

Guaranteed deposit fund

 

 

10,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,992

 

 

 

 

234,969

 

 

 

178,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,240

 

Total(e)

 

$

1,640,300

 

 

$

1,340,215

 

 

$

243,845

 

 

$

56,240

 

 

161


 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2015, by asset category, were as follows:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets At December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Asset category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money-market funds

 

$

69,634

 

 

$

37,958

 

 

$

31,676

 

 

$

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&T

 

 

148,800

 

 

 

148,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic(a)

 

 

106,993

 

 

 

106,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International(b)

 

 

9,433

 

 

 

9,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic(a)

 

 

445,663

 

 

 

445,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International(b)

 

 

348,869

 

 

 

348,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,059,758

 

 

 

1,059,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate(c)

 

 

105,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,499

 

 

 

 

Government

 

 

120,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,346

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

7,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,492

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic(d)

 

 

51,028

 

 

 

51,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

284,365

 

 

 

51,028

 

 

 

233,337

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diversified mutual fund

 

 

70,343

 

 

 

70,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate partnerships

 

 

2,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,787

 

Private equity

 

 

5,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,603

 

Hedge funds

 

 

119,549

 

 

 

81,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,688

 

Guaranteed deposit fund

 

 

11,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,596

 

 

 

 

209,878

 

 

 

152,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,674

 

Total(e)

 

$

1,623,635

 

 

$

1,300,948

 

 

$

265,013

 

 

$

57,674

 

 

(a)

This category is comprised of equities of companies primarily within the mid-cap and large-cap sectors of the U.S. economy and range across diverse industries.

(b)

This category is comprised of equities in companies primarily within the mid-cap and large-cap sectors of international markets mainly in developed markets in Europe and the Pacific Rim.

(c)

This category represents investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.

(d)

Approximately 75% of the mutual funds were invested in investment grade bonds and 25% in high-yielding bonds at December 31, 2016. Approximately 33% of the mutual funds were invested in investment grade bonds and 67% in high-yielding bonds at December 31, 2015. The holdings within the funds were spread across diverse industries.

(e)

Excludes dividends and interest receivable totaling $1,831,000 and $1,499,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

162


 

Pension plan assets included common stock of M&T with a fair value of $164,474,000 (10.0% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2016 and $148,800,000 (9.2% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2015. No other investment in securities of a non-U.S. Government or government agency issuer exceeded ten percent of plan assets at December 31, 2016. Assets subject to Level 3 valuations did not constitute a significant portion of plan assets at December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.

The changes in Level 3 pension plan assets measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

Balance –

January 1,

2016

 

 

Purchases

(Sales)

 

 

Total

Realized/

Unrealized

Gains

(Losses)

 

 

Balance –

December 31,

2016

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private real estate

 

$

2,787

 

 

$

(1,111

)

 

$

668

 

 

$

2,344

 

Private equity

 

 

5,603

 

 

 

17,177

 

 

 

(856

)

 

 

21,924

 

Hedge funds

 

 

37,688

 

 

 

(16,337

)

 

 

(371

)

 

 

20,980

 

Guaranteed deposit fund

 

 

11,596

 

 

 

(540

)

 

 

(64

)

 

 

10,992

 

Total

 

$

57,674

 

 

$

(811

)

 

$

(623

)

 

$

56,240

 

 

The Company makes contributions to its funded qualified defined benefit pension plan as required by government regulation or as deemed appropriate by management after considering factors such as the fair value of plan assets, expected returns on such assets, and the present value of benefit obligations of the plan. Subject to the impact of actual events and circumstances that may occur in 2017, the Company may make contributions to the qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2017, but the amount of any such contribution has not yet been determined. The Company did not make any contributions to the plan in 2016 or 2015. The Company regularly funds the payment of benefit obligations for the supplemental defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans because such plans do not hold assets for investment. Payments made by the Company for supplemental pension benefits were $10,772,000 and $8,367,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Payments made by the Company for postretirement benefits were $7,588,000 and $4,022,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Payments for supplemental pension and other postretirement benefits for 2017 are not expected to differ from those made in 2016 by an amount that will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

Estimated benefits expected to be paid in future years related to the Company’s defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits plans are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension

Benefits

 

 

Other

Postretirement

Benefits

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

81,927

 

 

$

8,142

 

2018

 

 

85,715

 

 

 

8,220

 

2019

 

 

91,819

 

 

 

8,251

 

2020

 

 

96,465

 

 

 

8,259

 

2021

 

 

101,698

 

 

 

8,235

 

2022 through 2026

 

 

568,830

 

 

 

40,282

 

 

163


 

The Company has a retirement savings plan (“RSP”) that is a defined contribution plan in which eligible employees of the Company may defer up to 50% of qualified compensation via contributions to the plan. The Company makes an employer matching contribution in an amount equal to 75% of an employee’s contribution, up to 4.5% of the employee’s qualified compensation. Employees’ accounts, including employee contributions, employer matching contributions and accumulated earnings thereon, are at all times fully vested and nonforfeitable. Employee benefits expense resulting from the Company’s contributions to the RSP totaled $36,766,000, $34,145,000 and $32,466,000 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 

13.    Income taxes

The components of income tax expense were as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

428,750

 

 

$

130,349

 

 

$

378,978

 

State and city

 

 

95,426

 

 

 

21,549

 

 

 

50,790

 

Total current

 

 

524,176

 

 

 

151,898

 

 

 

429,768

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

147,662

 

 

 

324,317

 

 

 

65,503

 

State and city

 

 

26,351

 

 

 

72,279

 

 

 

27,345

 

Total deferred

 

 

174,013

 

 

 

396,596

 

 

 

92,848

 

Amortization of investments in qualified affordable housing projects

 

 

45,095

 

 

 

46,531

 

 

 

53,383

 

Total income taxes applicable to pre-tax income

 

$

743,284

 

 

$

595,025

 

 

$

575,999

 

 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return reflecting taxable income earned by all domestic subsidiaries. In prior years, applicable federal tax law allowed certain financial institutions the option of deducting as bad debt expense for tax purposes amounts in excess of actual losses. In accordance with GAAP, such financial institutions were not required to provide deferred income taxes on such excess. Recapture of the excess tax bad debt reserve established under the previously allowed method will result in taxable income if M&T Bank fails to maintain bank status as defined in the Internal Revenue Code or charges are made to the reserve for other than bad debt losses. At December 31, 2016, M&T Bank’s tax bad debt reserve for which no federal income taxes have been provided was $137,121,000. No actions are planned that would cause this reserve to become wholly or partially taxable.

Income taxes attributable to gains or losses on bank investment securities were an expense of $11,929,000 in 2016. There were no significant gains or losses on bank investment securities in 2015 or 2014. No alternative minimum tax expense was recognized in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

164


 

Total income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes at statutory federal income tax rate

 

$

720,439

 

 

$

586,142

 

 

$

574,786

 

Increase (decrease) in taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax-exempt income

 

 

(35,364

)

 

 

(33,102

)

 

 

(31,752

)

State and city income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

 

 

79,155

 

 

 

60,988

 

 

 

50,788

 

Qualified affordable housing project federal tax credits, net

 

 

(15,091

)

 

 

(15,297

)

 

 

(14,827

)

Other

 

 

(5,855

)

 

 

(3,706

)

 

 

(2,996

)

 

 

$

743,284

 

 

$

595,025

 

 

$

575,999

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) were comprised of the following at December 31:

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses on loans and other assets

 

$

590,288

 

 

$

637,955

 

 

$

605,273

 

Retirement benefits

 

 

143,067

 

 

 

148,722

 

 

 

120,222

 

Postretirement and other employee benefits

 

 

52,512

 

 

 

55,962

 

 

 

34,052

 

Incentive and other compensation plans

 

 

36,616

 

 

 

60,337

 

 

 

36,450

 

Interest on loans

 

 

61,266

 

 

 

57,640

 

 

 

79,147

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

52,181

 

 

 

72,090

 

 

 

64,017

 

Unrealized investment losses

 

 

10,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,527

 

Other

 

 

106,876

 

 

 

162,086

 

 

 

100,999

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

1,053,547

 

 

 

1,194,792

 

 

 

1,043,687

 

Leasing transactions

 

 

(266,268

)

 

 

(285,074

)

 

 

(280,596

)

Unrealized investment gains

 

 

 

 

 

(31,121

)

 

 

(82,065

)

Capitalized servicing rights

 

 

(71,108

)

 

 

(59,171

)

 

 

(46,393

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(63,959

)

 

 

(56,731

)

 

 

 

Other

 

 

(87,200

)

 

 

(55,611

)

 

 

(66,939

)

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(488,535

)

 

 

(487,708

)

 

 

(475,993

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

565,012

 

 

$

707,084

 

 

$

567,694

 

 

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through taxable earnings or alternative tax strategies.

The income tax credits shown in the statement of income of M&T in note 25 arise principally from operating losses before dividends from subsidiaries.

165


 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows:

 

 

 

Federal,

State and

Local Tax

 

 

Accrued

Interest

 

 

Unrecognized

Income Tax

Benefits

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2014

 

$

14,611

 

 

$

14,696

 

 

$

29,307

 

   Increases as a result of tax positions taken during 2014

 

 

769

 

 

 

 

 

 

769

 

   Increases as a result of tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

 

 

 

453

 

 

 

453

 

   Decreases as a result of settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

(4,668

)

 

 

(11,280

)

 

 

(15,948

)

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014

 

 

10,712

 

 

 

3,869

 

 

 

14,581

 

   Increases as a result of tax positions taken during 2015

 

 

8,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,108

 

   Increases as a result of tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

 

 

 

807

 

 

 

807

 

   Decreases as a result of settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

(1,515

)

 

 

(274

)

 

 

(1,789

)

   Unrealized tax benefits acquired in a business combination

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

3,567

 

 

 

10,799

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015

 

 

24,537

 

 

 

7,969

 

 

 

32,506

 

   Increases as a result of tax positions taken during 2016

 

 

12,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,237

 

   Increases as a result of tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

 

 

 

656

 

 

 

656

 

   Decreases as a result of tax positions taken in prior years

 

 

(885

)

 

 

(710

)

 

 

(1,595

)

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2016

 

$

35,889

 

 

$

7,915

 

 

 

43,804

 

Less: Federal, state and local income tax benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,332

)

Net unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2016 that,

   if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

28,472

 

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes in the consolidated statement of income. The balance of accrued interest at December 31, 2016 is included in the table above. The Company’s federal, state and local income tax returns are routinely subject to examinations from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Should determinations rendered by tax authorities ultimately indicate that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, the result and adjustments required could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. Examinations by the Internal Revenue Service of the Company’s federal income tax returns have been largely concluded through 2015, although under statute the income tax returns from 2010 and 2013 through 2015 could be adjusted. The Company also files income tax returns in over forty states and numerous local jurisdictions. Substantially all material state and local matters have been concluded for years through 2012. It is not reasonably possible to estimate when examinations for any subsequent years will be completed.

 

 

166


 

14.    Earnings per common share

The computations of basic earnings per common share follow:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share)

 

Income available to common shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

Less: Preferred stock dividends(a)

 

 

(81,270

)

 

 

(81,270

)

 

 

(75,878

)

Net income available to common equity

 

 

1,233,844

 

 

 

998,397

 

 

 

990,368

 

Less: Income attributable to unvested stock-based

   compensation awards

 

 

(10,385

)

 

 

(10,708

)

 

 

(11,837

)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,223,459

 

 

$

987,689

 

 

$

978,531

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding (including common stock

   issuable) and unvested stock-based compensation

   awards

 

 

158,121

 

 

 

138,285

 

 

 

132,532

 

Less: Unvested stock-based compensation awards

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

(1,482

)

 

 

(1,582

)

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

156,780

 

 

 

136,803

 

 

 

130,950

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

7.80

 

 

$

7.22

 

 

$

7.47

 

 

(a)

Including impact of not as yet declared cumulative dividends.

The computations of diluted earnings per common share follow:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common equity

 

$

1,233,844

 

 

$

998,397

 

 

$

990,368

 

Less: Income attributable to unvested stock-based

   compensation awards

 

 

(10,363

)

 

 

(10,673

)

 

 

(11,787

)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

1,223,481

 

 

$

987,724

 

 

$

978,581

 

Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common and unvested stock-based compensation

   awards

 

 

158,121

 

 

 

138,285

 

 

 

132,532

 

Less: Unvested stock-based compensation awards

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

(1,482

)

 

 

(1,582

)

Plus: Incremental shares from assumed conversion of

   stock-based compensation awards and warrants to

   purchase common stock

 

 

524

 

 

 

730

 

 

 

894

 

Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

157,304

 

 

 

137,533

 

 

 

131,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

7.78

 

 

$

7.18

 

 

$

7.42

 

 

GAAP defines unvested share-based awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) as participating securities that shall be included in the computation of earnings per common share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has issued stock-based compensation awards in the form of restricted stock and restricted stock units, which, in accordance with GAAP, are considered participating securities.

167


 

Stock-based compensation awards and warrants to purchase common stock of M&T representing common shares of approximately 2,171,000 in 2016, 2,268,000 in 2015 and 2,017,000 in 2014 were not included in the computations of diluted earnings per common share because the effect on those years would have been antidilutive.

 

 

15.    Comprehensive income

The following tables display the components of other comprehensive income (loss) and amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to net income:

 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

Defined

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With

OTTI (a)

 

 

All

Other

 

 

Benefit

Plans

 

 

Other

 

 

Amount

Before Tax

 

 

 

Income

Tax

 

 

Net

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance — January 1, 2016

 

$

16,359

 

 

$

62,849

 

 

$

(489,660

)

 

$

(4,093

)

 

$

(414,545

)

 

 

$

162,918

 

 

$

(251,627

)

Other comprehensive income

   before reclassifications:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains

   (losses), net

 

 

30,366

 

 

 

(110,316

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(79,950

)

 

 

 

31,509

 

 

 

(48,441

)

Foreign currency translation

   adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,020

)

 

 

(4,020

)

 

 

 

1,406

 

 

 

(2,614

)

Current year benefit plans

   gains

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,125

 

 

 

 

(5,557

)

 

 

8,568

 

Total other comprehensive income

   (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

30,366

 

 

 

(110,316

)

 

 

14,125

 

 

 

(4,020

)

 

 

(69,845

)

 

 

 

27,358

 

 

 

(42,487

)

Amounts reclassified from

   accumulated other comprehensive

   income that (increase) decrease

   net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrealized

   holding losses on held-to-

   maturity ("HTM") securities

 

 

 

 

 

3,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,996

 

(b)

 

 

(1,572

)

 

 

2,424

 

Gains realized in net income

 

 

 

 

 

(30,314

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(30,314

)

(c)

 

 

11,925

 

 

 

(18,389

)

Accretion of net gain on

   terminated cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(155

)

 

 

(155

)

(d)

 

 

61

 

 

 

(94

)

Amortization of prior service

   credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,587

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,587

)

(e)

 

 

1,805

 

 

 

(2,782

)

Amortization of actuarial

   losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,205

 

(e)

 

 

(11,886

)

 

 

18,319

 

Total reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 

(26,318

)

 

 

25,618

 

 

 

(155

)

 

 

(855

)

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

(522

)

Total gain (loss) during the period

 

 

30,366

 

 

 

(136,634

)

 

 

39,743

 

 

 

(4,175

)

 

 

(70,700

)

 

 

 

27,691

 

 

 

(43,009

)

Balance — December 31, 2016

 

$

46,725

 

 

$

(73,785

)

 

$

(449,917

)

 

$

(8,268

)

 

$

(485,245

)

 

 

$

190,609

 

 

$

(294,636

)

 

168


 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

Defined

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With

OTTI (a)

 

 

All

Other

 

 

Benefit

Plans

 

 

Other

 

 

Amount

Before Tax

 

 

 

Income

Tax

 

 

Net

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance — January 1, 2015

 

$

7,438

 

 

$

201,828

 

 

$

(503,027

)

 

$

(4,082

)

 

$

(297,843

)

 

 

$

116,849

 

 

$

(180,994

)

Other comprehensive income

   before reclassifications:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains

   (losses), net

 

 

8,921

 

 

 

(142,623

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(133,702

)

 

 

 

52,376

 

 

 

(81,326

)

Foreign currency translation

   adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,323

)

 

 

(1,323

)

 

 

 

398

 

 

 

(925

)

Gains on cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,453

 

 

 

1,453

 

 

 

 

(572

)

 

 

881

 

Current year benefit plans

   losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,200

)

 

 

 

 

 

(24,200

)

 

 

 

8,612

 

 

 

(15,588

)

Total other comprehensive income

   (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

8,921

 

 

 

(142,623

)

 

 

(24,200

)

 

 

130

 

 

 

(157,772

)

 

 

 

60,814

 

 

 

(96,958

)

Amounts reclassified from

   accumulated other comprehensive

   income that (increase) decrease

   net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrealized

   holding losses on HTM

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

3,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,514

 

(b)

 

 

(1,383

)

 

 

2,131

 

Losses realized in net income

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

(c)

 

 

(49

)

 

 

81

 

Accretion of net gain on

   terminated cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(141

)

(d)

 

 

56

 

 

 

(85

)

Amortization of prior service

   credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,364

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,364

)

(e)

 

 

2,620

 

 

 

(4,744

)

Amortization of actuarial

   losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,931

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,931

 

(e)

 

 

(15,989

)

 

 

28,942

 

Total reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 

3,644

 

 

 

37,567

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

41,070

 

 

 

 

(14,745

)

 

 

26,325

 

Total gain (loss) during the period

 

 

8,921

 

 

 

(138,979

)

 

 

13,367

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(116,702

)

 

 

 

46,069

 

 

 

(70,633

)

Balance — December 31, 2015

 

$

16,359

 

 

$

62,849

 

 

$

(489,660

)

 

$

(4,093

)

 

$

(414,545

)

 

 

$

162,918

 

 

$

(251,627

)

 

169


 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

Defined

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With

OTTI (a)

 

 

All

Other

 

 

Benefit

Plans

 

 

Other

 

 

Amount

Before Tax

 

 

 

Income

Tax

 

 

Net

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance — January 1, 2014

 

$

37,255

 

 

$

18,450

 

 

$

(161,617

)

 

$

115

 

 

$

(105,797

)

 

 

$

41,638

 

 

$

(64,159

)

Other comprehensive income before

   reclassifications:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains

   (losses), net

 

 

(29,818

)

 

 

180,005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,187

 

 

 

 

(58,962

)

 

 

91,225

 

Foreign currency translation

   adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,039

)

 

 

(4,039

)

 

 

 

1,432

 

 

 

(2,607

)

Unrealized losses on cash flow

   hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(165

)

 

 

(165

)

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

(100

)

Current year benefit plans

   losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(347,993

)

 

 

 

 

 

(347,993

)

 

 

 

136,587

 

 

 

(211,406

)

Total other comprehensive income

   (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

(29,818

)

 

 

180,005

 

 

 

(347,993

)

 

 

(4,204

)

 

 

(202,010

)

 

 

 

79,122

 

 

 

(122,888

)

Amounts reclassified from

   accumulated other comprehensive

   income that (increase) decrease

   net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrealized

   holding losses on HTM

   securities

 

 

1

 

 

 

3,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,374

 

(b)

 

 

(1,324

)

 

 

2,050

 

Amortization of losses on

   terminated cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

(d)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

4

 

Amortization of prior service

   credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,911

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,911

)

(e)

 

 

3,105

 

 

 

(4,806

)

Amortization of actuarial

   losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,494

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,494

 

(e)

 

 

(5,689

)

 

 

8,805

 

Total reclassifications

 

 

1

 

 

 

3,373

 

 

 

6,583

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

9,964

 

 

 

 

(3,911

)

 

 

6,053

 

Total gain (loss) during the period

 

 

(29,817

)

 

 

183,378

 

 

 

(341,410

)

 

 

(4,197

)

 

 

(192,046

)

 

 

 

75,211

 

 

 

(116,835

)

Balance — December 31, 2014

 

$

7,438

 

 

$

201,828

 

 

$

(503,027

)

 

$

(4,082

)

 

$

(297,843

)

 

 

$

116,849

 

 

$

(180,994

)

 

(a)

Other-than-temporary impairment.

(b)

Included in interest income.

(c)

Included in gain (loss) on bank investment securities.

(d)

Included in interest expense.

(e)

Included in salaries and employee benefits expense.

170


 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

 

Defined

Benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With   OTTI

 

 

All Other

 

 

Plans

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2014

 

$

22,632

 

 

$

11,294

 

 

$

(98,182

)

 

$

97

 

 

$

(64,159

)

Net gain (loss) during 2014

 

 

(18,114

)

 

 

111,389

 

 

 

(207,407

)

 

 

(2,703

)

 

 

(116,835

)

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

4,518

 

 

 

122,683

 

 

 

(305,589

)

 

 

(2,606

)

 

 

(180,994

)

Net gain (loss) during 2015

 

 

5,403

 

 

 

(84,517

)

 

 

8,610

 

 

 

(129

)

 

 

(70,633

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

 

9,921

 

 

 

38,166

 

 

 

(296,979

)

 

 

(2,735

)

 

 

(251,627

)

Net gain (loss) during 2016

 

 

18,417

 

 

 

(82,823

)

 

 

24,105

 

 

 

(2,708

)

 

 

(43,009

)

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

28,338

 

 

$

(44,657

)

 

$

(272,874

)

 

$

(5,443

)

 

$

(294,636

)

 

 

16.    Other income and other expense

The following items, which exceeded 1% of total interest income and other income in the respective period, were included in either “other revenues from operations” or “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Other income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit-related fee income

 

$

70,424

 

 

$

81,558

 

 

$

72,454

 

Letter of credit fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,724

 

 

 

56,708

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,984

 

 

 

50,004

 

Other expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional services

 

 

268,060

 

 

 

267,540

 

 

 

324,460

 

Amortization of capitalized servicing rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,906

 

 

 

68,410

 

 

 

17.    International activities

The Company engages in limited international activities including certain trust-related services in Europe, collecting Eurodollar deposits, engaging in foreign currency transactions associated with customer activity, providing credit to support the international activities of domestic companies and holding certain loans to foreign borrowers. Assets and revenues associated with international activities represent less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets and revenues. International assets included $292 million and $265 million of loans to foreign borrowers at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Deposits at M&T Bank’s Cayman Islands office were $202 million and $170 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company uses such deposits to facilitate customer demand and as an alternative to short-term borrowings when the costs of such deposits seem reasonable. Deposits at M&T Bank’s office in Ontario, Canada were $50 million at December 31, 2016 and $35 million at December 31, 2015. Revenues from providing international trust-related services were approximately $25 million in 2016, $26 million in 2015 and $31 million in 2014.

 

 

18.    Derivative financial instruments

As part of managing interest rate risk, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of the Company’s portfolios of earning assets

171


 

and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company designates interest rate swap agreements utilized in the management of interest rate risk as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Interest rate swap agreements are generally entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and most contain master netting and collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. Based on adherence to the Company’s credit standards and the presence of the netting and collateral provisions, the Company believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts was not significant as of December 31, 2016.

The net effect of interest rate swap agreements was to increase net interest income by $37 million in 2016, $44 million in 2015 and $45 million in 2014. The average notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements impacting net interest income that were entered into for interest rate risk management purposes were $1.4 billion in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Information about interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes summarized by type of financial instrument the swap agreements were intended to hedge follows:

 

 

 

Notional

 

 

Average

 

 

Weighted-

Average Rate

 

 

Estimated Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Maturity

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Value Gain

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

(In years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate long-term borrowings(a)

 

$

900,000

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

3.75

%

 

 

2.08

%

 

$

11,892

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate long-term borrowings(a)

 

$

1,400,000

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

4.42

%

 

 

1.39

%

 

$

43,892

 

 

(a)

Under the terms of these agreements, the Company receives settlement amounts at a fixed rate and pays at a variable rate.

The notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for risk management purposes that were outstanding at December 31, 2016 mature as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

400,000

 

2018

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

$

900,000

 

 

The Company utilizes commitments to sell residential and commercial real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Such commitments have generally been designated as fair value hedges. The Company also utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to offset the exposure to changes in fair value of certain commitments to originate real estate loans for sale.

Derivative financial instruments used for trading account purposes included interest rate contracts, foreign exchange and other option contracts, foreign exchange forward and spot contracts, and financial futures. Interest rate contracts entered into for trading account purposes had notional values of $21.6 billion and $18.4 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The notional amounts of foreign currency and other option and futures contracts entered into for trading account purposes aggregated $471 million and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

172


 

Information about the fair values of derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income follows:

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

 

Liability Derivatives

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Derivatives designated and qualifying as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements(a)

 

$

11,892

 

 

$

43,892

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Commitments to sell real estate loans(a)

 

 

33,189

 

 

 

1,844

 

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

656

 

 

 

 

45,081

 

 

 

45,736

 

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

656

 

Derivatives not designated and qualifying as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-related commitments to originate real estate loans for

   sale(a)

 

 

8,060

 

 

 

10,282

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

403

 

Commitments to sell real estate loans(a)

 

 

5,210

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

399

 

 

 

846

 

Trading:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts(b)

 

 

228,810

 

 

 

203,517

 

 

 

167,737

 

 

 

153,723

 

Foreign exchange and other option and futures contracts(b)

 

 

7,908

 

 

 

8,569

 

 

 

6,639

 

 

 

7,022

 

 

 

 

249,988

 

 

 

222,901

 

 

 

175,510

 

 

 

161,994

 

Total derivatives

 

$

295,069

 

 

$

268,637

 

 

$

176,857

 

 

$

162,650

 

 

(a)

Asset derivatives are reported in other assets and liability derivatives are reported in other liabilities.

(b)

Asset derivatives are reported in trading account assets and liability derivatives are reported in other liabilities.

 

 

 

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized

 

 

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2016

 

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Derivative

 

 

Hedged Item

 

 

Derivative

 

 

Hedged Item

 

 

Derivative

 

 

Hedged Item

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate long-term borrowings(a)

 

$

(32,000

)

 

 

30,906

 

 

$

(29,359

)

 

 

28,719

 

 

$

(29,624

)

 

 

28,870

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts(b)

 

$

14,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,755

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,398

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange and other option and futures

   contracts(b)

 

 

7,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,670

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

21,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

20,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Reported as other revenues from operations.

(b)

Reported as trading account and foreign exchange gains.

The Company also has commitments to sell and commitments to originate residential and commercial real estate loans that are considered derivatives. The Company designates certain of the commitments to sell real estate loans as fair value hedges of real estate loans held for sale. The Company also utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to offset the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain commitments to originate real estate loans for sale. As a result of these activities, net unrealized pre-tax gains related to hedged loans held for sale, commitments to originate loans for sale and commitments to sell loans were approximately $28 million and $18 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Changes in unrealized gains and losses are included in mortgage

173


 

banking revenues and, in general, are realized in subsequent periods as the related loans are sold and commitments satisfied.

The Company does not offset derivative asset and liability positions in its consolidated financial statements. The Company’s exposure to credit risk by entering into derivative contracts is mitigated through master netting agreements and collateral posting requirements. Master netting agreements covering interest rate and foreign exchange contracts with the same party include a right to set-off that becomes enforceable in the event of default, early termination or under other specific conditions.

The aggregate fair value of derivative financial instruments in a liability position, which are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, was $34 million and $59 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. After consideration of such netting arrangements, the net liability positions with counterparties aggregated $30 million and $55 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company was required to post collateral relating to those positions of $27 million and $52 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Certain of the Company’s derivative financial instruments contain provisions that require the Company to maintain specific credit ratings from credit rating agencies to avoid higher collateral posting requirements. If the Company’s debt ratings were to fall below specified ratings, the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments could demand immediate incremental collateralization on those instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative financial instruments with such credit risk-related contingent features in a net liability position on December 31, 2016 was $2 million, for which the Company was not required to post collateral in the normal course of business. If the credit risk-related contingent features had been triggered on December 31, 2016, the maximum amount of additional collateral the Company would have been required to post with counterparties was $2 million.

The aggregate fair value of derivative financial instruments in an asset position, which are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, was $15 million and $23 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. After consideration of such netting arrangements, the net asset positions with counterparties aggregated $11 million and $19 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Counterparties posted collateral relating to those positions of $9 million and $22 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Trading account interest rate swap agreements entered into with customers are subject to the Company’s credit risk standards and often contain collateral provisions.

In addition to the derivative contracts noted above, the Company clears certain derivative transactions through a clearinghouse, rather than directly with counterparties. Those transactions cleared through a clearinghouse require initial margin collateral and additional collateral depending on the contracts being in a net asset or liability position. The amount of initial margin posted by the Company was $111 million and $52 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The net fair values of derivative instruments cleared through clearinghouses for which variation margin is required was a net asset position of $63 million at December 31, 2016. Collateral posted by the clearinghouses associated with that net asset position was $81 million at December 31, 2016. The net fair values of derivative instruments cleared through clearinghouses for which variation margin is required was a net liability position of $50 million at December 31, 2015. Collateral posted by the Company associated with that net liability position was $47 million at December 31, 2015.

 

 

19.    Variable interest entities and asset securitizations

In accordance with GAAP, the Company determined that it was the primary beneficiary of a residential mortgage loan securitization trust considering its role as servicer and its retained subordinated interests in the trust. As a result, the Company had included the one-to-four family residential mortgage loans that were included in the trust in its consolidated financial statements. In

174


 

the first quarter of 2016, the securitization trust was terminated as the Company exercised its right to purchase the underlying mortgage loans pursuant to the clean-up call provisions of the trust.    At December 31, 2015, the carrying value of the loans in the securitization trust was $81 million. The outstanding principal amount of mortgage-backed securities issued by the qualified special purpose trust that was held by parties unrelated to M&T at December 31, 2015 was $13 million.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company securitized one-to-four family residential real estate loans that had been originated for sale in guaranteed mortgage securitizations with Ginnie Mae totaling $24 million, $65 million and $135 million, respectively, and retained those securities in its investment securities portfolio. Pre-tax gains on such transactions were not material. As a result of the securitization structures, the Company does not have effective control over the underlying loans and expects no material credit-related losses on the retained securities as a result of the guarantees by Ginnie Mae.

As described in note 9, M&T has issued junior subordinated debentures payable to various trusts that have issued Capital Securities. M&T owns the common securities of those trust entities. The Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of those entities and, accordingly, the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company included the junior subordinated debentures as “long-term borrowings” in its consolidated balance sheet and recognized $24 million in other assets for its “investment” in the common securities of the trusts that will be concomitantly repaid to M&T by the respective trust from the proceeds of M&T’s repayment of the junior subordinated debentures associated with preferred capital securities described in note 9.

The Company has invested as a limited partner in various partnerships that collectively had total assets of approximately $1.0 billion at December 31, 2016 and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2015. Those partnerships generally construct or acquire properties for which the investing partners are eligible to receive certain federal income tax credits in accordance with government guidelines. Such investments may also provide tax deductible losses to the partners. The partnership investments also assist the Company in achieving its community reinvestment initiatives. As a limited partner, there is no recourse to the Company by creditors of the partnerships. However, the tax credits that result from the Company’s investments in such partnerships are generally subject to recapture should a partnership fail to comply with the respective government regulations. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss of its investments in such partnerships was $294 million, including $102 million of unfunded commitments, at December 31, 2016 and $295 million, including $78 million of unfunded commitments, at December 31, 2015. Contingent commitments to provide additional capital contributions to these partnerships were not material at December 31, 2016. The Company has not provided financial or other support to the partnerships that was not contractually required. Management currently estimates that no material losses are probable as a result of the Company’s involvement with such entities. The Company, in its position as limited partner, does not direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the partnerships and, therefore, in accordance with the accounting provisions for variable interest entities, the partnership entities are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company’s investment cost is amortized to income taxes in the consolidated statement of income as tax credits and other tax benefits resulting from deductible losses associated with the projects are received.

The Company serves as investment advisor for certain registered money-market funds. The Company has no explicit arrangement to provide support to those funds, but may waive portions of its allowable management fees as a result of market conditions.

 

 

175


 

20.    Fair value measurements

GAAP permits an entity to choose to measure eligible financial instruments and other items at fair value. The Company has not made any fair value elections at December 31, 2016.

Pursuant to GAAP, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy exists in GAAP for fair value measurements based upon the inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability.

 

Level 1 — Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 

Level 2 — Valuation is determined from quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.

 

Level 3 — Valuation is derived from model-based and other techniques in which at least one significant input is unobservable and which may be based on the Company’s own estimates about the assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

When available, the Company attempts to use quoted market prices in active markets to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1 or Level 2. If quoted market prices in active markets are not available, fair value is often determined using model-based techniques incorporating various assumptions including interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit losses. Assets and liabilities valued using model-based techniques are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, depending on the lowest level classification of an input that is considered significant to the overall valuation. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis at estimated fair value.

Trading account assets and liabilities

Trading account assets and liabilities consist primarily of interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange contracts with customers who require such services with offsetting positions with third parties to minimize the Company’s risk with respect to such transactions. The Company generally determines the fair value of its derivative trading account assets and liabilities using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and, therefore, classifies such valuations as Level 2. Mutual funds held in connection with deferred compensation and other arrangements have been classified as Level 1 valuations. Valuations of investments in municipal and other bonds can generally be obtained through reference to quoted prices in less active markets for the same or similar securities or through model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable and, therefore, such valuations have been classified as Level 2.

Investment securities available for sale

The majority of the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities have been valued by reference to prices for similar securities or through model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable and, therefore, such valuations have been classified as Level 2. Certain investments in mutual funds and equity securities are actively traded and, therefore, have been classified as Level 1 valuations.

Included in collateralized debt obligations at December 31, 2015 were securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities. As disclosed in note 3, the Company sold its collateralized debt obligations in 2016. The Company performed internal modeling

176


 

to estimate the cash flows and fair value of its portfolio of securities backed by trust preferred securities at December 31, 2015. The modeling techniques included estimating cash flows using bond-specific assumptions about future collateral defaults and related loss severities. The resulting cash flows were then discounted by reference to market yields observed in the single-name trust preferred securities market. In determining a market yield applicable to the estimated cash flows, a margin over LIBOR, ranging from 4% to 10% with a weighted-average of 8% was used. Significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of estimated fair value of collateralized debt obligations are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements. At December 31, 2015, the total amortized cost and fair value of securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities were $28 million and $47 million, respectively.

Real estate loans held for sale

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of real estate loans held for sale. The carrying value of hedged real estate loans held for sale includes changes in estimated fair value during the hedge period. Typically, the Company attempts to hedge real estate loans held for sale from the date of close through the sale date. The fair value of hedged real estate loans held for sale is generally calculated by reference to quoted prices in secondary markets for commitments to sell real estate loans with similar characteristics and, accordingly, such loans have been classified as a Level 2 valuation.

Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans

The Company enters into various commitments to originate real estate loans for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans. Such commitments are considered to be derivative financial instruments and, therefore, are carried at estimated fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The estimated fair values of such commitments were generally calculated by reference to quoted prices in secondary markets for commitments to sell real estate loans to certain government-sponsored entities and other parties. The fair valuations of commitments to sell real estate loans generally result in a Level 2 classification. The estimated fair value of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale are adjusted to reflect the Company’s anticipated commitment expirations. The estimated commitment expirations are considered significant unobservable inputs contributing to the Level 3 classification of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale. Significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of estimated fair value of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements.

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company generally determines the fair value of its interest rate swap agreements using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and, therefore, classifies such valuations as Level 2. The Company has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap agreement assets and has considered its own credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap agreement liabilities .

177


 

The following tables present assets and liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015 measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016

 

 

Level 1 (a)

 

 

Level 2 (a)

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading account assets

 

$

323,867

 

 

$

46,135

 

 

$

277,732

 

 

$

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

1,902,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,902,544

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

3,641

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,641

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

10,954,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,954,861

 

 

 

 

Privately issued

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

Other debt securities

 

 

118,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,516

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

352,466

 

 

 

301,711

 

 

 

50,755

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,332,072

 

 

 

301,711

 

 

 

13,030,317

 

 

 

44

 

Real estate loans held for sale

 

 

1,056,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,056,180

 

 

 

 

Other assets(b)

 

 

58,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,291

 

 

 

8,060

 

Total assets

 

$

14,770,470

 

 

$

347,846

 

 

$

14,414,520

 

 

$

8,104

 

Trading account liabilities

 

$

174,376

 

 

$

 

 

$

174,376

 

 

$

 

Other liabilities(b)

 

 

2,481

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,746

 

 

 

735

 

Total liabilities

 

$

176,857

 

 

$

 

 

$

176,122

 

 

$

735

 

 

178


 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015

 

 

Level 1(a)

 

 

Level 2(a)

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading account assets

 

$

273,783

 

 

$

56,763

 

 

$

217,020

 

 

$

 

Investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

 

 

299,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

299,997

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

6,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,028

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issued or guaranteed

 

 

11,686,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,686,628

 

 

 

 

Privately issued

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

47,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,393

 

Other debt securities

 

 

118,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,880

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

83,671

 

 

 

65,178

 

 

 

18,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,242,671

 

 

 

65,178

 

 

 

12,130,026

 

 

 

47,467

 

Real estate loans held for sale

 

 

392,036

 

 

 

 

 

 

392,036

 

 

 

 

Other assets(b)

 

 

56,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,269

 

 

 

10,282

 

Total assets

 

$

12,965,041

 

 

$

121,941

 

 

$

12,785,351

 

 

$

57,749

 

Trading account liabilities

 

$

160,745

 

 

$

 

 

$

160,745

 

 

$

 

Other liabilities(b)

 

 

1,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,502

 

 

 

403

 

Total liabilities

 

$

162,650

 

 

$

 

 

$

162,247

 

 

$

403

 

 

(a)

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

(b)

Comprised predominantly of interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management (Level 2), commitments to sell real estate loans (Level 2) and commitments to originate real estate loans to be held for sale (Level 3).

179


 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

 

 

Investment Securities Available for  S ale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Privately Issued

Mortgage-Backed

Securities

 

 

Collateralized

Debt Obligations

 

 

 

Other Assets

and Other

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - January 1, 2016

 

$

74

 

 

$

47,393

 

 

 

$

9,879

 

 

Total gains (losses) realized/unrealized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings

 

 

 

 

 

30,041

 

(c)

 

 

110,937

 

(b)

Included in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

(18,268

)

(d)

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

(58,296

)

 

 

 

 

 

Settlements

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(870

)

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(113,491

)

(e)

Balance — December 31, 2016

 

$

44

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

7,325

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains included in

   earnings related to assets still held at

   December 31, 2016

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

7,256

 

(b)

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

Investment Securities Available for  S ale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Privately Issued

Mortgage-Backed

Securities

 

 

Collateralized

Debt Obligations

 

 

 

Other Assets

and Other

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance — January 1, 2015

 

$

103

 

 

$

50,316

 

 

 

$

17,347

 

 

Total gains realized/unrealized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,061

 

(b)

Included in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

(d)

 

 

 

 

Settlements

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(6,177

)

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(94,529

)

(e)

Balance — December 31, 2015

 

$

74

 

 

$

47,393

 

 

 

$

9,879

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains included in

   earnings related to assets still held at

   December 31, 2015

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

8,850

 

(b)

 

180


 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

 

 

Investment Securities Available for  S ale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Privately Issued

Mortgage-Backed

Securities

 

 

Collateralized

Debt Obligations

 

 

 

Other Assets

and Other

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance – January 1, 2014

 

$

1,850

 

 

$

63,083

 

 

 

$

3,941

 

 

Total gains realized/unrealized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,417

 

(b)

Included in other comprehensive income

 

 

271

 

(d)

 

8,209

 

(d)

 

 

 

 

Settlements

 

 

(2,018

)

 

 

(20,976

)

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(70,011

)

(e)

Balance – December 31, 2014

 

$

103

 

 

$

50,316

 

 

 

$

17,347

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains included in

   earnings related to assets still held at

   December 31, 2014

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

18,196

 

(b)

 

(a )

The Company’s policy for transfers between fair value levels is to recognize the transfer as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.

(b)

Reported as mortgage banking revenues in the consolidated statement of income and includes the fair value of commitment issuances and expirations.

(c)

Reported as gain (loss) on bank investment securities in the consolidated statement of income.

(d)

Reported as net unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

(e)

Transfers out of Level 3 consist of interest rate locks transferred to closed loans.

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value of certain assets or provide valuation allowances related to certain assets using fair value measurements. The more significant of those assets follow.

Loans

Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Company records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans. Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans when establishing the allowance for credit losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and, as a result, the carrying value of the loan less the calculated valuation amount does not necessarily represent the fair value of the loan. Real estate collateral is typically valued using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace and the related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 2, unless significant adjustments have been made to the valuation that are not readily observable by market participants. Non-real estate collateral supporting commercial loans generally consists of business assets such as receivables, inventory and equipment. Fair value estimations are typically determined by discounting recorded values of those assets to reflect estimated net realizable value considering specific borrower facts and circumstances and the experience of credit personnel in their dealings with similar borrower collateral liquidations. Such discounts were generally in the range of 15% to 90% at December 31,

181


 

2016. As these discounts are not readily observable and are considered significant, the valuations have been classified as Level 3. Automobile collateral is typically valued by reference to independent pricing sources based on recent sales transactions of similar vehicles, and the related non-recurring fair value measurement adjustments have been classified as Level 2. Collateral values for other consumer installment loans are generally estimated based on historical recovery rates for similar types of loans. As these recovery rates are not readily observable by market participants, such valuation adjustments have been classified as Level 3. Loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were $293 million at December 31, 2016, ($153 million and $140 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively), $210 million at December 31, 2015 ($106 million and $104 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively), and $173 million at December 31, 2014 ($94 million and $79 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively). Changes in fair value recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 for partial charge-offs of loans and loan impairment reserves on loans held by the Company at the end of each of those years were decreases of $71 million, $75 million and $55 million, respectively.

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans are primarily comprised of commercial and residential real property and are generally measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. The fair value of the real property is generally determined using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace, and the related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 2. Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were $56 million and $29 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Changes in fair value recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 for foreclosed assets held by the Company at the end of each of those years were not material.

182


 

Significant unobservable inputs to level 3 measurements

The following tables present quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements for Level 3 assets and liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

Fair Value at

December 31,

2016

 

 

Valuation

Technique

 

Unobservable

Inputs/Assumptions

 

 

Range

(Weighted-

Average)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring fair value measurements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Privately issued mortgage-backed

   securities

 

$

44

 

 

Two independent pricing quotes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net other assets (liabilities)(a)

 

 

7,325

 

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Commitment expirations

 

 

0%-77% (30%)

 

 

 

 

Fair Value at

December 31,

2015

 

 

Valuation

Technique

 

Unobservable

Inputs/Assumptions

 

 

Range

(Weighted-

Average)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring fair value measurements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Privately issued mortgage-backed

   securities

 

$

74

 

 

Two independent pricing quotes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized debt obligations

 

 

47,393

 

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Probability of default

 

 

10%-56% (31%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss severity

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net other assets (liabilities)(a)

 

 

9,879

 

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Commitment expirations

 

 

0%-60% (39%)

 

 

(a)

Other Level 3 assets (liabilities) consist of commitments to originate real estate loans.

Sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs

An increase (decrease) in the estimate of expirations for commitments to originate real estate loans would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Estimated commitment expirations are derived considering loan type, changes in interest rates and remaining length of time until closing.

An increase (decrease) in the probability of default and loss severity for collateralized debt securities would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement.

 

183


 

Disclosures of fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair value for financial instrument assets (liabilities) are presented in the following table:

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,320,549

 

 

 

1,320,549

 

 

 

1,249,654

 

 

 

70,895

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

 

 

5,000,638

 

 

 

5,000,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000,638

 

 

 

 

Trading account assets

 

 

323,867

 

 

 

323,867

 

 

 

46,135

 

 

 

277,732

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

 

16,250,468

 

 

 

16,244,412

 

 

 

301,711

 

 

 

15,821,176

 

 

 

121,525

 

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans and leases

 

 

22,610,047

 

 

 

22,239,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,239,428

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

33,506,394

 

 

 

33,129,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

642,590

 

 

 

32,486,838

 

Residential real estate loans

 

 

22,590,912

 

 

 

22,638,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,912,488

 

 

 

17,725,679

 

Consumer loans

 

 

12,146,063

 

 

 

12,061,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,061,590

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(988,997

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

 

 

89,864,419

 

 

 

90,068,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,555,078

 

 

 

84,513,535

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

308,805

 

 

 

308,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

308,805

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

(32,813,896

)

 

 

(32,813,896

)

 

 

 

 

 

(32,813,896

)

 

 

 

Savings and interest-checking

   deposits

 

 

(52,346,207

)

 

 

(52,346,207

)

 

 

 

 

 

(52,346,207

)

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

 

(10,131,846

)

 

 

(10,222,585

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10,222,585

)

 

 

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

 

 

(201,927

)

 

 

(201,927

)

 

 

 

 

 

(201,927

)

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

(163,442

)

 

 

(163,442

)

 

 

 

 

 

(163,442

)

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

(9,493,835

)

 

 

(9,473,844

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,473,844

)

 

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

(75,172

)

 

 

(75,172

)

 

 

 

 

 

(75,172

)

 

 

 

Trading account liabilities

 

 

(174,376

)

 

 

(174,376

)

 

 

 

 

 

(174,376

)

 

 

 

Other financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to originate real

   estate loans for sale

 

$

7,325

 

 

 

7,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,325

 

Commitments to sell real estate

   loans

 

 

36,653

 

 

 

36,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,653

 

 

 

 

Other credit-related commitments

 

 

(136,295

)

 

 

(136,295

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(136,295

)

Interest rate swap agreements used

   for interest rate risk management

 

 

11,892

 

 

 

11,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,892

 

 

 

 

 

184


 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,368,040

 

 

 

1,368,040

 

 

 

1,276,678

 

 

 

91,362

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

 

 

7,594,350

 

 

 

7,594,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,594,350

 

 

 

Trading account assets

 

 

273,783

 

 

 

273,783

 

 

 

56,763

 

 

 

217,020

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

 

15,656,439

 

 

 

15,660,877

 

 

 

65,178

 

 

 

15,406,404

 

 

 

189,295

 

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans and leases

 

 

20,422,338

 

 

 

20,146,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,146,201

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

29,197,311

 

 

 

29,044,244

 

 

 

 

 

38,774

 

 

 

29,005,470

 

Residential real estate loans

 

 

26,270,103

 

 

 

26,267,771

 

 

 

 

 

4,727,816

 

 

 

21,539,955

 

Consumer loans

 

 

11,599,747

 

 

 

11,550,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,550,270

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

(955,992

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

 

 

86,533,507

 

 

 

87,008,486

 

 

 

 

 

4,766,590

 

 

 

82,241,896

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

306,496

 

 

 

306,496

 

 

 

 

 

306,496

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

(29,110,635

)

 

 

(29,110,635

)

 

 

 

 

(29,110,635

)

 

 

Savings and interest-checking

   deposits

 

 

(49,566,644

)

 

 

(49,566,644

)

 

 

 

 

(49,566,644

)

 

 

Time deposits

 

 

(13,110,392

)

 

 

(13,135,042

)

 

 

 

 

(13,135,042

)

 

 

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

 

 

(170,170

)

 

 

(170,170

)

 

 

 

 

(170,170

)

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

(2,132,182

)

 

 

(2,132,182

)

 

 

 

 

(2,132,182

)

 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

(10,653,858

)

 

 

(10,639,556

)

 

 

 

 

(10,639,556

)

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

(85,145

)

 

 

(85,145

)

 

 

 

 

(85,145

)

 

 

Trading account liabilities

 

 

(160,745

)

 

 

(160,745

)

 

 

 

 

(160,745

)

 

 

Other financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to originate real

   estate loans for sale

 

$

9,879

 

 

 

9,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,879

 

Commitments to sell real estate

   loans

 

 

875

 

 

 

875

 

 

 

 

 

875

 

 

 

Other credit-related commitments

 

 

(122,334

)

 

 

(122,334

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(122,334

)

Interest rate swap agreements used

   for interest rate risk management

 

 

43,892

 

 

 

43,892

 

 

 

 

 

43,892

 

 

 

 

With the exception of marketable securities, certain off-balance sheet financial instruments and mortgage loans originated for sale, the Company’s financial instruments are not readily marketable and market prices do not exist. The Company, in attempting to comply with the provisions of GAAP that require disclosures of fair value of financial instruments, has not attempted to market its financial instruments to potential buyers, if any exist. Since negotiated prices in illiquid markets depend greatly upon the then present motivations of the buyer and seller, it is reasonable to assume that actual sales prices could vary widely from any estimate of fair value made without the benefit of negotiations. Additionally, changes in market interest rates can dramatically impact the value of financial instruments in a short period of time. The following assumptions, methods and calculations were used in determining the estimated fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet.

185


 

Cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing deposits at banks, deposits at Cayman Islands office, short-term borrowings, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable

Due to the nature of cash and cash equivalents and the near maturity of interest-bearing deposits at banks, deposits at Cayman Islands office, short-term borrowings, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable, the Company estimated that the carrying amount of such instruments approximated estimated fair value.

Investment securities

Estimated fair values of investments in readily marketable securities were generally based on quoted market prices. Investment securities that were not readily marketable were assigned amounts based on estimates provided by outside parties or modeling techniques that relied upon discounted calculations of projected cash flows or, in the case of other investment securities, which include capital stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, at an amount equal to the carrying amount.

Loans and leases

In general, discount rates used to calculate values for loan products were based on the Company’s pricing at the respective period end. A higher discount rate was assumed with respect to estimated cash flows associated with nonaccrual loans. Projected loan cash flows were adjusted for estimated credit losses. However, such estimates made by the Company may not be indicative of assumptions and adjustments that a purchaser of the Company’s loans and leases would seek.

Deposits

Pursuant to GAAP, the estimated fair value ascribed to noninterest-bearing deposits, savings deposits and interest-checking deposits must be established at carrying value because of the customers’ ability to withdraw funds immediately. Time deposit accounts are required to be revalued based upon prevailing market interest rates for similar maturity instruments. As a result, amounts assigned to time deposits were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates based on the Company’s pricing at the respective date for deposits with comparable remaining terms to maturity.

The Company believes that deposit accounts have a value greater than that prescribed by GAAP. The Company feels, however, that the value associated with these deposits is greatly influenced by characteristics of the buyer, such as the ability to reduce the costs of servicing the deposits and deposit attrition which often occurs following an acquisition.

Long-term borrowings

The amounts assigned to long-term borrowings were based on quoted market prices, when available, or were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates for borrowings of similar terms and credit risk.

Other commitments and contingencies

As described in note 21, in the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding, such as loan commitments, credit guarantees and letters of credit. The Company’s pricing of such financial instruments is based largely on credit quality and relationship, probability of funding and other requirements. Loan commitments often have fixed expiration dates and contain termination and other clauses which provide for relief from funding in the event of significant deterioration in the credit quality of the customer. The rates and terms of the Company’s

186


 

loan commitments, credit guarantees and letters of credit are competitive with other financial institutions operating in markets served by the Company. The Company believes that the carrying amounts, which are included in other liabilities, are reasonable estimates of the fair value of these financial instruments.

 

The Company does not believe that the estimated information presented herein is representative of the earnings power or value of the Company. The preceding analysis, which is inherently limited in depicting fair value, also does not consider any value associated with existing customer relationships nor the ability of the Company to create value through loan origination, deposit gathering or fee generating activities. Many of the estimates presented herein are based upon the use of highly subjective information and assumptions and, accordingly, the results may not be precise. Management believes that fair value estimates may not be comparable between financial institutions due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates which must be made. Furthermore, because the disclosed fair value amounts were estimated as of the balance sheet date, the amounts actually realized or paid upon maturity or settlement of the various financial instruments could be significantly different.

 

 

21.    Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding. The following table presents the Company’s significant commitments. Certain of these commitments are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

$

5,499,609

 

 

$

5,631,680

 

Commercial real estate loans to be sold

 

 

70,100

 

 

57,597

 

Other commercial real estate

 

 

6,451,709

 

 

 

5,949,933

 

Residential real estate loans to be sold

 

 

478,950

 

 

 

488,621

 

Other residential real estate

 

 

232,721

 

 

 

212,619

 

Commercial and other

 

 

12,298,473

 

 

 

11,802,850

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

2,987,091

 

 

 

3,330,013

 

Commercial letters of credit

 

 

44,723

 

 

 

55,559

 

Financial guarantees and indemnification contracts

 

 

3,043,580

 

 

 

2,794,322

 

Commitments to sell real estate loans

 

 

1,489,237

 

 

 

782,885

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, generally having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, whereas commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being funded when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and a third party. The credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved with extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s creditworthiness.

187


 

Financial guarantees and indemnification contracts are oftentimes similar to standby letters of credit and include mandatory purchase agreements issued to ensure that customer obligations are fulfilled, recourse obligations associated with sold loans, and other guarantees of customer performance or compliance with designated rules and regulations. Included in financial guarantees and indemnification contracts are loan principal amounts sold with recourse in conjunction with the Company’s involvement in the Fannie Mae DUS program. The Company’s maximum credit risk for recourse associated with loans sold under this program totaled approximately $2.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Since many loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and guarantees and indemnification contracts expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash flows.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Such commitments are considered derivatives and along with commitments to originate real estate loans to be held for sale are generally recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair market value.

The Company occupies certain banking offices and uses certain equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates over the next 22 years. Minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are summarized in the following table:

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2017

$

99,847

 

2018

 

94,448

 

2019

 

74,814

 

2020

 

58,216

 

2021

 

44,508

 

Later years

 

94,825

 

 

$

466,658

 

 

The Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold residential real estate loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse loan purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. The Company reduces residential mortgage banking revenues by an estimate for losses related to its obligations to loan purchasers. The amount of those charges is based on the volume of loans sold, the level of reimbursement requests received from loan purchasers and estimates of losses that may be associated with previously sold loans. Nevertheless, given the outcome of the matter discussed in the following paragraph, at December 31, 2016 the Company’s remaining obligation to loan purchasers was not considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

The Company was the subject of an investigation by government agencies relating to the origination of Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) insured residential home loans and residential home loans sold to The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and Fannie Mae. A number of other U.S. financial institutions have announced similar investigations. Regarding FHA loans, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) Office of Inspector General and the U.S. Department of Justice (collectively, the “Government”) investigated whether the Company complied with underwriting guidelines concerning certain loans where HUD paid FHA insurance claims. The Company fully cooperated with the investigation. The Government advised the Company that based upon its review of a sample of loans for which an FHA insurance

188


 

claim was paid by HUD, some of the loans did not meet underwriting guidelines. The Company, based on its own review of the sample, did not agree with the sampling methodology and loan analysis employed by the Government. Regarding loans originated by the Company and sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, the investigation concerned whether the mortgages sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae complied with applicable underwriting guidelines. The Company also cooperated with that portion of the investigation. In order to bring those investigations to a close, M&T Bank entered into a settlement agreement with the Government under which M&T Bank paid $64 million on May 12, 2016, without admitting liability. As a result, on May 20, 2016, a Joint Stipulation of Dismissal was filed with the United States District Court for the Western District of New York. The settlement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations in the year ended December 31, 2016.

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings and other matters in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. On an on-going basis management, after consultation with legal counsel, assesses the Company’s liabilities and contingencies in connection with such proceedings. For those matters where it is probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. Although not considered probable, the range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, was between $0 and $40 million. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigations will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.

  

 

 

22.    Segment information

Reportable segments have been determined based upon the Company’s internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking.

The financial information of the Company’s segments was compiled utilizing the accounting policies described in note 1 with certain exceptions. The more significant of these exceptions are described herein. The Company allocates interest income or interest expense using a methodology that charges users of funds (assets) interest expense and credits providers of funds (liabilities) with income based on the maturity, prepayment and/or repricing characteristics of the assets and liabilities. The net effect of this allocation is recorded in the “All Other” category. A provision for credit losses is allocated to segments in an amount based largely on actual net charge-offs incurred by the segment during the period plus or minus an amount necessary to adjust the segment’s allowance for credit losses due to changes in loan balances. In contrast, the level of the consolidated provision for credit losses is determined using the methodologies described in notes 1 and 5. Indirect fixed and variable expenses incurred by certain centralized support areas are allocated to segments based on actual usage (for example, volume measurements) and other criteria. Certain types of administrative expenses and bankwide expense accruals (including amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets associated with acquisitions of financial institutions) are generally not allocated to segments. Income taxes are allocated to segments based on the Company’s marginal statutory tax rate adjusted for any tax-exempt income or non-deductible expenses. Equity is allocated to the segments based on regulatory

189


 

capital requirements and in proportion to an assessment of the inherent risks associated with the business of the segment (including interest, credit and operating risk).

The management accounting policies and processes utilized in compiling segment financial information are highly subjective and, unlike financial accounting, are not based on authoritative guidance similar to GAAP. As a result, reported segment results are not necessarily comparable with similar information reported by other financial institutions. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data. During 2016, the Company revised its funds transfer pricing allocation related to borrowings and to the residential real estate loans obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City, retroactive to 2015. Accordingly, segment financial information for the year ended December 31, 2015 has been reclassified to conform to the current methodology. As a result, net interest income, income tax expense and net income increased in the Discretionary Portfolio segment and decreased in the “All Other” category by $12 million, $5 million and $7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 from that which was previously reported.  

 

 

Information about the Company’s segments is presented in the accompanying table. Income statement amounts are in thousands of dollars. Balance sheet amounts are in millions of dollars.

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

 

 

Business Banking

 

 

Commercial Banking

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

 

Discretionary Portfolio

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net interest income(a)

 

$

354,333

 

 

$

338,855

 

 

$

345,773

 

 

$

785,874

 

 

$

753,604

 

 

$

746,344

 

 

$

608,385

 

 

$

577,922

 

 

$

555,358

 

 

$

345,926

 

 

$

97,626

 

 

$

74,204

 

Noninterest income

 

 

108,783

 

 

 

108,195

 

 

 

105,149

 

 

 

274,923

 

 

 

290,142

 

 

 

254,295

 

 

 

179,706

 

 

 

142,948

 

 

 

125,087

 

 

 

26,075

 

 

 

28,114

 

 

 

27,464

 

 

 

 

463,116

 

 

 

447,050

 

 

 

450,922

 

 

 

1,060,797

 

 

 

1,043,746

 

 

 

1,000,639

 

 

 

788,091

 

 

 

720,870

 

 

 

680,445

 

 

 

372,001

 

 

 

125,740

 

 

 

101,668

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

12,709

 

 

 

15,513

 

 

 

18,883

 

 

 

34,903

 

 

 

25,089

 

 

 

33,213

 

 

 

(3,447

)

 

 

(8,003

)

 

 

(7,339

)

 

 

32,925

 

 

 

7,599

 

 

 

16,547

 

Amortization of core deposit

   and other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and other

   amortization

 

 

404

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

566

 

 

 

588

 

 

 

20,120

 

 

 

19,247

 

 

 

16,300

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

679

 

 

 

891

 

Other noninterest expense

 

 

292,124

 

 

 

264,163

 

 

 

263,734

 

 

 

327,616

 

 

 

288,303

 

 

 

284,091

 

 

 

204,965

 

 

 

169,688

 

 

 

169,039

 

 

 

95,300

 

 

 

49,839

 

 

 

33,522

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

157,879

 

 

 

166,967

 

 

 

167,900

 

 

 

697,758

 

 

 

729,788

 

 

 

682,747

 

 

 

566,453

 

 

 

539,938

 

 

 

502,445

 

 

 

243,304

 

 

 

67,623

 

 

 

50,708

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

64,533

 

 

 

68,209

 

 

 

68,630

 

 

 

286,062

 

 

 

298,758

 

 

 

279,819

 

 

 

216,095

 

 

 

199,297

 

 

 

186,485

 

 

 

79,766

 

 

 

8,351

 

 

 

2,365

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

93,346

 

 

$

98,758

 

 

$

99,270

 

 

$

411,696

 

 

$

431,030

 

 

$

402,928

 

 

$

350,358

 

 

$

340,641

 

 

$

315,960

 

 

$

163,538

 

 

$

59,272

 

 

$

48,343

 

Average total assets

   (in millions)

 

$

5,456

 

 

$

5,339

 

 

$

5,278

 

 

$

25,592

 

 

$

24,143

 

 

$

22,860

 

 

$

21,131

 

 

$

18,827

 

 

$

17,405

 

 

$

40,867

 

 

$

26,648

 

 

$

20,798

 

Capital expenditures

   (in millions)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential Mortgage

Banking

 

 

Retail Banking

 

 

All Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net interest income(a)

 

$

70,655

 

 

$

63,939

 

 

$

67,482

 

 

$

1,074,125

 

 

$

917,041

 

 

$

908,828

 

 

$

230,589

 

 

$

93,600

 

 

$

(21,543

)

 

$

3,469,887

 

 

$

2,842,587

 

 

$

2,676,446

 

Noninterest income

 

 

342,858

 

 

 

336,099

 

 

 

331,366

 

 

 

323,176

 

 

 

324,953

 

 

 

336,042

 

 

 

570,475

 

 

 

594,586

 

 

 

599,870

 

 

 

1,825,996

 

 

 

1,825,037

 

 

 

1,779,273

 

 

 

 

413,513

 

 

 

400,038

 

 

 

398,848

 

 

 

1,397,301

 

 

 

1,241,994

 

 

 

1,244,870

 

 

 

801,064

 

 

 

688,186

 

 

 

578,327

 

 

 

5,295,883

 

 

 

4,667,624

 

 

 

4,455,719

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(3,617

)

 

 

(5,225

)

 

 

(1,508

)

 

 

120,437

 

 

 

72,953

 

 

 

77,158

 

 

 

(3,910

)

 

 

62,074

 

 

 

(12,954

)

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

 

124,000

 

Amortization of core deposit

   and other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,613

 

 

 

26,424

 

 

 

33,824

 

 

 

42,613

 

 

 

26,424

 

 

 

33,824

 

Depreciation and other

   amortization

 

 

30,264

 

 

 

27,883

 

 

 

47,086

 

 

 

37,657

 

 

 

35,291

 

 

 

37,788

 

 

 

68,541

 

 

 

64,852

 

 

 

61,848

 

 

 

157,978

 

 

 

148,925

 

 

 

164,906

 

Other noninterest expense

 

 

258,141

 

 

 

233,651

 

 

 

216,556

 

 

 

776,123

 

 

 

682,594

 

 

 

668,919

 

 

 

892,625

 

 

 

959,345

 

 

 

854,883

 

 

 

2,846,894

 

 

 

2,647,583

 

 

 

2,490,744

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

128,725

 

 

 

143,729

 

 

 

136,714

 

 

 

463,084

 

 

 

451,156

 

 

 

461,005

 

 

 

(198,805

)

 

 

(424,509

)

 

 

(359,274

)

 

 

2,058,398

 

 

 

1,674,692

 

 

 

1,642,245

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

49,047

 

 

 

55,151

 

 

 

52,172

 

 

 

188,438

 

 

 

183,638

 

 

 

187,647

 

 

 

(140,657

)

 

 

(218,379

)

 

 

(201,119

)

 

 

743,284

 

 

 

595,025

 

 

 

575,999

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

79,678

 

 

$

88,578

 

 

$

84,542

 

 

$

274,646

 

 

$

267,518

 

 

$

273,358

 

 

$

(58,148

)

 

$

(206,130

)

 

$

(158,155

)

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

Average total assets

   (in millions)

 

$

2,569

 

 

$

2,918

 

 

$

3,076

 

 

$

11,840

 

 

$

11,035

 

 

$

10,449

 

 

$

16,885

 

 

$

12,870

 

 

$

12,277

 

 

$

124,340

 

 

$

101,780

 

 

$

92,143

 

Capital expenditures

   (in millions)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

46

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

62

 

 

$

68

 

 

$

57

 

 

$

108

 

 

$

82

 

 

$

73

 

 

(a)

Net interest income is the difference between actual taxable-equivalent interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities by a segment and a funding charge (credit) based on the Company’s internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Segments are charged a cost to fund any assets (e.g. loans) and are paid a funding credit for any funds provided (e.g. deposits). The taxable-equivalent adjustment aggregated $26,962,000 in 2016, $24,463,000 in 2015 and $23,642,000 in 2014 and is eliminated in “All Other” net interest income and income tax expense (benefit).

190


 

The Business Banking segment provides deposit, lending, cash management and other financial services to small businesses and professionals through the Company’s banking office network and several other delivery channels, including business banking centers, telephone banking, Internet banking and automated teller machines. The Commercial Banking segment provides a wide range of credit products and banking services to middle-market and large commercial customers, mainly within the markets the Company serves. Among the services provided by this segment are commercial lending and leasing, letters of credit, deposit products and cash management services. The Commercial Real Estate segment provides credit services which are secured by various types of multifamily residential and commercial real estate and deposit services to its customers. Activities of this segment include the origination, sales and servicing of commercial real estate loans. Commercial real estate loans held for sale are included in the Commercial Real Estate Segment. The Discretionary Portfolio segment includes securities; residential real estate loans and other assets; short-term and long-term borrowed funds; brokered deposits; and Cayman Islands branch deposits. This segment also provides foreign exchange services to customers. Residential real estate loans obtained in the Hudson City acquisition on November 1, 2015 are included in this segment. The Residential Mortgage Banking segment originates and services residential real estate loans for consumers and sells substantially all of those loans in the secondary market to investors or to the Discretionary Portfolio segment. The segment periodically purchases servicing rights to loans that have been originated by other entities. Residential real estate loans held for sale are included in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment. The Retail Banking segment offers a variety of services to consumers through several delivery channels that include banking offices, automated teller machines, and telephone, mobile and Internet banking. Consumer loans and deposits obtained in the acquisition of Hudson City have been included in this segment. The “All Other” category includes other operating activities of the Company that are not directly attributable to the reported segments; the difference between the provision for credit losses and the calculated provision allocated to the reportable segments; goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets resulting from acquisitions of financial institutions; merger-related gains and expenses resulting from acquisitions; the net impact of the Company’s internal funds transfer pricing methodology; eliminations of transactions between reportable segments; certain nonrecurring transactions; the residual effects of unallocated support systems and general and administrative expenses; and the impact of interest rate risk management strategies. The amount of intersegment activity eliminated in arriving at consolidated totals was included in the “All Other” category as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

(48,625

)

 

$

(48,972

)

 

$

(49,800

)

Expenses

 

 

(40,422

)

 

 

(13,332

)

 

 

(12,014

)

Income taxes (benefit)

 

 

(3,338

)

 

 

(14,503

)

 

 

(15,375

)

Net income (loss)

 

 

(4,865

)

 

 

(21,137

)

 

 

(22,411

)

 

The Company conducts substantially all of its operations in the United States. There are no transactions with a single customer that in the aggregate result in revenues that exceed ten percent of consolidated total revenues.

 

 

191


 

23.    Regulatory matters

Payment of dividends by M&T’s banking subsidiaries is restricted by various legal and regulatory limitations. Dividends from any banking subsidiary to M&T are limited by the amount of earnings of the banking subsidiary in the current year and the preceding two years. For purposes of this test, at December 31, 2016, approximately $627 million was available for payment of dividends to M&T from banking subsidiaries. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board requires bank holding companies with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets to submit annual capital plans. Such bank holding companies may pay dividends and repurchase stock only in accordance with a capital plan that the Federal Reserve Board has not objected to.

Banking regulations prohibit extensions of credit by the subsidiary banks to M&T unless appropriately secured by assets. Securities of affiliates are not eligible as collateral for this purpose.

The bank subsidiaries are required to maintain reserves against certain deposit liabilities. During the maintenance periods that included December 31, 2016 and 2015, cash and due from banks and interest-earning deposits at banks included a daily average of $594,831,000 and $664,586,000, respectively, for such purpose.

M&T and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy regulations established by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Pursuant to the rules in effect as of December 31, 2016, the required minimum and well capitalized capital ratios are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Well

 

 

Minimum

 

Capitalized

●   Common equity Tier 1 ("CET1") to risk-weighted assets

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

 

 

6.5

%

 

●   Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

 

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

●   Total capital to risk-weighted assets

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

 

 

10.0

%

 

●   Leverage — Tier 1 capital to average total assets, as defined

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

In addition, capital regulations provide for the phase-in of a “capital conservation buffer” composed entirely of CET1 on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019 the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%. For 2016, the phase-in transition portion of that buffer was .625%.

192


 

The capital ratios and amounts of the Company and its banking subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented below:

 

 

 

M&T

(Consolidated)

 

 

M&T Bank

 

 

Wilmington

Trust, N.A.

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity Tier 1 capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

$

10,849,642

 

 

$

10,115,688

 

 

$

496,801

 

Ratio(a)

 

 

10.70

%

 

 

10.02

%

 

 

57.08

%

Minimum required amount(b)

 

 

5,195,288

 

 

 

5,175,310

 

 

 

44,607

 

Tier 1 capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

12,083,948

 

 

 

10,115,688

 

 

 

496,801

 

Ratio(a)

 

 

11.92

%

 

 

10.02

%

 

 

57.08

%

Minimum required amount(b)

 

 

6,715,859

 

 

 

6,690,035

 

 

 

57,662

 

Total capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

14,282,492

 

 

 

11,812,114

 

 

 

501,111

 

Ratio(a)

 

 

14.09

%

 

 

11.70

%

 

 

57.57

%

Minimum required amount(b)

 

 

8,743,289

 

 

 

8,709,668

 

 

 

75,070

 

Leverage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

12,083,948

 

 

 

10,115,688

 

 

 

496,801

 

Ratio(c)

 

 

9.99

%

 

 

8.41

%

 

 

15.31

%

Minimum required amount(b)

 

 

4,836,901

 

 

 

4,812,685

 

 

 

129,774

 

December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity Tier 1 capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

$

10,485,426

 

 

$

10,680,827

 

 

$

476,106

 

Ratio(a)

 

 

11.08

%

 

 

11.33

%

 

 

86.87

%

Minimum required amount(b)

 

 

4,259,977

 

 

 

4,242,817

 

 

 

24,664

 

Tier 1 capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

12,008,232

 

 

 

10,680,827

 

 

 

476,106

 

Ratio(a)

 

 

12.68

%

 

 

11.33

%

 

 

86.87

%

Minimum required amount(b)

 

 

5,679,969

 

 

 

5,657,089

 

 

 

32,886

 

Total capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

14,128,454

 

 

 

12,589,917

 

 

 

480,415

 

Ratio(a)

 

 

14.92

%

 

 

13.35

%

 

 

87.65

%

Minimum required amount(b)

 

 

7,573,292

 

 

 

7,542,786

 

 

 

43,848

 

Leverage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

12,008,232

 

 

 

10,680,827

 

 

 

476,106

 

Ratio(c)

 

 

10.89

%

 

 

9.75

%

 

 

22.38

%

Minimum required amount(b)

 

 

4,408,971

 

 

 

4,381,617

 

 

 

85,082

 

 

(a)

The ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets, as defined by regulation.

(b)

Minimum amount of capital to be considered adequately capitalized, as defined by regulation and including transition portion of the capital conservation buffer for 2016.

(c)

The ratio of capital to average assets, as defined by regulation.

 

 

193


 

 

24.    Relationship with Bayview Lending Group LLC and Bayview Financial Holdings, L.P.

M&T holds a 20% minority interest in Bayview Lending Group LLC (“BLG”), a privately-held commercial mortgage company. M&T recognizes income or loss from BLG using the equity method of accounting. The carrying value of that investment was $12 million at December 31, 2016.

Bayview Financial Holdings, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “Bayview Financial”), a privately-held specialty financial company, is BLG’s majority investor. In addition to their common investment in BLG, the Company and Bayview Financial conduct other business activities with each other. The Company has obtained loan servicing rights for mortgage loans from BLG and Bayview Financial having outstanding principal balances of $3.5 billion and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Revenues from those servicing rights were $19 million, $23 million and $26 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company sub-services residential real estate loans for Bayview Financial having outstanding principal balances totaling $30.4 billion and $37.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Revenues earned for sub-servicing loans for Bayview Financial were $98 million in 2016 and $115 million in each of 2015 and 2014. In addition, the Company held $158 million and $181 million of mortgage-backed securities in its held-to-maturity portfolio at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, that were securitized by Bayview Financial.

 

 

25.    Parent company financial statements

Condensed Balance Sheet

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash in subsidiary bank

 

$

15,003

 

 

$

19,874

 

Due from consolidated bank subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money-market savings

 

 

1,767,184

 

 

 

865,274

 

Current income tax receivable

 

 

3,061

 

 

 

572

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Total due from consolidated bank subsidiaries

 

 

1,770,245

 

 

 

865,856

 

Investments in consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks

 

 

15,003,964

 

 

 

15,581,931

 

Other

 

 

161,201

 

 

 

149,178

 

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries (note 19)

 

 

23,643

 

 

 

23,824

 

Investment in Bayview Lending Group LLC

 

 

11,908

 

 

 

30,264

 

Other assets

 

 

71,687

 

 

 

73,147

 

Total assets

 

$

17,057,651

 

 

$

16,744,074

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

$

54,487

 

 

$

56,796

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

516,542

 

 

 

513,989

 

Total liabilities

 

 

571,029

 

 

 

570,785

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

16,486,622

 

 

 

16,173,289

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

17,057,651

 

 

$

16,744,074

 

 

194


 

Condensed Statement of Income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share)

 

Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from consolidated bank subsidiaries

 

$

1,930,000

 

 

$

480,000

 

 

$

480,000

 

Equity in earnings of Bayview Lending Group LLC

 

 

(10,752

)

 

 

(14,267

)

 

 

(16,672

)

Other income

 

 

5,530

 

 

 

2,364

 

 

 

7,755

 

Total income

 

 

1,924,778

 

 

 

468,097

 

 

 

471,083

 

Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on long-term borrowings

 

 

18,963

 

 

 

24,453

 

 

 

47,700

 

Other expense

 

 

21,361

 

 

 

16,793

 

 

 

15,107

 

Total expense

 

 

40,324

 

 

 

41,246

 

 

 

62,807

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed

   income of subsidiaries

 

 

1,884,454

 

 

 

426,851

 

 

 

408,276

 

Income tax credits

 

 

17,247

 

 

 

19,965

 

 

 

27,284

 

Income before equity in undistributed income of

   subsidiaries

 

 

1,901,701

 

 

 

446,816

 

 

 

435,560

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income of subsidiaries

 

 

1,343,413

 

 

 

1,112,851

 

 

 

1,110,686

 

Less: dividends received

 

 

(1,930,000

)

 

 

(480,000

)

 

 

(480,000

)

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

(586,587

)

 

 

632,851

 

 

 

630,686

 

Net income

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

Net income per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

7.80

 

 

$

7.22

 

 

$

7.47

 

Diluted

 

 

7.78

 

 

 

7.18

 

 

 

7.42

 

 

195


 

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,315,114

 

 

$

1,079,667

 

 

$

1,066,246

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided

   by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

586,587

 

 

 

(632,851

)

 

 

(630,686

)

Provision for deferred income taxes

 

 

(3,157

)

 

 

(3,655

)

 

 

(6,522

)

Net change in accrued income and expense

 

 

12,898

 

 

 

21,780

 

 

 

23,419

 

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

 

 

(2,342

)

 

 

119

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1,909,100

 

 

 

465,060

 

 

 

452,457

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales or maturities of

   investment securities

 

 

51

 

 

 

755

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

13,619

 

 

 

14,038

 

 

 

10,721

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

13,670

 

 

 

14,793

 

 

 

10,721

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments on long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

(322,621

)

 

 

(350,010

)

Purchases of treasury stock

 

 

(641,334

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid — common

 

 

(441,891

)

 

 

(375,017

)

 

 

(371,199

)

Dividends paid — preferred

 

 

(81,270

)

 

 

(81,270

)

 

 

(70,234

)

Redemption of Series D preferred stock

 

 

(500,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

495,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

346,500

 

Other, net

 

 

143,764

 

 

 

76,364

 

 

 

110,601

 

Net cash used by financing activities

 

 

(1,025,731

)

 

 

(702,544

)

 

 

(334,342

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

897,039

 

 

 

(222,691

)

 

 

128,836

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

885,148

 

 

 

1,107,839

 

 

 

979,003

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

1,782,187

 

 

$

885,148

 

 

$

1,107,839

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received during the year

 

$

1,931

 

 

$

1,905

 

 

$

2,094

 

Interest paid during the year

 

 

15,918

 

 

 

30,420

 

 

 

47,003

 

Income taxes received during the year

 

 

8,877

 

 

 

16,696

 

 

 

24,588

 

 

  

196


 

26.    Recent accounting developments

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company adopted amended accounting guidance relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities that modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities or voting interest entities and eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The amended guidance also eliminates certain conditions in the assessment of whether fees paid by a legal entity to a decision maker or a service provider represent a variable interest in the legal entity and reduces the extent to which related party arrangements cause an entity to be considered a primary beneficiary. The new guidance eliminates the indefinite deferral of existing consolidation guidance for certain investment funds, but provides a scope exception for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  

In January 2016, the Company also adopted amended accounting guidance for debt issuance costs. The guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position at January 1, 2016.

In the first quarter of 2016, the Company adopted amended accounting guidance for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. The amended guidance requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. The total amount of compensation cost recognized during and after the requisite service period should reflect the number of awards that are expected to vest and should be adjusted to reflect those awards that ultimately vest. The requisite service period ends when the employee can cease rendering service and still be eligible to vest in the award if the performance target is achieved. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Amended accounting guidance for measurement-period adjustments related to business combinations was also adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2016. The amended guidance requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The acquirer is now required to record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amendments to the guidance, an entity should perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized,

197


 

however, should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable.  The guidance is effective for annual periods or any interim goodwill impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2019 using a prospective transition method. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, unless at some point in the future one of its reporting units were to fail step 1 of the goodwill impairment test.

In January 2017, the FASB issued amended guidance clarifying the definition of a business for purposes of evaluating whether transactions would be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The amendments provide a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar assets, the set is not a business. If the screen is not met, the amendments (1) require that to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output, and (2) remove the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 using a prospective transition method. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance for the presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows.  The guidance requires that restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows.  In addition, when cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item within the statement of financial position, the line items and amounts must be presented on the face of the statement of cash flows or disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.  Information about the nature of restrictions on an entity’s cash and cash equivalents must also be disclosed.  The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, using a retrospective transition method.  The Company is evaluating the impact the guidance may have on the presentation of its consolidated statement of cash flows.

In August 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance for how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows.  The guidance addresses the following eight specific cash flow issues: 1) cash payments for debt extinguishment costs should be classified as cash outflows for financing activities; 2) for zero-coupon debt instruments, the portion of the cash payment attributable to the accreted interest should be classified as a cash outflow for operating activities; 3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination should be classified based on the timing of the payment; 4) cash proceeds received from the settlement of insurance claims should be classified on the basis of the related insurance coverage; 5)  cash proceeds received from the settlement of corporate-owned and bank-owned life insurance policies should be classified as cash inflows from investing activities; 6) when the equity method is applied, an accounting policy election should be made to classify distributions received using either the cumulative earnings approach or the nature of the distribution approach; 7) cash receipts from payments on a transferor’s beneficial interests obtained in a securitization of financial assets should be classified as cash inflows from investing activities; and 8) the classification of cash receipts and payments that have aspects of more than one class of cash flows should be determined by applying specific guidance in GAAP.  The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  The Company is evaluating the impact the guidance may have on the presentation within its consolidated statement of cash flows.

198


 

In June 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance for the measurement of credit losses on certain financial assets. The amended guidance requires financial assets measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected.  The allowance for credit losses will represent a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present their net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected. The income statement will reflect the measurement of credit losses for newly recognized financial assets as well as expected increases or decreases of expected credit losses that have taken place during the period. When determining the allowance, expected credit losses over the contractual term of the financial asset(s) (taking into account prepayments) will be estimated considering relevant information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectibility of the reported amount.  The amended guidance also requires recording an allowance for credit losses for purchased financial assets with a more-than-insignificant amount of credit deterioration since origination.  The initial allowance for these assets will be added to the purchase price at acquisition rather than being reported as an expense.  Subsequent changes in the allowance will be recorded through the income statement as an expense adjustment.  In addition, the amended guidance requires credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses. The calculation of credit losses for available-for-sale securities will be similar to how it is determined under existing guidance.  The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019.  The Company is assessing the new guidance to determine what modifications to existing credit estimation processes may be required.  The Company expects that the new guidance will result in an increase in its allowance for credit losses as a result of considering credit losses over the expected life of its loan portfolios. Increases in the level of the allowance for credit losses will also reflect new requirements to include the nonaccretable principal difference on purchased credit impaired loans and estimated credit losses on investment securities classified as held-to-maturity, if any.  The Company is still evaluating the extent of the increase to the allowance for credit losses and the impact to its financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for share-based transactions.  The amended guidance requires that all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement and that such amounts be recognized in the period in which the tax deduction arises or in the period in which an expiration of an award occurs.  The guidance allows an entity to make an accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur.  The guidance permits share-based awards that allow for the withholding of shares up to the maximum statutory tax rate in applicable jurisdictions to qualify for equity classification.  The previous GAAP threshold was restricted to the employer’s minimum statutory withholding requirements.   The guidance also specifies certain changes to the reporting of share-based transactions on the statement of cash flows and is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  The Company expects adoption of the guidance will result in increased volatility to reported income tax expense related to excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies for share-based transactions, but the actual amounts recognized in tax expense will be dependent on the amount of share-based transactions entered into and the stock price at the time of vesting.

In March 2016, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for the transition to the equity method of accounting.  The amended guidance eliminates the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method has been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held.  Instead, the amended guidance requires the investor to adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment first qualifies for such

199


 

accounting.  The guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued two amendments to its rules on accounting for derivatives and hedging.  The first amendment clarifies that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met.  The second amendment clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to their debt hosts.  An entity performing the assessment is required to assess the embedded call (put) options solely in accordance with a four-step decision sequence and no longer has to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise the option is related to interest rates or credit risks.  Both amendments are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted.  The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.  

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance related to the accounting for leases.  The core principle of the guidance is that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee and, therefore, lease assets and lease liabilities should be recognized in the balance sheet.  Lease assets will be recognized as a right-of-use asset and lease liabilities will be recognized as a liability to make lease payments.  While the guidance requires all leases to be recognized in the balance sheet, there continues to be a differentiation between finance leases and operating leases for purposes of income statement recognition and cash flow statement presentation.  For finance leases, interest on the lease liability and amortization of the right-of-use asset will be recognized separately in the statement of income.  Repayments of principal on those lease liabilities will be classified within financing activities and payments of interest on the lease liability will be classified within operating activities in the statement of cash flows.  For operating leases, a single lease cost is recognized in the statement of income and allocated over the lease term, generally on a straight-line basis.  All cash payments are presented within operating activities in the statement of cash flows.  The accounting applied by lessors is largely unchanged from existing GAAP, however, the guidance eliminates the accounting model for leveraged leases for leases that commence after the effective date of the guidance.  The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  The Company occupies certain banking offices and uses certain equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements, which currently are not reflected in its consolidated balance sheet.  Upon adoption of the guidance, the Company expects to report increased assets and increased liabilities as a result of recognizing right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet. As described in note 21 of the Notes to Financial Statements, the Company is committed to $467 million of minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating lease agreements at December 31, 2016.  The Company does not expect the new guidance will have a material impact to its consolidated statement of income.

In January 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance related to recognition and measurement of financial assets and liabilities. The amended guidance requires that equity investments (excluding those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. An entity can elect to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost less impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer. The impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values is simplified by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates impairment exists, an entity is required to measure the investment at fair value. The guidance eliminates the requirement

200


 

for public business entities to disclose the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet. Further, the guidance requires public entities to use the exit price when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The guidance also requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income, a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure a liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. Separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities by measurement category and type of instrument on the balance sheet or accompanying notes to the financial statements is required. The guidance also clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. This guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is still evaluating the impact the guidance could have on its consolidated financial statements, however, it does hold certain equity securities in its available-for-sale portfolio.  Upon adoption of this guidance, fair value changes in such equity securities will be recognized in the consolidated statement of income as opposed to accumulated other comprehensive income where they are recognized under current accounting guidance.

In May 2014, the FASB issued amended accounting and disclosure guidance for revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the accounting guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The guidance also specifies the accounting for some costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. The amended disclosure guidance requires sufficient information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date of this guidance by one year. The amended guidance is now effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The guidance should be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance recognized at the date of initial application (the “modified retrospective approach”).  At present, the Company expects to adopt the revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 using the modified retrospective approach.  A significant amount of the Company’s revenues are derived from net interest income on financial assets and liabilities, which are excluded from the scope of the amended guidance.  With respect to noninterest income, the Company has identified revenue streams within the scope of the guidance, and is performing an evaluation of the underlying revenue contracts.  To date, the Company has not yet identified any material changes in the timing of revenue recognition when considering the amended accounting guidance, however, the Company’s implementation efforts are ongoing and such assessments may change prior to the January 1, 2018 implementation date.

 

 

201


 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accou ntants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon their evaluation of the effectiveness of M&T’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and Darren J. King, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that M&T’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016.

(b) Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. Included under the heading “Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” at Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm. Included under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” at Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting. M&T regularly assesses the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting and enhances its controls in response to internal control assessments and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. No changes in internal control over financial reporting have been identified in connection with the evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, M&T’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information.

None.

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Items 401, 405, 406 and 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K will be included in M&T’s Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A on or about March 7, 2017 (the “2017 Proxy Statement”).  The information concerning M&T’s directors will appear under the caption “NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR” in the 2017 Proxy Statement. The information regarding compliance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act will appear under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2017 Proxy Statement. The information concerning M&T’s Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers will appear under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF M&T BANK CORPORATION” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  The information regarding M&T’s Audit Committee will appear under the caption “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF M&T BANK CORPORATION.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The information concerning M&T’s executive officers is presented under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

202


 

Item 11.

Executi ve Compensation.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Items 402 and 407 of Regulation S-K will appear under the captions “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,” “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION,” “DIRECTOR COMPENSATION,” “NOMINATION, COMPENSATION AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION,” and “NOMINATION, COMPENSATION AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 403 of Regulation S-K will appear under the caption “STOCK OWNERSHIP INFORMATION” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 201(d) concerning equity compensation plans is presented under the caption “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” contained in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Items 404 and 407 of Regulation S-K will appear under the caption “TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” and “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF M&T BANK CORPORATION” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required to be furnished by Item 9 of Schedule 14A will appear under the caption “PROPOSAL TO RATIFY THE APPOINTMENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP AS THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM OF M&T BANK CORPORATION FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2017” in the 2017 Proxy Statement.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Financial statements and financial statement schedules filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Financial statement schedules are not required or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

(b) Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been previously filed, are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other filings.

(c) Additional financial statement schedules. None.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary.

None.

203


 

Signa tures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 22nd day of February, 2017.

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

 

By:

 

/ S / R OBERT G. W ILMERS

 

 

Robert G. Wilmers

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

Title

Date

 

 

 

Principal Executive Officer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / R OBERT G. W ILMERS

 

Robert G. Wilmers

Chairman of the Board

and Chief Executive Officer

February 22, 2017

Principal Financial Officer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / D ARREN J. K ING

 

Darren J. King

Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

February 22, 2017

Principal Accounting Officer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / M ICHAEL R. S PYCHALA

 

Michael R. Spychala

Senior Vice President and

Controller

February 22, 2017

A majority of the board of directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edward G. Amoroso

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / B RENT D. B AIRD

 

Brent D. Baird

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

/ S / C. A NGELA B ONTEMPO

 

C. Angela Bontempo

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert T. Brady

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / T. J EFFERSON C UNNINGHAM III

 

T. Jefferson Cunningham III

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

204


 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark J. Czarnecki

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / G ARY N. G EISEL

 

Gary N. Geisel

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / R ICHARD A. G ROSSI

 

Richard A. Grossi

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

/ S / J OHN D. H AWKE , J R .

 

John D. Hawke, Jr.

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

/ S / N EWTON P.S. M ERRILL 

 

Newton P. S. Merrill

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 / S / M ELINDA R. R ICH

 

Melinda R. Rich

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / R OBERT E. S ADLER , J R .

 

Robert E. Sadler, Jr.

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / D ENIS J. S ALAMONE

 

Denis J. Salamone

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / H ERBERT L. W ASHINGTON

 

Herbert L. Washington

 

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S / R OBERT G. W ILMERS

 

Robert G. Wilmers

 

February 22, 2017

 

  

205


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

3.1

  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of M&T Bank Corporation dated November 18, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K dated November 19, 2010 (File No. 1-9861).

3.2

  

Amended and Restated Bylaws of M&T Bank Corporation, effective November 16, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K dated November 19, 2010 (File No. 1-9861).

3.3

  

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation with respect to Perpetual 6.875% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D, dated May 26, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of M&T Bank Corporation’s Form 8-K dated May 26, 2011 (File No. 1-9861).

3.4

  

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of M&T Bank Corporation, dated April 19, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K dated April 22, 2013 (File No. 1-9861).

3.5

  

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of M&T Bank Corporation, dated February 11, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K dated February 11, 2014 (File No. 1-9861).

3.6

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation with respect to Perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F, dated October 27, 2016. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of M&T Bank Corporation’s Form 8-K dated October 28, 2016 (File No. 1-9861).

4.1

  

There are no instruments with respect to long-term debt of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries that involve securities authorized under the instrument in an amount exceeding 10 percent of the total assets of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. M&T Bank Corporation agrees to provide the SEC with a copy of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries on request.

4.2

  

Warrant to purchase shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock dated as of March 26, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 1-9861).

4.3

  

Warrant to purchase shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock effective May 16, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K dated May 19, 2011 (File No. 1-9861).

4.4

  

Warrant Agreement (including Form of Warrant), dated as of December 11, 2012, between M&T Bank Corporation and Registrar and Transfer Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A 12B dated December 12, 2012 (File No. 1-9861).

10.1

  

M&T Bank Corporation Annual Executive Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.2

  

Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement between Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company and Brian E. Hickey dated as of July 21, 1994, as amended. Filed herewith.*

10.3

  

Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2016, between M&T Bank Corporation and Robert E. Sadler, Jr. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.4

  

M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 (File No. 1-9861).*

206


 

10.5

  

M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.6

  

M&T Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan, as amended and restated. Filed herewith.*

10.7

  

M&T Bank Corporation 2008 Directors’ Stock Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form S-8 dated October 19, 2012 (File No. 333-184504).*

10.8

  

Keystone Financial, Inc. 1992 Director Fee Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Form 10-K of Keystone Financial, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1999 (File No. 000-11460).*

10.9

  

M&T Bank Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.10

  

M&T Bank Corporation 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the definitive Proxy Statement of M&T Bank Corporation dated March 4, 2005 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.11

  

M&T Bank Corporation 2009 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement of M&T Bank Corporation dated March 5, 2015 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.12

  

M&T Bank Corporation Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.13

  

M&T Bank Corporation Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.14

  

M&T Bank Corporation Form of Performance-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.15

  

M&T Bank Corporation Form of Performance-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for named executive officers (“NEOs”) subject to Section 162 (m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 (File No. 1-9861).*

10.16

  

Provident Bankshares Corporation Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to M&T Bank Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated June 5, 2009 (File No. 333-159795).*

10.17

  

Provident Bankshares Corporation 2004 Equity Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to M&T Bank Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated June 5, 2009 (File No. 333-159795).*

10.18

  

Wilmington Trust Corporation Amended and Restated 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to the Form 10-Q of Wilmington Trust Corporation filed on November 9, 2004 (File No. 1-14659).*

10.19

  

Wilmington Trust Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Form 10-K of Wilmington Trust Corporation filed on February 29, 2008 (File No. 1-14659).*

10.20

  

Wilmington Trust Corporation 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit D to the definitive Proxy Statement of Wilmington Trust Corporation filed on March 16, 2009 (File No. 1-14659).*

10.21

  

Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Form S-8 dated November 2, 2015 (File No. 333-184411).*

207


 

10.22

  

Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Form S-8 dated November 2, 2015 (File No. 333-184411).*

11.1

  

Statement re: Computation of Earnings Per Common Share. Incorporated by reference to note 14 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

12.1

  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. Filed herewith.

21.1

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to the caption “Subsidiaries” contained in Part I, Item 1 hereof.

23.1

  

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP re: Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-32044, 333-43175, 333-16077, 333-40640, 333-84384, 333-127406, 333-150122, 333-164015, 333-163992, 333-160769, 333-159795, 333-170740, 333-189099, 333-184504, 333-189097 and 333-184411) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-182348 and 333-207030). Filed herewith.

31.1

  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.

31.2

  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.

32.1

  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer under 18 U.S.C. §1350 pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.

32.2

  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer under 18 U.S.C. §1350 pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.

101.INS

  

XBRL Instance Document. Filed herewith.

101.SCH

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. Filed herewith.

101.CAL

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. Filed herewith.

101.LAB

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. Filed herewith.

101.PRE

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase. Filed herewith.

101.DEF

  

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase. Filed herewith.

 

*

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

  

 

208

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this 21st day of July,

1994, by and between Manufacturers and Traders Trust (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") and Brian J. Hickey, an individual residing at 73 Caversham Woods, Pittsford, NY 14534 (hereinafter referred to as "Executive").

 

WITNESSETH, THAT:

WHEREAS, Executive is presently employed by the Company in a key executive position and possesses substantial talent, ability and unique business experience which has been and will continue to be a great value to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to secure for itself the continued services of Executive and to provide certain additional retirement benefits for Executive in consideration of his past and future services;

IT IS NOW THEREFORE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as set forth in this Section 1.

1.1 "Retirement Plan" shall mean the First Empire State Corporation Retirement Plan, as a mended from time to time.

1.2 "Average Annual Compensation" and "Compensation" shall have the same meanings accorded to such words in the Retirement Plan, except that limits imposed by Internal Revenue code Section 401(a)(17) shall not apply, and further p rovided that until Executive has received Compensation for at least five (5) consecutive calendar years, Average Annual Compensation shall be based upon the calendar years during which Executive actually receives Compensation (Compensation received during such years, divided by the number of such years).

1

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

1.3 "Years of Service" shall have the same meaning accorded to such words in the Retirement Plan for vesting purposes.

1.4 "Accrued Pension Benefit" shall have the same meaning accorded to such words in the Retirement Plan.

1.5 "Benefit Accrual Years" shall have the same meaning accorded to such words in the Retirement Plan.

2. ELIGIBILITY FOR AND AMOUNT OF SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT.

2.1 Termination of Employment Prior to Becoming Vested in the Retirement Plan.   Upon Executive's termination of employment with no vested benefit under the Retirement Plan, except in the case of the Executive's termination by the Company for fraud, dishonesty, theft, or other unlawful actions, the Company agrees to pay Executive a monthly retirement benefit equal in amount to an Accrued Pension Benefit determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan based on his Average Annual Compensation calculated as of his date of employment termination plus five (5) additional Benefit Accrual Years. Commencement and payment (but not eligibility for) of a monthly retirement benefit under this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the Retirement Plan.

2.2 Termination of Employment After Becoming Vested in the Retirement Plan. Upon Executive's termination of employment with a vested benefit under the

Retirement Plan, except in the case of the Executive's termination by the Company for fraud, dishonesty, theft, or other unlawful actions, the Company agrees to pay Executive a monthly retirement benefit equal in amount to the differences of (a) minus (b) where: (a) is the Accrued Pension Benefit determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan based on his Average Annual Compensation calculated as of his date of employment termination plus five (5) additional Benefit Accrual Years and (b) is the nonforfeitable benefit due to be paid by the

2

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

Retirement Plan.  Commencement and payment of (but not eligibility for) a monthly retirement benefit under the Agreement shall be subj ect to the provisions of the Retirement Plan.

3. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

3.1 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and Executive and their respective successors and assigns, provided, however, that, except as set forth herein, no rights of any kind under this Agreement shall, without the written consent of the Company, be transferable or assignable by Executive or any other person, or be subject to alienation, encumbrance, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, voluntary or involuntary.

3.2 Interpretation. All questions of interpretation, construction of application arising under this Agreement shall be decided by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose decision shall be final and conclusive upon all persons.

3.3 Savings Clause. In the event that any provision or term of this Agreement is finally determined by an judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative body to be void or not enforceable for any reason, it is the agreed upon intent of the parties hereto that all other provisions or terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and that the Agreement shall be enforceable as is such void or non-enforceable provision or term had never been a part hereof.

3.4 Governing Law. This Agreement is executed in and shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

3.5 No Rights in Any Property of Company. The undertakings of the Company herein constitute merely the unsecured promise of the Company to make the payments as provided for herein. No property of the Company is or shall, by reason of this Agreement, be held in trust for Executive, or any other person, and neither Executive nor any


3

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

other person shall have by reason of the Agree ment, any rights, title or interest of any kind in or to any property of the Company.

3.6 Employment of Executive by Company. Nothing herein shall be construed as an offer or commitment by the Company to continue Executive's employment with the Company for any period of time.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first above written.

 

MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST

 

"Company"

 

 

 

By   /s/ Ray E. Logan

 

 

 

 

 

   /s/  Brian E. Hickey

"Executive"

4

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT OF

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment of the Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement is made and entered into effective August 1, 2006 by and between Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) and Brian E. Hickey, an individual residing at 14 Stefenage Court, Pittsford, New York 14534 (hereinafter referred to as “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the parties hereto entered into that certain Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement dated July 21, 1994 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Agreement to clarify and reflect the mutual understanding and intentions of the parties with respect to the Agreement and to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as amended by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1. Definitions . Except as exp ressly stated otherwise herein, capitalized terms in this First Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

2. Amendments .

(a) Section 1.1 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting the words “First Empire State Corporation Retirement Plan” and by substituting therefor “M&T Bank Corporation Pension

Plan”

 

(b) Section 1.2 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and by substituting a new Section 1.2 to read as follows:

 

 

1.2

“Average Annual Compensation” and “Compensation” shall have the same meanings accorded to such words under the provisions of the Retirement Plan as in effect on the Executive’s Separation from Service and without regard to the dollar amount of annual compensation limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as in effect and adjusted from time to time under such section.

 

(c) Section 1.4 of the Agreement is amended by adding after the term “Retirement Plan” the following words: “determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan as in effect on January 1, 2006”.

 

(d) Section 1 shall be amended by adding at the end thereof new subsections 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.10, 1.11, 1.12, and 1.13 to read as follows:

1

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

1.6

“Benefit” shall mean the monthly supplemental retirement benefit payable to the Executive as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, of this Agreement or the Supplemental Death Benefit.

 

 

 

1.7

“Benefit Commencement Date” shall mean (a) the date on which the Executive elects to receive his Benefit or (b) in the case of the Surviving Spouse, the date on which the Surviving Spouse’s Supplemental Death Benefit becomes payable under this Agreement.

 

 

 

1.8

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

 

 

1.9

“Separation from Service” shall mean Executive’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with the Company and all entities which would be considered a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

 

 

 

1.10

“Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean, that the Executive is determined (a) to be totally disabled by the federal Social Security Administration, or (b) to have a “disability” under the Company’s long-term disability plan, provided that the definition of the term “disability” under such long-term disability plan satisfies the requirements for disability under Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

 

1.11

“Earliest Retirement Age” shall mean (a) age 65, if the Executive is credited with less than 10 years of Vesting Service under the Retirement Plan or (b) age 55, if the Executive is credited with at least 10 years of Vesting Service under the Retirement Plan.

 

 

 

1.12

“Surviving Spouse” shall mean the spouse (as defined and interpreted under the Retirement Plan) to whom the Executive was married for at least 12 months at the time of the Executive’s death.

 

 

 

1.13

“Supplemental Death Benefit” shall mean an annual annuity payable over the lifetime of a Surviving Spouse upon the death of the Executive prior to Executive’s commencement of his Benefit under this Agreement.

 

 

(e) The firs t sentence of Section 2.1 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the words “determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan”.

(f) Section 2.1 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the last sentence thereof and by substituting a new sentence to re ad as follows:

“Commencement and payment of (but not eligibility for) a monthly benefit under this Agreement shall be subject to the Executive’s election pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.”

(g) The first sentence of Section 2.2 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the words “determined under the provisions of the Retirement Plan” from clause (a).

2

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

(h) Section 2.2 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the last sentence thereof and by substituting a new sentence to read as follows:

“Commencement and payment of (but not eligibility for) a monthly benefit under this Agreement shall be subject to the Executive’s election pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.”

(i) Amend Section 2 by adding new subsections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, and 2.7 to read as follows:

 

 

2.3

Payment Elections

 

 

(a)

Not later than December 31, 2006, the Executive shall make an election under (b) or (c) below regarding the date and form of payment of his Benefit. The election shall apply only with respect to Compensation earned after the date on which the election is made to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code. The election made under this Section 2.3 shall be made in the manner prescribed by the Company.

 

 

(b)

The Executive shall elect as his Benefit Commencement Date either (i) the date on which the Executive has a Separation from Service or becomes Disabled, whichever is earlier, or (ii) the later of the date on which the Participant (A) attains Earliest Retirement Age, or (B) has a Separation from Service or becomes Disabled, whichever is earlier.

 

 

(c)

The Executive shall elect to have his Benefit paid as either (i) a Single Life Annuity, (ii) a Five-, Ten- or Fifteen-Year Certain Life Annuity, or (iii) a Joint and Survivor Annuity.

 

 

(d)

Subject to Sections 2.4 and 2.5 hereof, the Executive’s elections under this Section 3.2 shall be irrevocable and may not be changed, except that, if the Executive elects an annuity form of payment, then prior to his Benefit Commencement Date, the Executive may revoke his annuity election and make a new election for a different actuarially equivalent (as defined in the Retirement Plan) annuity.

 

 

2.4

Mandatory Delay in Benefit Payments . Notwithstanding Section 2.3 hereof, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall delay payment of the Benefit of the Executive if the Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined below) until the earlier of (a) the date that is six months after the date of any termination of employment or other event that constitutes the Executive’s Separation from Service, or (b) the date of the Executive’s death. The aggregate amount of payments otherwise payable during this delay period (plus interest thereon at the Applicable Federal Rate, provided that such interest does not cause this Agreement to violate Section 409A of the Code) shall be payable to the Executive as soon as practicable after the expiration of the delay period. For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “specified employee” shall have the same meaning as under Section 409A of the Code.

 

3

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

2.5

Discreti onary Delay in Payments . Notwithstanding Section 2.3 hereof, the Company may delay payment of any benefit provided under this Agreement by reason of any event(s) or condition(s) permitted under Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation, delays relating to (a) nondeductible compensation payments under Section 162(m) of the Code; (b) violations of loan agreements; and (c) violations of federal securities law or other applicable laws.

 

 

2.6

Pre-2007 Benefit Commencement and Payment Form . If the Executive begins to receive pension benefits, or a Surviving Spouse begins to receive pre-retirement survivor benefits under the Retirement Plan prior to January 1, 2007, the Benefit Commencement Date of the Executive’s Benefit or the Surviving Spouse’s Supplemental Death Benefit hereunder shall be the date on which the Executive or the Surviving Spouse begins receiving pension or pre-retirement survivor benefits under the Retirement Plan, and the form of the payment of the Executive’s Benefit or the Supplemental Death Benefit hereunder shall be the same form of payment as the Executive’s or Surviving Spouse’s pension or 50% pre-retirement survivor benefit under the Retirement Plan, respectively.

 

 

2.7

Post-2006 Benefit Commencement Date and Payment Form .

 

 

(a)

If the Executive does not begin to receive pension benefits under the Retirement Plan before January 1, 2007, the Executive’s Benefit shall be paid or begin to be paid in accordance with the Executive’s payment elections under Section 2.3.

 

 

(b)

If a Surviving Spouse does not begin to receive pre-retirement survivor benefits under the Retirement Plan before January 1, 2007, the Benefit Commencement Date of the Supplemental Death Benefit shall be the later of the date (i) on which the Executive attains Earliest Retirement Age (or would have attained Earliest Retirement Age assuming that the Executive terminated employment on the date of his death and survived until such age) or (ii) of the Executive’s death. The form of the Supplemental Death Benefit shall be in the same form as the 50% pre-retirement survivor benefit under the Retirement Plan.

 

 

(c)

The Benefit payable under this Agreement shall be paid or begin to be paid on the Executive’s Benefit Commencement Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, but not later than (i) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Benefit Commencement Date occurs, or (ii) the 15 th day of the third calendar month following the Benefit Commencement Date.

 

(j) Section 3.2 of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting prior to the word “Board” the following words “Nomination, Compensation and Governance Committee of the”.

(k) Amend Section 3 of the Agreement by adding a new section 3.7 to read as follows:

 

 

4

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

3.7

Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . This Agreement is inte nded to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be administered and interpreted in accordance with its requirements. If any provision of the Agreement conflicts with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the requirements of Section 409A shall supersede any such provisions.

 

4. In all other respect the provisions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY

 

By: /s/ Jeffrey A. Long

Jeffrey A. Long, Group Vice President

 

 

/s/ Brian E. Hickey

Brian E. Hickey

5

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

SUPPLEMENTAL DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

FOR

BRIAN E. HICKEY

 

 

WHEREAS, Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (the "Company") and Brian E. Hickey (the “Executive”) entered into a Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement dated July 21, 1994 (the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Agreement was amended by mutual agreement effective August 1, 2006, to comply with the requirements of new Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) Section 409A; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties now wish to amend the Agreement in accordance with the transition rules to Section 409A of the Code to extend the period under which the Executive may elect a form of payment of his benefit and to clarify certain payment provisions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, by mutual consent of the parties, the Agreement is hereby amended, effective September 1, 2008, as follows:

 

1. Section 2.3 is hereby amended by deleting subsection (a) in its entirety and substituting the following in its place:

 

(a) Not later than December 31, 2008, the Executive, in accordance with the transition rules under Section 409A of the Code, may make an election under (b) or (c) below regarding the date and form of payment of his Benefit. Any election made under this Section shall be made in the manner prescribed by the Company. Any election made under this Section in 2008 will be effective as of January 1, 2009.

 

2. Section 2.3 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of subsection (b):

 

If the Executive does not make an election under this Section, the Benefit Commencement Date will be the date on which the Executive has a Separation from Service or becomes Disabled, whichever is earlier.

 

 

3. Section 2.3 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of subsection (c):

 

If the Executive does not make an election under this Section, the Benefit will be paid in the form of a Single Life Annuity.

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Section 2.4 is hereby amended by deleting the words “Section 2.3” in the first sentence and substituting the words “Sections 2.3 and 2.7” in their place.

 

5. Section 2.4 is hereby amended by deleting the l ast sentence and substituting the following in its place:

 

For purposes of this Section 2.4, the Executive will be deemed to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

6. Section 2.6 is hereby amended by deleting each reference to “2007” and substituting “2009” in its place.

 

7. Section 2.7 is hereby amended by deleting each reference to “2007” and substituting “2009” in its place, and by deleting each reference to “2006” and substituting “2008” in its place.

 

8. Section 2.7(c) is hereby a mended by adding the words “Subject to Section 2.4,”  to the beginning of the paragraph, and by adding the words “the later of “ after the words "but not later than."

 

 

In all other respects, the Agreement remains unchanged.

 

Date:  12/11/08 /s/  Brian E. Hickey

Brian E. Hickey

 

 

Date:  12/11/08 MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS

TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

By:   /s/  Ann Marie Odrobina

Name:  Ann Marie Odrobina

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

DEFERRED BONUS PLAN

 

As Amended December 29, 2008 and Restated Effective January 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

INTENT

 

This M&T Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan was established, effective

January 1, 1984, for the benefit of certain employees of certain affiliates of M&T Bank Corporation.  The Plan is intended to qualify as a plan described in Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and is maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  The Plan was amended and restated in February, 2005, to bring the Plan into compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"). The Company now wishes to further amend and restate the terms of the Plan to make additional changes consistent with the final regulations to Section 409A of the Code.  The provisions of this amended and restated Plan are effective January 1, 2005, unless otherwise specified.

 

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

When used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

2.1 " Account " means the account maintained for a Participant pursuant to Article IV hereof.

 

2.2 " Anniversary Date " means the Deferral Date and each anniversary thereof.

 

2.3

" Beneficiary " means the person or persons designated by a Participant pursuant to Article VI hereof to receive any benefit payable pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof upon the Participant’s death.

 

 

2.4

" Bank " means Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company and its successors by merger, sale of assets or otherwise.

 

 

2.5 " Board " means the board of directors of M&T Bank Corporation.

 

2.6 " Bonus " means an Eligible Employee's award under the Incentive Plan.

 

2.7

" Deemed Earnings " means the income earned or loss incurred with respect to a Participant's Deemed Investment Portfolio calculated as provided in Section 4.2.

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

2.8

" Deemed Investment Portfolio " means the hypothetical or deemed portfolio designated by a Participant as provided in Section 4.3.

 

 

2.9

" Deferral Date " means the January 1 of the calendar year in which the Deferred Bonus would have been paid to the Participant had it not been deferred pursuant to a Deferred Bonus Election.

 

 

2.10 " Deferred Bonus Election " means an election made pursuant to Article III hereof.

 

2.11

" Deferred Bonus " means that pmiion of a Bonus the payment of which is deferred by a Participant under this Plan.

 

2.12

" Deferred Bonus Agreement " means the written agreement entered into between a Participant and his Employer pursuant to which the Participant elects to defer payment of a specified portion of his Bonus in accordance with the terms of this Plan and such agreement.

 

 

2.13

" Eligible Employee " means an individual who is an employee of an Employer, who is eligible to participate in an Incentive Plan and who is designated by the Plan Administrator as eligible to participate in this Plan.

 

 

2.14

" Employer " means M&T Bank Corporation and each of its affiliates, any of whose employees are eligible to participate in an Incentive Plan.

 

 

2.15

" Incentive Plan " means the M&T Bank Corporation Annual Executive Incentive Plan and such other incentive plans of M&T Bank Corporation or its subsidiaries as the Plan Administrator may designate.

 

 

2.16

" Investment Option " means one of the options offered by the Plan Administrator for deemed investment of all or a portion of a Participant's Account in accordance with Article IV.

 

 

2.17

" M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock " means the Common Stock, par value $5.00 per share, of M&T Bank Corporation.

 

 

2.18

" M&T Bank Corporation Stock Deemed Investment Account " means that portion of an Account consisting of deemed shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock.

 

 

2.19

" Participant " means an Eligible Employee who has deferred a portion of his Bonus pursuant to a Deferred Compensation Agreement and the terms of this Plan.

 

 

2.20

" Performance Year " means a calendar year during which services relating to a Bonus are performed.

 

 

2.21

" Plan " means this M&T Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan, as set forth herein and amended from time to time.

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

2.22

" Plan Administrator " means such person or committee as may be designated by the Board to serve as such under this Plan.

 

 

2.23

" Post-2004 Deferred Bonus" means a Deferred Bonus that became or becomes fixed and nonforfeitable after December 31, 2004.

 

 

2.24

" Pre-2005 Deferred Bonus " means a Deferred Bonus that became fixed and nonforfeitable prior to January 1, 2005.

 

 

2.25

" Retirement" means, with respect to Post-2004 Deferred Bonuses, a Participant's Separation from Service.  For Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses "Retirement" is defined under the terms of the Plan in effect on October 3, 2004.

 

 

2.26

" Retirement Savings Plan " means the M&T Bank Corporation Retirement Savings Plan.

 

 

2.27

" Separation from Service " means a Participant's separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

2.28

" Unforeseeable Emergency " means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.  An event will be deemed to constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency under this Plan only if it represents the "occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

2.29

" Valuation Date " means each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

DEFERRAL OF BONUS

 

3.1 Deferred Bonus Elections for Pre-2008 Performance Years.

 

 

(a)

Prior to January 1, 2007, an Eligible Employee, by executing a Deferred Bonus Agreement, may elect to defer all or any portion of his Bonus for a Performance Year beginning before January 1, 2008.

 

 

(b) An Eligible Employee's Deferred Bonus may not be less than $10,000.

 

 

(c)

An Eligible Employee must make his Deferred Bonus Election for a Bonus payable with respect to a Performance Year at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator provided, however, that the Plan Administrator shall not permit such an election to be made later than June 30 of the calendar year to which the Deferred Bonus Election relates.  Effective January

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

1, 2006, the Plan Administrator shall not permit such a n election to be made later than December 31 of the year prior to the Performance Year to which the Deferred Bonus Election relates.

 

3.2 Deferred Bonus Elections for Post-2007 Performance Years .

 

 

(a)

Subject to Subsection (b) below, no Deferred Bonus Elections may be made under this Plan after December 31, 2006.

 

 

 

(b)

An Eligible Employee who elects to defer all or any portion of his Bonus for the Performance Year 2006, or who elects to defer all or any portion of his Bonus for the Performance Year 2007, will be permitted to continue making Deferred Bonus Elections in 2007 and 2008 for the Performance Years 2008 and 2009 by executing a Deferred Bonus Agreement.  No Eligible Employee may make a Deferred Bonus Election under this Section after December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

(c)

An Eligible Employee's Deferred Bonus may not be less than $10,000.

 

 

 

(d)

An Eligible Employee must make his Deferred Bonus Election for a Bonus payable with respect to a Performance Year at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator provided, however, that the Plan Administrator shall not permit such an election to be made later than December 31 of the year prior to the Performance Year to which the Deferred Bonus Election relates.

 

 

3.3 Deferred Bonus Agreements.

 

 

(a)

A Deferred Bonus Election pursuant to this Plan shall be made pursuant to a written Deferred Bonus Agreement between the Eligible Employee and his Employer.

 

 

 

(b)

A Participant's Deferred Bonus Agreement shall specify whether the Deferred Bonus thereunder (and Deemed Earnings thereon) shall be paid in a single sum payment or in annual installments payable over five or ten years.

 

 

 

(c)

A Participant's Deferred Bonus Agreement shall specify whether the Deferred Bonus thereunder (and Deemed Earnings thereon) shall be paid (or shall commence to be paid) at (i) Retirement or (ii) on a date selected by the Participant from among any Anniversary Date between the fifth and twentieth anniversary of the Deferral Date.

 

 

 

(d)

If a Participant fails to make a valid election as to time of payment of a Deferred Bonus under this Section, amounts attributable to that Deferred Bonus will be paid (or commence to be paid) at Retirement, in accordance with Section 5.1.  If a Participant fails to make a valid election as to form of payment of a Deferred Bonus under this Section, amounts attributable to that Deferred Bonus will be paid in a single lump sum.

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

ARTICLE IV

ACCOUNTS

 

4.1

Maintenance of Accounts .  The Plan Administrator shall establish a bookkeeping account (an "Account") for each Participant.  The amount of each Deferred Bonus shall be credited to such Participant's Account as of the date the Deferred Bonus would have been paid had it not been deferred pursuant to a Deferred Bonus Election.

 

 

4.2

Deemed Earnings .  Accounts will be credited with Deemed Earnings on the same basis accounts are credited with investment returns under the Retirement Savings Plan.

 

4.3 Deemed Investment Portfolio .

 

 

(a)

Participant shall designate, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, the Investment Option or Options, in which his Deferred Bonus shall be deemed to be invested.  This election must be made so that the percentage of the Deferred Bonus invested in any Investment Option is an integral multiple of one percent.

 

 

 

(b)

A Participant may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to transfer some or all of his Account balance among the Investment Options within the Participant's Deemed Investment Portfolio.  Each such transfer must be made in an integral multiple of one percent of the Account balance, at the time of the transfer, in the Investment Option from which amount is transferred.  The foregoing notwithstanding, a Participant may not change a prior allocation to his M&T Bank Corporation Stock Deemed Investment Account other than to add to such Account.

 

 

 

(c)

If the Plan Administrator determines to cease offering an Investment Option or Options, each Participant shall elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to invest the portion of his Account and future Contributions, which otherwise would have been invested in the liquidated Investment Option or Options, in the remaining Investment Option or Options.

 

 

 

(d)

Any direction to the Participant pursuant to this Section 4.3 is advisory only and the Plan Administrator reserves to itself the right to refuse any direction given by a Participant.

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

If a Participant fails to give the Plan Administrator a direction with respect to the investment of his or her Account, the Plan Administrator shall deem the Participant to have directed investment to a money market or equivalent fund.

 

 

4.4

M&T Bank Corporation Stock Deemed Investment Account .  A Participant's M&T Bank Corporation Deemed Investment Account shall be credited with the number of deemed or hypothetical shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock in the same manner such shares would be determined under the Retirement Savings Plan.  In the event of any change in corporate capital capitalization, such as a stock split, or a corporate transaction,

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Employer, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within t he definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Employer, such change or adjustment shall be made in the number and class of hypothetical shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock held in a Participant 's M&T Bank Corporation Stock Deemed Investment Account as may be determined under the Retirement Savings Plan.

 

4.5

Separate Accounting .  Within a Participant's Account, the Plan Administrator shall account separately for each of the Participant's Deferred Bonuses.  Such accounting shall conform to regulations and other guidance issued by the Department of the Treasury with respect to the maintenance of separate accounts for Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses and Post- 2004 Deferred Bonuses so as to preclude the application of Section 409A of the Code to Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses and Deemed Earnings.

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

 

5.1 Commencement of Payment .

 

 

(a)

Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses .  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, payment of all amounts attributable to a Participant's Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses will be made, continue to be made or commence in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect on October 3, 2004.

 

 

 

(b)

Post-2004 Deferred Bonuses .  All amounts attributable to a Participant's Post- 2004 Deferred Bonuses will be paid as follows:

 

 

 

(i)

For amounts payable on an Anniversary Date, subject to Subsection (c) below, payment will be made or commence, in the form elected, on January 1 of the year in which occurs the first scheduled payment date elected in the Participant's Deferred Bonus Agreement or Agreements.  If installment payments are elected, subsequent installments will be paid on January 1 of each subsequent year.

 

 

 

(ii)

For amounts payable on Retirement, payment will be made, in the form elected, on the Participant's Separation from Service, in accordance with the six-month delay rule under Section 5.4.

 

 

 

(iii)

Notwithstanding the Participant's election, if a Participant Separates from Service before age 45, any payments that have not already commenced will be made or commence, in the form elected, on the Participant's Separation from Service, in accordance with the six-month delay rule under Section 5.4.

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

5.2

Withdrawals for Unforeseeable Emergency .  If the Participant ex periences an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant may request the Plan Administrator to make a distribution of all or a portion of the Account that is attributable to both Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses and Post-2004 Deferred Bonuses and the accretions ther eon.  The amount distributed with respect to the Unforeseeable Emergency shall not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy the emergency plus the amount necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into accoun t the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise by liquidation of the Participant's assets (to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship).  Such wi thdrawal shall first be made from Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses and only after such amounts are exhausted, shall a withdrawal be made from Post-2004 Deferred Bonuses.  The determination of whether a Participant has incurred an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be made by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and with its interpretation of the foregoing rules.

 

 

5.3

Payment .  The payment to a Participant with respect to a Deferred Bonus (and Deemed Earnings thereon) shall be made in cash by the Participant's last Employer in the year with respect to which the Bonus deferred was payable; provided, however, that (a) if such Employer is owned directly or indirectly by a bank, the payment shall be made by such bank and (b) payment from a Participant's M&T Bank Corporation Stock Deemed Investment Account shall be made in M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock (except to the extent that payment in M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock would result in a fractional share, in which case the amount that would constitute a fractional share shall be paid in cash, based on the closing price of a share of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or such other principal securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are traded if such shares are no longer traded on the New York Stock Exchange, on the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of payment).  Payments of a Participant Account which (x) is not being paid in a single payment and (y) contains a M&T Bank Corporation Stock Deemed Investment Account as well as other amounts in the Account, shall be made in both cash and M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock pro rata in accordance with the values of the Participant's M&T Bank Corporation Stock Deemed Investment Account and the balance of the Participant's Account.

 

 

5.4

Six-Month Delay for Payments Made on Separation From Service . In the case of a Participant who is a Specified Employee, payment of any portion of the Account attributable to Post-2004 Deferred Bonuses and the accretions thereon made on account of Separation from Service may not be made before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant). Payment of any such portion of the Participant's Account balance shall be made or commence on the last day of the quarter in which occurs the six-month anniversary of the Participant's Separation from Service.  If installment payments are elected, each subsequent installment will be paid on the last day of the quarter in which occurs the anniversary of the Participant's Separation from Service.  For purposes of this Section

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

5.4, all Participants in the Plan shall be deemed to be "Specified Employees" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Cod e and related guidance.

 

5.5

Tax Withholding .  The Plan Administrator may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the reporting and withholding by the Employers of all Federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld or reported with respect to deferrals and payments under this Plan, including, without limitation, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, (a) requiring the Participant (or Beneficiary, as the case may be) to pay, or provide for payment of, the amount of any such taxes, (b) deducting any such taxes from any amount otherwise payable to the Participant or Beneficiary in cash, including amounts payable under this Plan, or (c) reducing the number of shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock otherwise payable under this Plan by an amount (based on the closing price of such shares on the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date the shares would otherwise have been paid) equal to the amount of any such taxes.

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

BENEFICIARIES

 

Each Participant may designate from time to time any person or persons, natural or otherwise, as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom benefits under Section 5.1 are to be paid in the event of his death. Each Beneficiary designation shall be made in a manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator and shall be effective only when filed with the Plan Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.  Each Beneficiary designation filed with the Plan Administrator shall revoke all Beneficiary designations previously made by the Participant.  The revocation of a Beneficiary designation shall not require the consent of any designated Beneficiary.  Payment to a Beneficiary of all unpaid amounts attributable to Post-2004 Deferred Bonuses shall be made in a single lump sum on the last day of the quarter in which the Participant's death occurs.  Amounts attributable to Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses will be paid under the terms of the Plan in effect as of October 3, 2004.

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION

 

7.1

General .  The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the administration of this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have all such powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties relative to the administration of this Plan, including by way of illustration and not limitation, discretionary authority to interpret and construe this Plan, to decide any  dispute arising hereunder, to determine the right of any individual with respect to participation herein, to determine the right of any Participant with respect to benefits payable under this Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations and practices governing the operation of this Plan as it, in its sole discretion, may from time to time deem advisable.  The Plan Administrator shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to willful misconduct or lack of good faith.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Plan Administrator or an Employer with respect to this Plan.  The Plan Administrator, if an individual, or the members thereof if the Plan Administrator is a Committee, shall not participate in any action or determination regarding solely his or their own benefits payable hereunder.  Except as provided in Section 7.3 hereof, decisions of the Plan Administrator made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.

 

 

7.2

Claims Procedure .  Whenever the Plan Administrator denies, in whole or in part, a claim for benefits filed by any person (hereinafter referred to as a "Claimant"), the Plan Administrator shall transmit a written notice setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant , a statement of the specific reasons for the denial of the claim, references to the specific provisions of this Plan on which the denial is based, a description of any additional needed material or information and why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the claims review procedure as set forth herein.  In addition, the written notice shall contain the date on which the notice was sent and a statement advising the Claimant that, within 90 days of the date on which such notice is received, he may obtain review of the Plan Administrator's decision.

 

 

7.3

Review Procedure .  Within 90 days of the date on which the notice of denial of claim is received by the Claimant, the Claimant or his authorized representative may request that the claim denial be reviewed by filing with the Plan Administrator a written request therefor, which request shall contain the following information:

 

 

(a) the date on which the notice of denial of claim was received by the Claimant;

 

 

(b)

the date on which the Claimant's request was filed with the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that the date on which the Claimant's request for review was in fact filed with the Plan Administrator shall control in the event that the date of the actual filing is later than the date stated by the Claimant pursuant to this clause (b);

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

 

(c)

the specific portions of the denial of his claim which the Claimant requests the Plan Administrator to review;

 

 

(d) a statement by the Claimant setting forth the basis upon which he believes the

Plan Administrator should reverse its previous denial of his claim for benefits and accept his claim as made; and any written material (included as exhibits) which

the Claimant desires the Plan Administrator to examine in its consideration of his position as stated pursuant to clause (d).

 

Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to clause (b) (or, if special circumstances require an extension of time, within 120 days of such date), the Plan Administrator shall conduct a full and fair review of the decision denying the Claimant's claim for benefits and shall deliver, to the Claimant in writing, its decision.  Such written decision shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, a statement of the specific reasons for the decision, including references to the specific provisions of this Plan which were relied upon. The decision will be final and binding on all persons concerned.

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1

Power to Amend or Terminate .  M&T Bank Corporation expects to continue this Plan indefinitely, but reserves the right to amend or terminate this Plan at any time, if, in its sole judgment, such amendment or termination is necessary or desirable.  Any such amendment or termination shall be made in writing by the Board or its designee, if applicable, and shall be effective as of the date specified in such document.  No amendment or termination of this Plan shall directly or indirectly deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of all or any portion of the amounts previously credited to the Participant's Account.  In the event of a termination of this Plan, M&T Bank Corporation (or any transferee, purchaser or successor entity) may elect, in its discretion, either to have the Employers make a single payment, at the time of such termination, of the Account balances on such date attributable solely to Pre-2005 Deferred Bonuses to Participants and Beneficiaries or to have the Employers make payments to such individuals at such time or times as provided under the terms of this Plan.  Further, in the event of the termination of this Plan, M&T Bank Corporation (or any transferee, purchaser or successor entity) may elect to accelerate the time and form of payment of the Account balances payable under the Plan by reason of any event(s) or condition(s) permitted under Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, a termination in connection with a "change of control" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

 

8.2

Successor .  This Plan shall not be automatically terminated by a transfer or sale of an Employer or by the merger or consolidation of an Employer into or with any other corporation or other entity, but it shall be continued with respect to such Employer or its successor after such sale, merger or consolidation only if and to the extent that the transferee, purchaser or successor entity agrees to continue this Plan.  In the event this Plan is not continued with respect to such Employer or its successor by the transferee,

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

purchaser or successor entity, then it shall terminate with respect to such Employer or its successor subject to the provisions of Section 8.1 hereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1

No Effect on Employment Rights . Nothing contained herein will confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of an Employer nor limit the right of an Employer to discharge or otherwise deal with Participants without regard to the existence of this Plan.

 

 

9.2

Plan Unfunded .  Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the benefits offered hereunder shall constitute nothing more than unfunded, unsecured promises by each Employer to pay the amounts that such Employer is obligated to pay under this Plan. No provision shall at any time be made with respect to segregating any assets of any Employer for payment of any amounts hereunder.  No Participant, Beneficiary or any other person shall have any interest in any particular assets of the Employers by reason of the right to receive a benefit under this Plan, and any such Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer obligated to make payments to the Participant under this Plan.  Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute a guaranty by the Employers or any other entity or person that the assets of any Employer will be sufficient to pay any amount hereunder.  All expenses and fees incurred in the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Employers.

 

 

9.3

Binding on Employers, Employees and Their Successors .  This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employers, their successors and assigns and each Participant and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.  In the event of the merger or consolidation of an Employer with or into any other corporation, or in  the event substantially all of the assets of an Employer shall be transferred to another corporation, the successor corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation, or the transferee of such assets, as the case may be, shall, as a condition to the consummation of the merger, consolidation or sale, assume the obligations of such Employer hereunder as of the date of such merger, consolidation or transfer and shall be substituted for such Employer hereunder.

 

 

9.4

Spendthrift Provisions .  No amount payable under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge prior to actual receipt thereof by the payee; and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge prior to such receipt shall be void; and the Employers shall not be liable in any manner for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, torts or engagements of any person entitled to any benefit under this Plan.

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

9.5

Disclosure .  Each Participant shall receiv e a copy of this Plan, and the Plan Administrator will make available for inspection by any Participant a copy of the rules and regulations used by the Plan Administrator in administering this Plan.

 

 

9.6

State Law .  This Plan is established under and will be construed according to the laws of the State of New York to the extent that such laws are not preempted by ERISA.

 

 

9.7

Incapacity of Recipient .  In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or of his estate is appointed, any amounts to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled under this Plan shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or his estate.  Except as provided herein, when the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that a Participant or Beneficiary is unable to manage his financial affairs, the Plan Administrator may direct the Employer, or Employers responsible for payment to make payments to any person for the benefit of such Participant or Beneficiary.

 

 

9.8

Unclaimed  Benefit .  Each Participant shall keep the Plan Administrator informed of his current address.  The Plan Administrator shall not be obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person.  If the location of a Participant is not made known to the Plan Administrator within three years after the date on which any payment of the Participant's benefit hereunder may be made, payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the three-year period.  If, within one additional year after such three-year period has elapsed, or, within three years after the actual death of a Participant, whichever occurs first, the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Beneficiary of the Participant, the Participant and his Beneficiary shall forfeit all rights to any payments under this Plan.

 

 

9.9

Elections, Applications, Notices .  Eve1y direction, revocation or notice authorized or required hereunder shall be deemed delivered to the Employers or the Plan Administrator as the case may be:  (a) on the date it is personally delivered to the Plan Administrator (with a copy to the Bank's General Counsel) at the Bank's executive offices at Buffalo, New York or (b) three business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Plan Administrator (with a copy to the Bank's General Counsel) at the offices indicated above, and shall be deemed delivered to a Participant or Beneficiary:  (a) on the date it is personally delivered to such individual, or (b) three business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such individual at the last address shown for him on the records of the Employers.  Any notice required hereunder may be waived by the person entitled thereto.

 

 

9.10

Severability .  In the event any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan. This Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been contained herein.

 

 

9.11

Compliance with 409A .  The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and will be administered and interpreted in accordance with such

 


EXHIBIT 10.6

 

requirements.  The Plan will be operated in good faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code as of January 1, 2005.  Further, no amendment in this restated Plan is intended to be a material modification of the Plan in effect on October 3, 2004 that would subject amounts earned and vested under the Plan as of December 31, 2004 to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.12

Headings .  The headings of Sections of this Plan are for convenience of reference only and shall have no substantive effect on the provisions of this Plan.

 

 

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION

 

 

 

Date: December 29, 2008 By:   /s/ Ann Marie Odrobina

 

EXHIBIT 12.1

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Excluding interest on deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Interest expense (excluding interest on deposits)

 

$

234,642

 

 

 

254,443

 

 

 

217,348

 

 

 

200,413

 

 

 

226,583

 

    Interest factor within rent expense (a)

 

 

40,727

 

 

 

36,385

 

 

 

36,815

 

 

 

36,490

 

 

 

36,696

 

           Total fixed charges

 

$

275,369

 

 

 

290,828

 

 

 

254,163

 

 

 

236,903

 

 

 

263,279

 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Income before income taxes

 

$

2,058,398

 

 

 

1,674,692

 

 

 

1,642,245

 

 

 

1,765,568

 

 

 

1,592,035

 

    Fixed charges

 

 

275,369

 

 

 

290,828

 

 

 

254,163

 

 

 

236,903

 

 

 

263,279

 

          Total earnings

 

 

2,333,767

 

 

 

1,965,520

 

 

 

1,896,408

 

 

 

2,002,471

 

 

 

1,855,314

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest

   on deposits

x

 

8.48

 

 

 

6.76

 

 

 

7.46

 

 

 

8.45

 

 

 

7.05

 

Including interest on deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Interest expense

 

$

425,984

 

 

 

328,257

 

 

 

280,431

 

 

 

284,105

 

 

 

343,169

 

     Interest factor within rent expense (a)

 

 

40,727

 

 

 

36,385

 

 

 

36,815

 

 

 

36,490

 

 

 

36,696

 

           Total fixed charges

 

$

466,711

 

 

 

364,642

 

 

 

317,246

 

 

 

320,595

 

 

 

379,865

 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Income before income taxes

 

$

2,058,398

 

 

 

1,674,692

 

 

 

1,642,245

 

 

 

1,765,568

 

 

 

1,592,035

 

     Fixed charges

 

 

466,711

 

 

 

364,642

 

 

 

317,246

 

 

 

320,595

 

 

 

379,865

 

          Total earnings

 

 

2,525,109

 

 

 

2,039,334

 

 

 

1,959,491

 

 

 

2,086,163

 

 

 

1,971,900

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges, including interest

   on deposits

x

 

5.41

 

 

 

5.59

 

 

 

6.18

 

 

 

6.51

 

 

 

5.19

 

 

(a)

The portion of rents shown as representative of the interest factor is one-third of total net operating lease expenses.

 

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-32044, 333-43175,  333-16077, 333-40640, 333-84384, 333-127406, 333-150122, 333-164015, 333-163992, 333-160769, 333-159795, 333-170740, 333-189099,  333-184504, 333-189097,  and 333-184411) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-182348 and 333-207030) of M&T Bank Corporation of our report dated February 22, 2017, relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Buffalo, New York

February 22, 2017

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Robert G. Wilmers certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By: /s/   Robert G. Wilmers

Robert G. Wilmers

Chairman of the Board

and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: February 22, 2017

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Darren J. King, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:  /s/   Darren j. king

    Darren J. King

Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

 

Date: February 22, 2017

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. §1350

 

I, Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation for the annual period ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of M&T Bank Corporation.

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

/s/   Robert G. Wilmers

Robert G. Wilmers

 

February 22, 2017

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to M&T Bank Corporation and will be retained by M&T Bank Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. §1350

 

I, Darren J. King, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation for the annual period ended December 31, 2016 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of M&T Bank Corporation.

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

/s/   Darren J. King

Darren J. King

 

February 22, 2017

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to M&T Bank Corporation and will be retained by M&T Bank Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.